V9(4):International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management & Applied Sciences & Technologies

International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies Volume 9 Issue 4 (2018) ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642

http://TuEngr.com

ACCESSIBLE CIRCULATION AND MOVEMENT IN BUILDING: CASE STUDY OF STESEN SENTRAL KUALA LUMPUR CONSTRUCTION DELAYS OF BUILDING REPAIR PROJECT AFTER THAILAND’S 2011 MAJOR FLOOD: CASE STUDY OF EDUCATIONAL GOVERNMENT SECTORS RISK ASSESSMENT OF FIRST OVERSEAS MASS RAPID TRANSIT PROJECT: PROMULGATING INTERPRETIVE QUALITATIVE PARADIGM FOR CHINA PAKISTAN CONSTRUCTION CONCESSION THE IMPACT OF SUSTAINABILITY FACTORS ON THE USABILITY OF RESIDENTIAL SPACES PAVEMENT EVALUATION OF AIRPORT TAXIWAY & EFFECT OF INCREASING ACN TO PAVEMENT REMAINING LIFE DESIGN CRITERIA OF CHILDREN'S SCIENTIFIC-RESEARCH CENTER FORMULATION (STUDENT RESEARCH-CENTER) ESTIMATING BANKRUPTCY PROBABILITY OF CREDIT ORGANIZATIONS ANALYSIS OF TRANSFORMATIONAL PROCESSES OF MODERN RUSSIAN HIGHER EDUCATION SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION EFFECTIVE COMPONENTS ON ORGANIZATIONAL ENTREPRENEURSHIP PATTERN IN RURAL COOPERATIVES OF IRAN ROLE OF INTELLECTUAL POTENTIAL IN THE CONTEXT OF STRATEGIC AND GEOPOLITICAL DEVELOPMENT OF RUSSIA ANALYSIS OF METAPHORS: “DOWN” IDIOMS TO EXPRESS EMOTIONS IN ENGLISH AND TATAR HEALTH MANAGEMENT AND THE STRATEGIES TO MEET A HEALTHY SOCIETY

Cover photo is pavement structure and test areas of taxiway, in a paper published in this issue, entitled PAVEMENT EVALUATION OF AIRPORT TAXIWAY AND EFFECT OF INCREASING ACN TO PAVEMENT REMAINING LIFE, by Krisana Chaleewong and Chaisak Pisitpaibool.

2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies.

International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

International Editorial Board

Editor-in-Chief Ahmad Sanusi Hassan, PhD Professor UniversitiSains Malaysia, MALAYSIA

Executive Editor BoonsapWitchayangkoon, PhD Associate Professor Thammasat University, THAILAND

Editorial Board:

Assoc. Prof. Dr. Mohamed Gadi (University of Nottingham, UNITED KINGDOM) Professor Dr.Hitoshi YAMADA (Yokohama National University, JAPAN) Professor Dr. Chuen-Sheng Cheng (Yuan Ze University, TAIWAN ) Emeritus Professor Dr.Mikio SATOMURA (Shizuoka University, JAPAN) Professor Dr.Chuen-Sheng Cheng (Yuan Ze University, TAIWAN) Emeritus Professor Dr.Mike Jenks (Oxford Brookes University, UNITED KINGDOM ) Professor Dr.INyomanPujawan (SepuluhNopember Institute of Technology, INDONESIA) Professor Dr.Toshio YOSHII (EHIME University, JAPAN) Professor Dr.NevenDuić (University of Zagreb, CROATIA) Professor Dr.Dewan Muhammad Nuruzzaman (University Malaysia Pahang MALAYSIA) Professor Dr.Masato SAITOH (Saitama University, JAPAN)

Scientificand Technical Committee & Editorial Review Board on Engineering, Technologies and Applied Sciences:

Associate Prof. Dr. Paulo Cesar Lima Segantine (University of São Paulo, BRASIL) Associate Prof. Dr. Kurt B. Wurm (New Mexico State University, USA ) Associate Prof. Dr. Truong Vu Bang Giang (Vietnam National University, Hanoi, VIETNAM ) Associate Prof. Dr. Fatemeh Khozaei (Islamic Azad University Kerman Branch, IRAN) Associate Prof.Dr. Zoe D. Ziaka (International Hellenic University, GREECE ) Associate Prof.Dr.Junji SHIKATA (Yokohama National University, JAPAN) Assistant Prof.Dr.Akeel Noori Abdul Hameed (University of Sharjah, UAE) Dr. David Kuria (Kimathi University College of Technology, KENYA ) Dr. Mazran bin Ismail (Universiti Sains Malaysia, MALAYSIA ) Dr. Salahaddin Yasin Baper (Salahaddin University - Hawler, IRAQ ) Dr. Foong Swee Yeok (Universiti Sains Malaysia, MALAYSIA) Dr.Azusa FUKUSHIMA (Kobe Gakuin University, JAPAN) Yasser Arab (Ittihad Private University, SYRIA)

©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies.

:: International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies Volume 9 Issue 4 (2018) http://TuEngr.com

ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642

FEATURE PEER-REVIEWED ARTICLES ACCESSIBLE CIRCULATION AND MOVEMENT IN BUILDING: CASE STUDY OF STESEN SENTRAL KUALA LUMPUR

221

CONSTRUCTION DELAYS OF BUILDING REPAIR PROJECT AFTER THAILAND’S 2011 MAJOR FLOOD: CASE STUDY OF EDUCATIONAL GOVERNMENT SECTORS

239

RISK ASSESSMENT OF FIRST OVERSEAS MASS RAPID TRANSIT PROJECT: PROMULGATING INTERPRETIVE QUALITATIVE PARADIGM FOR CHINA PAKISTAN CONSTRUCTION CONCESSION

253

THE IMPACT OF SUSTAINABILITY FACTORS ON THE USABILITY OF RESIDENTIAL SPACES

271

PAVEMENT EVALUATION OF AIRPORT TAXIWAY AND EFFECT OF INCREASING ACN TO PAVEMENT REMAINING LIFE

283

DESIGN CRITERIA OF CHILDREN'S SCIENTIFIC-RESEARCH CENTER FORMULATION (STUDENT RESEARCH-CENTER)

297

ESTIMATING BANKRUPTCY PROBABILITY OF CREDIT ORGANIZATIONS

307

ANALYSIS OF TRANSFORMATIONAL PROCESSES OF MODERN RUSSIAN HIGHER EDUCATION SYSTEM

317

IDENTIFICATION EFFECTIVE COMPONENTS ON ORGANIZATIONAL ENTREPRENEURSHIP PATTERN IN RURAL COOPERATIVES OF IRAN

329

ROLE OF INTELLECTUAL POTENTIAL IN THE CONTEXT OF STRATEGIC AND GEOPOLITICAL DEVELOPMENT OF RUSSIA

341

ANALYSIS OF METAPHORS: “DOWN” IDIOMS TO EXPRESS EMOTIONS IN ENGLISH AND TATAR

349

HEALTH MANAGEMENT AND THE STRATEGIES TO MEET A HEALTHY SOCIETY

357

Contacts & Offices: Professor Dr.Ahmad Sanusi Hassan (Editor-in-Chief), School of Housing, Building and Planning, UNIVERSITI SAINS MALAYSIA, 11800 Minden, Penang, MALAYSIA. Tel: +60-4653-2835 Fax: +60-4-657 6523, Sanusi@usm.my, Editor@TuEngr.com Associate Professor Dr.Boonsap Witchayangkoon (Executive Editor), Faculty of Engineering, THAMMASAT UNIVERSITY, Klong-Luang, Pathumtani, 12120, THAILAND. Tel: +66-2-5643005 Ext 3101. Fax: +66-2-5643022 DrBoonsap@gmail.com Postal Paid in MALAYSIA/THAILAND.

i

©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies.

International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

ACCESSIBLE CIRCULATION AND MOVEMENT IN BUILDING: CASE STUDY OF STESEN SENTRAL KUALA LUMPUR *

Wong Yuh Yao a , Ahmad Sanusi Hassan a , Ku Azhar Ku Hassan a , and Mazran Ismail a a

*

School of Housing, Building and Planning, Universiti Sains Malaysia, 11800 USM, Penang, Malaysia

ARTICLEINFO

A B S T RA C T

Article history: Received 12 January 2018 Received in revised form 12 July 2018 Accepted 08 August 2018 Available online 14 August 2018

This paper studies the building circulation system as a key organizing mechanism of layout and communication space as it links with the exterior and interior areas and mirrors the entire spatial layout of the building. This study approaches the principles of how movement occurs within the built environment, not based on the architecture which moves, but rather the movement of human form within architectural design. This work is primarily based on the literature reviews of the books and journals that have studied and discuss the issues. The main elements for circulation can be categories into five elements which consist of Building Approach, Building Entrance, and Configuration of the Path, Path-space Relationships, and Form of the Circulation Space. This study shows that the appropriate space design and building form affect the human movement and circulation pattern. Therefore, to enhance the effectiveness and efficiency of building circulation, the architects and building designers must ensure that the elements and approaches regarding the circulation are fully utilized during the initial design stages. © 2018 INT TRANS J ENG MANAG SCI TECH.

Keywords: Building Circulation; Building Approach; Building Entrance; Configuration of the Path; Path-space Relationships; Form of the Circulation Space Movement; Spatial layout; Architectural design.

1. INTRODUCTION In the field of architecture, the concept of circulation is common design consideration would take place in every building design; it often refers the way people, the blood of our buildings, and movement through space. Circulation has become part of the important element in designing a building; it is the way to enter, go through and go around a building or space. A better design in circulation helps people to perceive the architecture as they move through a building and its spaces.

The circulation path can be referred to as a journey or the perceptual thread that links the spaces of a building, the interior and exterior spaces together that creating the movement in time over a sequence of spaces. To experience a space about where we have been and where we anticipate *Corresponding author (W.Y.Yao). Tel:+6018-3233009. E-mail::samson6061@gmail.com. ©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642. http://TUENGR.COM/V09/221.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/itjemast.2018.21

221

going.

In particular, circulation routes are the pathways that the building user will be passing through and go around the buildings or urban places. Circulation often refers to as 'space between the spaces', a connective function with the concept of taking the experience of moving ourselves go around a building, three-dimensionally and through time. This paper aims to analyse and reveal the principal components of a building’s circulation system as positive elements that affect people perception of the forms and spaces of the building. The study will also focus on the numerous ways our bodies move within the built environment and investigates how architecture can accommodate freedom, or prescribe human movement.

Before passing into the interior of a building, people have to approach its entrance along a path, this is the first phase of the circulation system, when the people are ready to see, experience, and use the spaces in a building. The access and entrance can be different in duration from a few steps through a compacted space, to a protracted and crooked route. It can be perpendicular or oblique to the primary façade hence, the access might be in contrast with what is encountered at its termination, or it may be continued into the building’s interior arrangement of spaces, obscuring the differences between inside and outside.

2. LITERATURE REVIEW The circulation system refers to a “skeleton” that forms the supporting structure of the building (Jiang & Liu, 2010). To determine the effectiveness of the circulation system, it mainly depends on making the destination clearer and understandable to the user so that the users can be easily direct their movement towards their destination or targeted places. Thereby, circulation has demonstrated in a strong manner on how patterns of space and its composition can affect users through movements.

2.1 ARCHITECTURAL CONCEPTS: CIRCULATION Hamer (2016) mentioned the four components of circulation which consist of the direction of movement, type of use, the frequency of use and time of use. The direction of movement often refers to horizontal or vertical, in public or private used, front or back of the house, while the number of uses can be divided into common or emergency and the time of use could be in the morning, day, evening or continuous. It requires different architectural consideration in each of these types of circulation. The movement and the pathways can be categorized as fast or slow, mechanical or manual, commence in the dark or bright, crowded or uncongested in movement while the pathways could be gentle and crooked, or narrow and direct. All the circulation pattern, direction, and usage are demanding to a building layout (Hamer, 2016).

2.1.1 DIRECTION The horizontal circulation includes atria, paths, hallways, entries, and exits. It has an influence by the furniture layout as well as the placement of columns, plants, or topographic changes. For 222

Wong Yuh Yao, A. Sanusi Hassan a , Ku A. Hassan , and M. Ismail

instance, the design of the train station might be influenced by the ticketing electronic devices or rail track design. The design Architect will base on the requirements of the train station and produce with the spaces and form. This is the reason why in most of the Architects would like to incorporate the furniture arrangement as part of the concept design at the initial design stage because it severely links to the flow, function and feeling of the space. Other than that, the vertical circulation shows how the people move up and down within the building, it comprises of stairs, elevators, escalators, ramps and ladders which allow the building user to move from one level to another. (Hamer, 2016) 2.1.2 USE Public circulation in a building is the common areas that are most widely and easily accessible, the main pathway connecting the spaces and functions such as the lobby, atrium, or gallery, and it requires a high level of architectural quality. The visibility of how the crowd’s movement and the emergency escape route is critical however the private circulation requires more intimate movements within the building, for example, the back of the house of a building, services room, management office, storage zones which require a degree of privacy. (Hamer, 2016) 2.1.3 DESIGN CIRCULATION In every building design, the planning of the circulation pathways should be clear and unobstructed as well as within the shortest distance between two spaces. The reason is, people do not like to get lost inside the building and prefer to move around the building with easy and readiness pathway. Sometimes the architects will purposely interrupt a smooth and straight circulation path with an object or furniture or a drops on the floor level to define a change in place, in order to make people slow down or provide focus points for some architectural reasons.

Circulation is not necessarily to be the shortest distance between the two spaces but rather that it can be taken into the consideration of the sequence of spaces, thresholds, and atmospheres encountered through movement which bring the people for the transition from one space to another.

Circulation can be choreographed, to add architectural interest. (Hamer, 2016) For some people, circulation space is seen as useless space which by adding the needless area and increase the development and construction cost to a project. Therefore, the word “efficiency” often mentioned in between the developer and architect when designing the circulation.

For

instances, in residential apartments or commercial office buildings, architect and developer will try to minimize the amount of circulating space and include this space back to the tenancies or apartment interiors which are considered as sellable area, and thus, profit generating. In these cases, the design of the vertical circulation in most of the tall or high-rise buildings are located the core at the center of the building with the staircases and elevators build between each other and short corridors on each level that connecting the central core and leading to every individual unit of apartments or offices. (Hamer, 2016) In contrast, where most of the circulation is located in the center of the building or sometimes hidden, the circulation externally becomes the façade of the building or within the building for *Corresponding author (W.Y.Yao). Tel:+6018-3233009. E-mail::samson6061@gmail.com. ©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642. http://TUENGR.COM/V09/221.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/itjemast.2018.21

223

architectural aesthetics purposes. For example, in designing a landed two-storey house, the circulation areas such as the staircase that connecting the ground floor to the first floor can also become an architectural feature of the house. It becomes the popular method that is used by the local architects or interior designer in Malaysia as one of the design elements to enhance the interior environments and feeling, and it mostly applied to the boutique hotel or cafÊ. A very good international example of this technique is the Pompidou Centre in Paris designed by Richard Rogers and Renzo Piano. The translucent escalators can be seen from the west façade of the building with the red painted on the undersides of the staircase. Across the exposed façade of the building, the movements of people making the building present and active in the square. (Hamer, 2016)

Figure 1: Pompidou Centre in Paris

2.2 New Evidence on Walking Distance to Transit Stop El-Geneidy et al. (2014) mentioned that the fundamental system of performance measure is the percentage of the population served by a transit system in urban city. The performance measure depends on the circumscription of the services area which is around a transit station that the passengers or commuters are drawn. Most transit planners and engineers refer the standard method to determine the service areas around the transit stations in terms of walking distance which a 400m buffer for bus stops (O'Neill et al., 1992; Zhao et al., 2003) and 800m buffer for rail stations (Kuby et al., 2004; Schlossberg et al., 2007) since 1972. The distance is normal to the train and commuter users accessing to the stations by walking. However, some of the researchers think that this method is not complete enough and prefer to use a more comprehensive service area with 482m buffer for the bus station instead of 400m (Kimpel et al., 2007).

Other than that, a consequential body of research try to clarify the investigation of access to transit facilities. According to Murray and Wu (2003), the most essential factor in transit service planning is the accessibility to the transit service. In order to archive in greater the probability that the service will be used, the more people engaged around the transit stations is better. To estimate the walking distance to the transit facilities, it use the distance decay to define the service area (Hsiao et al., 1997; Kimpel et al., 2007; Lam & Morrall, 1982; O'Sullivan & Morrall, 1996; Zhao et al., 2003). In the journal, the authors used the distance decay to explicit the distances in terms of proportions of the commuter who will walk not more than a certain distance.

224

Wong Yuh Yao, A. Sanusi Hassan a , Ku A. Hassan , and M. Ismail

Therefore, the service areas around the transit stations should be different according to the location in the city. There are few elements to be consider when analyzing the walking distance to the transit stations is that the pedestrians is always look to minimize both the distance and time of the walking distance of their trips. Besides of the minimum distance that require from the commuter, it also depends on the individual characteristics of the commuter and train user, the characteristics of the station and area, features of the transit route and the weather temperature will affect the commuter walking distance. According to Loutzenheiser (1997), individual characteristics are the most important factors that affecting the walking trips. For example, different kind of occupations and household incomes of the commuter will affect the walking distance such as blue or white-collar neighborhoods (Hsiao et al., 1997; Kuby et al., 2004; Loutzenheiser, 1997).

Furthermore, if the public transit system located within the walking distance from a population, the probability of using the transit system by the residents increases. The characteristics are based on the absence of any barriers or blocking items as well as the grid street design could be provided more pedestrian linkages, higher densities, less number of parking spaces at the transit station, more safety and an interesting and decisive transit service. Last but not least, another consideration of walking distance is the temperature. El-Geneidy et al. (2014) mentioned that the walking distances during the winter are slightly longer than summer in the four seasons’ country. In a hot and humid country like Malaysia, the walking distances seek to be shorter due to the high temperature during daytime. Commuter and train user might suffer from the hot weather while walking from the bus stop or another train exchange and sweating could not be avoided. To enhance the walking distance in Malaysia, the solution might be introduced the elevated link-way/ link bridge that connected from the place to another with shelter or perhaps with air-conditioning.

2.3 INFLUENCES ON WALKING DISTANCE Daniels and Mulley (2013) reviewed the influences on the walking as a mode and access to the public transport and to determine the possibility informative variables for use in the study consisting purpose of the trip, socio-demographic characteristics, build and natural environments and mode of public transport. According to Corpuz et al. (2005), women walk more than men, older and younger age groups walk more, and the people without car walk more. The researchers also found that the males were more likely access to the Mass Rapid Transit (MRT) stations in Singapore by walking compared to women while the walking distance was the most important aspect when access to MRT stations.

Besides, the elements of the built environment are affected on walking such as the ambience and aesthetics of the surrounding. The characteristics of the built environment including permeability, footpaths, lighting, security, density, and mixed land use can influence walking both as a transport mode, and as an access mode to public transport (Cervero et al. ,2009). The residents live in urbanized area leaned to walk more and the trading between the walk and car trips and mostly depends on the availability of public transport. Agrawal et al. (2008) found that the major consideration for commuters to walk to the transit station is the time and distance, the probability *Corresponding author (W.Y.Yao). Tel:+6018-3233009. E-mail::samson6061@gmail.com. Š2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642. http://TUENGR.COM/V09/221.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/itjemast.2018.21

225

increase when the distance and time to be used is shorter. Safety from the traffic when the commuters walk along the roads rather than crime are the secondary factor in route choice, whereas the environmental appearance for instance the pleasant landscaping design and building along the journey to the transit station is also essential.

The natural environment elements such as the climate and topography are also the factors affecting the walking. The natural environmental conditions have the influence on the propensity of people to walk, such as the hilly road are unfavorable for the commuter for transportation walking because the transportation walking has more to do with reaching a certain place along the shortest route rather than the quality of the route, while recreational walking can be more flexible and people may choose certain routes based on route qualities (Lee and Moudon 2006, p. S95). Wibowo and Olszewski (2005) found that the consideration by walking to the transit station not only because of walking distance while also by the type and condition of the walking route such as number of road crossings, ascending steps and conflict points.

3. METHODOLOGY This paper seeks for how effectiveness of the building circulation by examine the space planning and design in the building as well as analyze the walking distance and behavior towards the commuter. A case study on the buildings based on the similar typology will be chosen for this survey. Through the online case study, the data will be analyzed by using the comparative approach whereby the raw data are based on the analysis and info gathering are compared with the data from the literature reviews and the background study. According to Carpi and Egger (2008), comparative approach consists of reflection studies that refer back at the events that already happened and the eventual studies which review on the variables from the present forward.

Figure 2: Overall Transit Map and the Six Rail Networks in Kuala Lumpur.

The case study building is Stesen Sentral Kuala Lumpur (KL Sentral), located at the southwest 226

Wong Yuh Yao, A. Sanusi Hassan a , Ku A. Hassan , and M. Ismail

of Kuala Lumpur City and only 1.5km from the central business district. Stesen Sentral also known as Malaysia’s largest and world-class transportation hub which integrated with rail transportation center, offering global connectivity and seamlessly linking all urban and suburban residential, commercial and industrial areas. There are six rail networks in the Stensen Sentral which are KLIA Express Rail Link, KLIA Transit, RAPID KL (Putra), KTM Komuter, KTM Intercity and KL Monorail Services that direct to the Kuala Lumpur International Airport (KLIA), Putrajaya the Federal Government Administrative Office and major highways. (A World-Class Transportation Hub, 2009).

As an international and global transportation hub, Stesen Sentral encourage the residents and tourists to use of public transportation in order to reduce the carbon footprint and traffic congestion within Kuala Lumpur. The growing of visiting population and insufficient of car-parking spaces have noticed the management of Stesen Sentral to enhance the parking facilities in the next 3-5 years for better convenience and easement of large amount of travelers. Nonetheless, due to involving of multiple trains line in Stesen Sentral as well as the security issues, the planning of internal spaces, vehicle and commuter circulation inside the building is crucial.

3.1 CIRCULATION The variables of the architectural elements that mentioned in the literature reviews were determined and analyzed based on the selected case study. The circulation in Stesen Sentral were analyzed by study on its floor layout and according to the author’s experience and personal perception towards Stesen Sentral when visited to the building. Circulation in Stesen Sentral have been categories into the direction, use and design circulation. The direction were analyzed based on the horizontal and vertical circulation by study on the pathway of the building as well as the vertical transportation system such as elevators and escalators that been introduce in Stesen Sentral. By analyzing the direction of the pathway in the building, author are able to understand the use of the spaces where to determine the common and private space in Stesen Sentral. Study on the floor layout that obtained from the internet and its official website allows authors to indicated and categorized the spaces into its usage. Google street view is also used to get the clearer picture and understanding of the internal spaces of Stesen Sentral. By accessing into the internal building where using the Google street view software, author are able to visualized the internal spaces and the circulation elements in Stensen Sentral. locate The spaces have been located and determined while referring back to the literature review that have mentioned on two rules of thumb for design circulation which the circulation pathways should be clear and unobstructed and the spaces are within the shortest distance between each other.

3.2 WALKING DISTANCE Walking distances in Stesen Sentral were determined based on the study of the surrounding area by analyzing the site using Google map as well as Google street view. The distance from one *Corresponding author (W.Y.Yao). Tel:+6018-3233009. E-mail::samson6061@gmail.com. ©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642. http://TUENGR.COM/V09/221.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/itjemast.2018.21

227

building to another as well as the internal spaces are measured by using the Google ruler on the Google Earth, the estimated distance were recorded. The information regarding to the public transportation routes and stations (bus stop) can be downloaded from KL Rapid website and Stesen Sentral website, making it possible to determine the public transportation around the case study site and the distances. The pedestrian linkage and car parking spaces can be seen by using the Google satellite map as well as the site layout plan obtained from the website. Temperature and weather of the case study site can be retrieved from the internet as well as perception and observation through the site visit.

3.2.1 INFLUENCES ON WALKING DISTANCE The influences on walking distance of the Stesen Sentral were determined by study on its characteristic of the building internal and surrounding elements as well as built environments. The footpaths and lighting for the building internal and external will be analyzed by Google street view and floor layout plans. The public transportation as well as the motorcycle and bicycle pathways was analyzed based on the observation and info from the internet sources. The completeness and efficiency of the designated path are determined based on its current conditions and maintenance as well as the linkage system to the case study site.

4. ANALYSIS KL Sentral (Figure 3) is being developed by consortium which includes Malaysia Resources Corporation Berhad (MRCB), Keretapi Tanah Melayu Berhad (KTMB) and Pembinaan Redzai Sdn Bhd. Kl Sentral is spread over 72 acres of land bordered by Jalan Travers, Jalan Damansara and Jalan Tun Sambanthan.

Figure 3: Site layout of Kuala Lumpur Sentral.

Figure 4: Red doodle line shown the horizontal faรงade of KL Sentral, Blue doodle line shown the horizontal faรงade of Brickfiled (adjacent building).

4.1 BUILDING FORM Figure 1 shown that the overall development of KL Sentral is organized into individual small parcels where link together by using the paths. Linear arrangement of buildings in parcels have given a visual consistency and the distance from one building to another allows the walkable spaces within the human walking distance. In order to maximize the surveillance and improve the safety of 228

Wong Yuh Yao, A. Sanusi Hassan a , Ku A. Hassan , and M. Ismail

Stensen Sentral, the horizontal façade of the building are facing to the adjacent buildings. Figure 4 indicated the horizontal façade of KL Sentral.

The hierarchy of KL Sentral shown that the focus point is located on the Stesen Sentral due to its height is the lowest among the surrounding buildings. Hence, the buildings are sheltered from the direct sun light that the surrounding high-rise building have blocked it. Figures 5 and 6 shows the hierarchy of KL Sentral and the contrast in height with surrounding buildings in sketches.

Figure 5: Study on the form pattern of KL Sentral

Figure 6: The elevation shows the hierarchy and focus point of KL Sentral

4.2 MOVEMENT AND CIRCULATION The movement and circulation of the KL Sentral is based on the architects design philosophy which is the “Coral” that illustrate the city where life flows efficiently without limitation. KL Sentral can be access easily where it connected with the major roads and highways. The vehicles enter from Jalan Tun Sambanthan, Jalan Damansara, Jalan Bangsar and Jalan Travers to the KL Sentral causing the traffic into the most congested period during the peak hours, hence the loop system (road design) worsen the traffic situation.

Figure 7: Road system surrounding KL Sentral.

*Corresponding author (W.Y.Yao). Tel:+6018-3233009. E-mail::samson6061@gmail.com. ©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642. http://TUENGR.COM/V09/221.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/itjemast.2018.21

229

Figure 8: Access and Exit to Primary path and Secondary Path at KL Sentral.

Figures 7 and 8 shows the access to the KL Sentral and exit from the KL Sentral from the major roads and highway. The vehicles are come from the primary paths and connect to the secondary paths which is Jalan Stensen Sentral from different directions. The secondary paths that surrounded with the building allows the vehicle to drop off the passenger to the dedicated points and also connecting to the car-parking facilities. Figure 8 shows the exit route (green line) from Jalan Stesen Sentral 5 to the Jalan Travers which might not be sufficient to cater for the large amount of vehicles coming in and out from the KL Sentral. Besides that, surrounded of KL Sentral have provided the public transport services accessing to the Stensen Sentral like bus, monorail and pedestrian walkway. The Transit Oriented Development (TOD) in KL Sentral is Bus – Taxi – Train that link among each other.

Figure 9: The relationship of Transit Oriented Development (TOD) in KL Sentral Bus stations are located around the KL Sentral which encourage the passenger and commuter to use the public transport access to the Stesen Sentral in order to reduce the traffic congestion.

Figure 10 have shown the dedicated bus station across the KL Sentral. The concept of the public transport system is from the “Leaf” that the building cities whose individual parts constantly support each other, resulting in systems that are productive.

230

Wong Yuh Yao, A. Sanusi Hassan a , Ku A. Hassan , and M. Ismail

Figure 10: KL Sentral Monorail Station and the Bus Station across the KL Sentral.

As the KL Sentral is a mixed-development consisting commercial, hotels, offices and residential apartments, the traffic control in KL Sentral is thus essential. The towers surrounded to the Stesen Sentral consist of an appropriate drop off area without contributing congestion to other building areas. Traffic control security are always standby to ensure no parking are allow for vehicles along the road curb that might cause the traffic congestion to the KL Sentral. However, it is still not able to solve the overall traffic congestion outside the central business district (CBD) on the primary roads during the peak hours which is the before and after the office hours. Figure 11 shows the circulation pattern surrounded the KL Sentral.

Figure 11: The vehicle circulation surrounding KL Sentral

Figure 12: Pictures show the insufficient motorcycles link way and bicycle path Furthermore, based on the analysis on KL Sentral, the motorcycles and bicycles pathway are *Corresponding author (W.Y.Yao). Tel:+6018-3233009. E-mail::samson6061@gmail.com. Š2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642. http://TUENGR.COM/V09/221.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/itjemast.2018.21

231

not appropriate designed and planned. The motorcycle links is not clear in it movement pattern and the linkages of between the major and minor roads. Although there is the existing bicycle pathway near to the housing areas, while it is suffer from under usage and poor maintenance as well as misuse for the car owner which they simply park on the bicycle pathway. The continuity in the bicycle path design is incomplete which they link to nowhere or stopped on halfway.

In the planning of KL Sentral, the furthest buildings between each other are not exceed 400m which provided the walkable distance from the station which corresponds to the distance that the human can walk in 5 minutes at 4.8km/h. The walkway are advisable to be covered or shelter to protect from the rain, providing zebra crossing, pedestrian traffic light, 24 hours securities in order to encourage more people to walk. Besides that, it also creating a common space to the different levels of workers in that areas that able to shared. Figure 13 have shown the movement and circulation pattern of pedestrian.

Figure 13: The red line shows the pedestrian walkable distance from one building to another while the blue line shows the overall pedestrian movement and circulation within KL Sentral.

Figure 14: Internal layout of Stesen Sentral KL The internal building of Stesen Sentral has a large concourse area which efficiently cater for large amount of passengers or commuters. The rail lines are located on both side along the concourse giving a commuter a clear direction and the big signboard on the top of each train entrance helps the commuter to differentiate the train lines before enter into the train platform by 232

Wong Yuh Yao, A. Sanusi Hassan a , Ku A. Hassan , and M. Ismail

passing the electronic ticketing machine. Other than the rail lines along the concourse area, some small retails and stalls also open their business between the train lines as well as the centre of concourse area, photos are shown in Figure 15. Figure 14 can see the arrival and departure entrance are clearly separate where the departure drop-off and the hall are located on the left of the building while the arrival and pick-up point are located on the right side of the building. By separated the departure and arrival helps to ease the traffic congestion during the peak season in terms of passenger flows as well as vehicles.

Figure 15: Large Signboard for respective trail lines and retail shops inside the Stesen Sentral KL (Courtesy of Google street view) The Stesen Sentral is inter-connected with the NU Sentral shopping complex by four pairs of escalators in both directions with a wide staircase at the center between the escalators located at Level 1. Each floors of Stesen Sentral provided the escalators and staircases for the commuter to access from this floor to another. The paths inside the Stesen Sentral can be categorized into primary, secondary and tertiary walkways, the primary path is the concourse area as well as common areas that is most widely and easily accessible. The secondary path will be the walkway that connecting with the concourse area to the designated area for example LRT station platform or KTM station platform, while the tertiary path would be the walkway inside the designated area itself that connecting the services area as well as consider a private spaces. Figure 16 shows the vertical transportation system in Stesen Sentral.

Figure 16: Escalators and staircases can be easily seen in the Stesen Sentral that connected different level of floors. (Courtesy of Google street view)

5. DISCUSSION The result findings present the overall circulations and space planning in Stesen Sentral as well *Corresponding author (W.Y.Yao). Tel:+6018-3233009. E-mail::samson6061@gmail.com. Š2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642. http://TUENGR.COM/V09/221.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/itjemast.2018.21

233

as the research conclusion to be discourse accordingly in this discussion. Subsequently, the analysis part is based on the online case studies from different journals and researches that have analyzed on the building as well as the author’s personal perception and determinants attributes on the experience when visit to case study site.

5.1 VEHICLE CIRCULATION Based on the analysis, the vehicle movement within the KL Sentral is insufficient. The congestion during the peak hours on the major roads is crowded. This is because KL Sentral are located on the Central Business District (CBD) where it is the most congested area in KL City. The separation of departure and arrival halls in two different direction help to ease the traffic congestion within KL Sentral and each of the buildings have its own dedicated drop off points and the vehicle are not allow to park on the road side in order to smoothen the internal circulation surrounding KL Sentral. Passenger and commuter are advice to use the public transportation system to reach Kl Sentral by bus, or public train services. The bus stations surrounded the KL Sentral offer to public the cheapest and sustainable way to reach the building. The walkable distance between the buildings in KL Sentral allow the building employers or building users to walk to their destination.

However, the pedestrian walkway and cycling path surrounded KL Sentral is not completed and well design. Some of the pedestrian walkway are too narrow that increase the risk of pedestrians safety and the incomplete shelter on the pedestrian walkway which discourage the public to consider to use the pedestrian walk. Malaysia is a hot and humid country where the rain can come anytime in just a short period of raining sign, pedestrian walk without the shelter or roof in Malaysia is not viable. Most of the Malaysian are prefer to walk under a shelter place instead of open place like western country. It can be seen in KL Sentral when during the hot climate in high temperature weather, only the western tourists are able to walk under the hot sun without any shelter or umbrella while fewer number of Malaysian can do it in same way. In author’s experience and perception during the visit to KL Sentral, most of the commuter are not willing to walk under the open spaces without any shelters or tools to block the direct sunlight. With the emerged and conveniency of Uber and Grab Car services through the mobile apps, most of the commuters would rather to use Uber or Grab Car services instead of walking. The cheap fare enable the commuter to share among their friends and even cheaper than using the public bus services, and the latter need to spend more time to wait for the next buses.

On the other hand, motorcycle and bicycle path is not effective in KL Sentral. The direction of motorcycle path is unclear and confusing. While the bicycle path is not complete as well as occupied by the irresponsible car driver who park their car on the bicycle path. Bicycle can become a sustainable vehicle which reduce the traffic congestion and reduce the carbon footprint. The local government or the management of KL Sentral should encourage the commuter to use bicycle as one of the commute system, and improve the bicycle facilities around the KL Sentral as well as Stesen 234

Wong Yuh Yao, A. Sanusi Hassan a , Ku A. Hassan , and M. Ismail

Sentral. For example, the trains company shall reserve a bicycle dedicated space in the train for bicycle user as well as providing the bicycle carpark in Stesen Sentral. By doing this, to encourage more KL citizens to use bicycle as their daily commute system can benefit in many aspects.

Nonetheless, the government are not look it seriously although they verbally promoting the cycling activities is good and sustainable. The bicycle infrastructure is the most important and initial phase to be prepared in order to promote the bicycle culture in that area. Without sufficient infrastructures and bicycle facilities, only the verbally promoting is not enough.

5.2 SPACES PLANNING & COMMUTER FLOWS Spaces in Stesen Sentral are clear and straight forward. The departure hall located at the north of the building while the arrival hall located at the south of the building, in between is the train lines that lead to it respective waiting platform as well as the retails and stalls. The separation of the departure and arrival hall help to ease the traffic congestion in terms of vehicle or commuter flows in Stesen Sentral KL. These two halls are connected with the central transit concourse in the middle by a small pathway with the retail shops on both side of the corridor. This helps to eliminate the lonely feel when the commuter access from the halls to the concourse as well as provides a feeling that the distance is shorter when there is the retail shops or stalls along the corridor. On the both end of Stesen Sentral on level 1 is the escalators and staircases that connected to level 2 and NU Sentral shopping complex. The separation of the access help to diverse the commuter flows focus on one area that cause the congestion.

The transit concourse at level 1 in Stesen Sentral considered as the horizontal public circulation where the commuters access through it to enter the respective train lines platform. The concourse is designed in straight and direct circulation pattern that allow the commuter to easily find their way and to ease the traffic congestion during peak hours because the curvier and bending circulation would increase the crowded and congested situation. The concourse serve as a public circulation is often the main pathway that connect the spaces, for instance in Stesen Sentral, the concourse are connected with all the train lines, KTM, LRT, KLIA Transit as well as the departure and arrival hall. The different train lines are separated at both side of transit concourse as well as level 2 to distribute the commuter flows.

Furthermore, vertical circulation become one of the major elements in Stesen Sentral as the commuters travel from floor to another. Sufficient numbers of provided escalators and elevators solve the congestion problem inside the Stesen Sentral. The staircases help reassuring the crowded situation during peak session when most of the commuter are using escalators or elevators access from floor to floor. The big signboard on top of each train station bring the conveniences towards the commuter to look for their way and avoid walk into wrong direction.

Based on the literature reviews, the spaces and circulation planning in Stesen Sentral can be considered as efficient because the horizontal and vertical movement are well design which the *Corresponding author (W.Y.Yao). Tel:+6018-3233009. E-mail::samson6061@gmail.com. Š2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642. http://TUENGR.COM/V09/221.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/itjemast.2018.21

235

circulation is direct & straight forward, hence it shaped the overall Stesen Sentral building form as a rectangular shape of building.

6. CONCLUSION Based on the research conducted, it can be assumed that the circulation planning is essential in a building. Without the proper planning for the circulation and spaces inside the building would cause the traffic congestion and crowded human flows during peak hours. It is important that the accessibility in either new or renovated buildings are true usability. The design and planning of entrances and internal circulation routes have a major impact on the buildings user. The Architect or designer as well as the building planner must look into the issue seriously, while sometimes the codes of requirements are not sufficient because it might be inadequate or too general and simple in certain areas. Architects and designer need more information to help them in the design of building circulation while most of the planners or developers are not really look into the important of circulation in a building rather than their profit. However, the architects and building designers must always remind themselves that making the circulation accessible is a basic requirement in building design. Effective circulation design can improve the safety, satisfaction and productivity for the user. Other than that, to make the circulation effective, we must always take care of the special user such as people with disabilities and inconvenience, we must not ignore them to make the most convenient form of circulation harder to use. The true universal design is to make the accessible circulation the basic system for everyone uses, becoming a successful building.

7. REFERENCES Agrawal, A., Schlossberg, M. and Irvin, K. (2008) How far, by which route and why? A spatial analysis of pedestrian preference, Journal of Urban Design 13 (1), 81-98.

A

World-Class Transportation Hub (2009). Retrieved http://www.klsentral.com.my/Conn_Main.aspx

from

Kuala

Lumpur

Sentral:

Carpi, A. & Egger, A. E. (2008). Research methods: Comparison. Retrieved October 21,2011. From http://www.visionlearning.com/library/module_viewer.php?mid=152. (Unknown, 2009) Cervero, R., Sarmiento, O., Jacoby, E., Gomez, L. and Neiman, A. (2009) Influences of Built Environments on Walking and Cycling: Lessons from BogotĂĄ, International Journal of Sustainable Transportation 3 (4), 203-226.

Corpuz, G., Hay, A. and Merom, D. (2005) Walking for transport and health: trends in Sydney in the last decade, Papers of the 28th Australasian Transport Research Forum, Sydney, 28-30 September 2005. www.patrec.org/atrf.aspx El-Geneidy, A., Grimsrud, M., Wasfi, R., TĂŠtreault, P., & Surprenant- Legault, J. (2014). New evidence on walking distances to transit stops: Identifying redundancies and gaps using variable service areas. Transportation, 41(1), 193-210.

236

Wong Yuh Yao, A. Sanusi Hassan a , Ku A. Hassan , and M. Ismail

Hsiao, S., Lu, J., Sterling, J., & Weatherford, M. (1997). Use of geographic information system for analysis of transit pedestrian access. Transportation Research Record, 1604, 50-59.

Kimpel, T., Dueker, K., & El-Geneidy, A. (2007). Using GIS to measure the effect of overlapping service areas on passenger boardings at bus stops. Urban and Regional Information Systems Association Journal, 19(1), 5-11.

Kuby, M., Barranda, A., & Upchurch, C. (2004). Factors influencing light rail station boardings in the United States. Transportation Research Part A, 38, 223-247.

Lam, W., & Morrall, J. (1982). Bus passenger walking distances and waiting times: A summer- winter comparison. Transportation Quarterly, 36(3), 407-421.

Lee, C. and Moudon, A.V. (2006) Correlates of walking for transportation or recreation purposes, Journal of Physical Activity and Health 3, Suppl 1, S77-S98.

Loutzenheiser, D. (1997). Pedestrian access to transit: Modeling of walk trips and theory design and urban form determination around bay area rapid transit stations. Transportation Research Record, 1604, 40-49.

Daniels, R., & Mulley, C. (2013). Explaining walking distance to public transport: The dominance of public transport supply. Journal of Transport and Land Use, 6(2), 5-20.

Murray, A., & Wu, X. (2003). Accessibility tradeoffs in public transit planning. [Article]. Journal of Geographical Systems, 5(1), 93-107.

O'Neill, W., Ramsey, D., & Chou, J. (1992). Analysis of transit service areas using geographic information systems. Transportation Research Record, 1364, 131-139.

O'Sullivan, S., & Morrall, J. (1996). Walking distance to and from light-rail transit stations.

Transportation Research Record, 1538, 19-26.

Schlossberg, M., Agrawal, A., Irvin, K., & Bekkouche, V. (2007). How far, by which route, and why?

A spatial analysis of pedestrian preference MTI Report 06-06. San José, CA: Mineta Transportation Institute & College of Business, San José State University.

Wibowo, S.S. and Olszewski, P. (2005) Modeling walking accessibility to public transport terminals.

Case study of Singapore Mass Rapid Transit, Journal of the Eastern Asia Society for Transportation Studies 6, 147–156.

Zhao, F., Chow, L., Li, M., Ubaka, I., & Gan, A. (2003). Forecasting transit walk accessibility: Regression model alternative to buffer. Transportation Research Record, 1835, 34-41.

Wong Yuh Yao is a graduate student in USM School of Housing, Building and Planning.

*Corresponding author (W.Y.Yao). Tel:+6018-3233009. E-mail::samson6061@gmail.com. ©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642. http://TUENGR.COM/V09/221.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/itjemast.2018.21

237

Professor Dr. Ahmad Sanusi bin Hassan teaches in Architecture Programme at the School of Housing, Building and Planning, University Sains Malaysia (USM). He obtained Bachelor and Master of Architecture from the University of Houston, Texas, USA. He was awarded a PhD degree from the University of Nottingham, United Kingdom. He was promoted to Associate Professor and later Full Professor. His research focuses on computer simulation on daylighting and thermal comforts, architectural history and theory, and housing in urban design. He is one of the nine regional writers involved in the preparation of Guideline: Agenda 21 for Sustainable Construction in Developing Countries: A Discussion Document, which was launched at The Earth/World Summit, Johannesburg in September 2002. At the university, he lectures in architecture courses related to urban design, studio, history, Computer Aided Design (CAD), and computer movie animation. He has integrated all these specialisations into his research, teaching, consultation and publications. He had designed several architectural projects such as mosque, USM guest house and a proposal for low-cost houses for fishermen community.

Datuk Assoc. Prof. Dr. Ku Azhar is a lecturer, architect and Chairman of Architectural Programme at the School of HBP. A member of Malaysian Board of Architect and Malaysian Insitute of Architect. A former lecturer at University of Technology Malaysia (UTM) and architect for various firms which include Hijjas Kasturi Associates and Kumpulan Senireka Sdn. Bhd. His interests include Tropical Design, Traditional House and Architectural Practise.

Mazran Ismail is a senior lecturer in Architecture at the School of Housing, Building & Planning, Universiti Sains Malaysia (USM), Penang, Malaysia. He received his B.Sc (HBP) (Architecture), Bachelor of Architecture, M.Sc in Housing and Ph.D in Architecture (Energy Efficient Design) from USM. His main research interests are energy efficient design, green building, housing design, environmental design and thermal comfort studies in tropical building.

Trademarks Disclaimer: All products names including trademarks™ or registeredŽ trademarks mentioned in this article are the property of their respective owners, using for identification purposes only. Use of them does not imply any endorsement or affiliation.

Note: The original work of this article was reviewed, accepted, and orally presented at the 3rd International Conference-Workshop on Sustainable Architecture and Urban Design (ICWSAUD 2017), a joint conference with the 3rd International Conference on Engineering, Innovation and Technology (ICEIT 2017), held at Royale Ballroom at the Royale Chulan Penang Hotel, Malaysia, during 13-15th November 2017.

238

Wong Yuh Yao, A. Sanusi Hassan a , Ku A. Hassan , and M. Ismail

©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies.

International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

CONSTRUCTION DELAYS OF BUILDING REPAIR PROJECT AFTER THAILAND’S 2011 MAJOR FLOOD: CASE STUDY OF EDUCATIONAL GOVERNMENT SECTORS Chaisak Pisitpaibool a*, and Dhaninrat Suksomkullanan a a Department

of Civil Engineering, Faculty of Engineering, Thammasat University, Pathumtani, 12120,

THAILAND ARTICLEINFO

A B S T RA C T

Article history: Received 09 July 2018 Received in revised form 05 September 2018 Accepted 08 October 2018 Available online 09 October 2018

Many buildings and properties of the central region of Thailand had been damaged by major flood in 2011. A set of nine buildings was selected as a case study to represent the building repair of the Higher Educational Government Sectors. Five approaches of the retrospective technique were used to analyze the impact of these delays on the schedule. The actual project completion was 17 days behind the as-plan schedule. However, time extensions obtained from schedule impact analysis techniques were -8, 0, 0, 17 and 29 days. Time extensions of 17 and 29 days were obtained from the approaches, which ignored all details of each delay. The negative time delays imply that the delay caused by the contractors had significant impacts on the repair project. Results from this study showed that the owner and excusable delay had no influence on request for extension because the longer delay durations of the System Work and the Other Jobs were caused by the contractor.

The unexpected situation discovered was black molds growing on many pieces of gypsum board walls and ceilings, thus required replacements. © 2018 INT TRANS J ENG MANAG SCI TECH.

Keywords: Building repair; Repair delay; Major flood; Asplanned schedule; Construction delay; Asbuilt schedule; Repair management.

1. INTRODUCTION The 2011 major flood crisis in central region of Thailand caused damages on the buildings and properties. Damages of the industrial and residential properties spread over a wide area of the several provinces in the north and west of Bangkok. This included the areas in some provinces in the Lower Northern region and Central Plains. The Government needed to provide the flood mitigation for national reconstruction. Jensantikul (2015) studies disaster management in Thailand toward the government policy in responsibility to flood disaster in Thailand during 1942-2012. Poapongsakorn, & Meethom (2013) discussed the government policy for quick response in drafting a flood management master plan for assistance and compensation for the 2011 major flood victims, and also pointed out the weakness of the master plan. The impacts from the flood crisis resulted in the difficulty to response of the victims but the challenge to manage by the relevant institutions. *Corresponding author (C. Pisitpaibool). E-mail: pchaisak@engr.tu.ac.th. ©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/239.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.22

239

Samchaiy et al. (2012) studied the life and response of the victims to the 2011 flood disaster.

Repair was needed to restore back all the damages. Many factors causing by the flood affected the repair processes. The material manufacturers might take a long time to produce the materials, causing shortages and thus making them more expensive. The available budget was insufficient to cover the expense. Also, there was a shortage of construction workers. The unexpected duration of the flood forces most company to stop working on the construction. Workers need to leave their jobs for an indefinite period. There was the possibility of delays in construction projects causing the contractor might not deliver the project at the scheduled time.

Many researchers have studied the causes of delay in construction projects. Othmana and Ismail (2014) investigated the delay in government project delivery in Kedah, Malaysia. Kim et al. (2015) studied the delay factors affecting the completion of the government construction projects in Vietnam.

Morris and Hough (1987) found that there were four key factors were the most common problems on cost overruns. This included the design changes, the poor planning, the unpredictable weather condition and the price fluctuation of building materials. Haseeb et al. (2011) studied the problems of projects and their effects on delays in the construction industry of Pakistan. Pakistan natural disaster such as flood and earthquake was the common factor of delay. Some others factors, for example, included the financial and payment problems, the improper planning, the poor site management, the insufficient experience, the shortage of materials and equipment.

Several techniques using the As-planned and As-built schedules for delay analysis have been proposed by researchers to determine the impact of delay affecting the overall project completion (Leary and Bramble, 1988; Reams; 1990; Wickwire et al., 1991; Alkass et al., 1991, 1993). Arcuri et al. (2007) reviewed eight different schedule impact analysis techniques applying to a simple drainage structure. The first five approaches analyze the project delays by using the retrospective technique, which includes (1) Global impact approach, (2) Net impact approach, (3) Adjusted asplanned CPM approach, (4) Adjusted as-built CPM approach, and (5) Collapsed as-built schedule (but-for) approach. The last three approaches analyze the effects of delays by using the contemporaneous technique, which includes (6) Impacted updated CPM (Veterans Administration) approach, (7) Modification impact analysis (U.S. Army Corps of Engineers’) approach and (8) Time impact analysis approach. The focus is on determining the contractor-awarded time extension. Each of the approaches give an overview of its application, it strengths, and weaknesses and provides different results.

Apart from conventional construction, however, the general construction or repair of the buildings in higher educational institutions requires the additional issues needed to be concerned.

This included the more safety restrictions in the surrounding areas. The impact of sound on teaching was another factor needed to be minimized. In addition, different departments need to open their academic semester at the same time. These factors can cause delays in building projects in higher education institutions.

The aim of this study is to investigate the schedule impact analysis on the building repair project containing of a set of nine buildings, which were damaged by the 2011-Flood. The buildings were selected from an area of a Higher Educational Institution which contained a total of 80 buildings.

Chaisak Pisitpaibool and Dhaninrat Suksomkullanan 240

The five approaches of the retrospective technique were employed. This includes (1) Global impact approach, (2) Net impact approach, (3) Adjusted as-planned CPM approach, (4) Adjusted as-built CPM approach, and (5) Collapsed as-built schedule (but-for) approach. Results provide the effect of a delay as the time extension. In addition, the study is intended to record the details of activities that can be found in the building repair project for future reference. Finally, this study figured out the unexpected evidence caused by the major flood.

2. TYPES OF SCHEDULE IN IMPACT ANALYSIS Schedule impact analysis is defined as the process of quantifying and apportioning the effect of delay or change on a project schedule (Arcuri et al., 2007). Types of schedule impacts include delay, disruption, changes, suspensions, and termination. In general, there are three parties involved in the schedule impact analysis, which are owner, contractor, and third party or unexpected events. Delays causing by the owner, contractor, and the third party are considered as Owner Responsible Delay (ORD), Contractor Responsible Delay (CRD), and Excusable Delay (ED), respectively. Common examples of third party or unexpected events (1) Acts of God or of the public enemy, (2) Acts of the Government in either its sovereign or contractual capacity, (3) Fires, (4) Epidemics, (5) Quarantine restrictions, (6) Strikes, (7) Freight embargoes, and (8) Unusually severe weather (Wickwire et al., 2003).

To determine the impact of delays, different types of schedules are referenced, such as the Asplanned, Adjusted, and As-built schedules (Alkass et al., 1996). The As-planned schedule is the original plan of the contractor for the work to completion. This schedule shows only the original activities with their start and finish dates which can display one or more critical paths of the project.

The Adjusted schedule is generated as the response of the As-planned schedule when some original activities have been changed, such as the change of orders, the change or delays of construction, or the acceleration of construction work. The critical path and the start/finish dates of some activities or the whole project may be different from that originated in the As-planned schedule. The As-built schedule is the final schedule that shows the start and finish dates including the sequence of real activities of the whole project. The critical path of the project may be different from that of the originally As-planned schedule.

3. MODEL REVIEW The timetable for the selected repair of a set of nine-flood-affected buildings, which is the representative of the building repair of Higher Educational Institution Government Sectors causing by the 2011-major flood crisis is presented in the Figure 1. Start, finish, and duration of each activity are summarized in the as-planned bar charts. There are 13 activities which require 46 days for project completion following the As-planned scheduling.

However, by inserting the delay activities accompanying with their duration into the as-planned chart, it obtained As-built bar chart, Figure 1. Separation of activities by each delay supports the process of schedule impact analysis. All delay activities include one case of the ORD, six cases of the CRD, and one case of ED.

*Corresponding author (C. Pisitpaibool). E-mail: pchaisak@engr.tu.ac.th. Š2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/239.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.22

241

Figure 1: Bar chart of repair project with activities and delays.

The ORD occurred due to the late approval of materials after the contractor had requested for the approval. The offering materials by the contractor might be different or not equivalent to the original materials due to the lack of materials in the markets or the material manufacturers could not produce the right number of items, as promised, on time. The owner, therefore, needed to search for more information to make a decision to use the offering materials or the better materials. Material approval, in general, was required to finish before starting of the following activities. However, there was a strong temptation to dive straight to finish the repair project. Some activities could be done along with other activities and do not have to wait for an activity to be completed. The owner allowed some approval activities of the material to be started before the completion of the whole approval.

For the as-planned scheduling, the Owner Approval Drawings started and lasted for one day, Day 14.

However, in the delay of the As-built scheduling, the time duration of the ORD activity was started from Day 14 and delayed to Day 36.

In this unusual flood condition, many factors had affected on the construction process in a huge different dimensions. The problems in many areas were related to the materials or machinery in the damaged buildings. The contractors needed to order these damaged items and repair their machineries. On the other hand, material manufacturers were also experiencing the similar problems since some of their materials and machineries were affected by floods.

They could not produce the material immediately, and the storing materials were not enough.

There was the material shortage because of the same material requirements at the same time. The material prices went up. Apart from this, due to the long duration of the flood, most workers could not afford to work on the construction. Many workers had to return home and change their careers.

242

Chaisak Pisitpaibool and Dhaninrat Suksomkullanan

There was a shortage of construction workers. In addition, the transportation of materials was quite difficult because many roads had been damaged and could not be repaired for the time being. For the repair project, there were six cases of the CRD. This included (1) Tile work due to the manufacturing could not produce the material on time, (2) System work causing by the shortage of original materials, (3) Sanitation causing by the shortage of original materials, (4) Ceiling due to the lack of capital reserves including with the increasing of the material costs, (5) Cleaning and (6) Other Jobs causing by the delay of the others’ activities or the available budget balance was insufficient to cover the expense.

The ED caused by an unexpected event which was not include in the plan. Mold was found growing behind the back of many pieces of gypsum board walls and the ceilings due to the moisture and dirt from the flooded water for such a long time. In addition, unexpected corrosion of materials, such as the galvanized steel light walls and steel doors, was also investigated. As a result, the workload had increased because of the need to clean the mold and to replace a rusted steel frame with a new one. It was found that the ED took six days.

As shown in Figure 1, some activities can be done before other activities and do not need to wait for an activity to be completed. There are 13 original activities showing the time required to complete the As-planned work, which is 46 days. Total number of days to complete the As-built work is 63 days, which is 17-day longer than the As-planed duration.

Table 1: Duration of Activities and Delays of Repair Project.

Table 1 summarizes all activities that appear in both the As-planed and As-built scheduling.

This includes the duration, start and finish dates for each activity. All delays are also presented in the lower part of Table 1.

4. RETROSPECTIVE TECHNIQUE In this study, the scheduling for repair a set of nine-flood-affected buildings was selected as the representative of the building repair of the Higher Educational Government Sector causing by the *Corresponding author (C. Pisitpaibool). E-mail: pchaisak@engr.tu.ac.th. Š2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/239.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.22

243

2011-irregular flood crisis. Each delay was separated from the other delays and determining the type of delay. The five approaches of the retrospective technique were used to analyze the impact of these delays on the schedule: 1. Global Impact Approach 2. Net Impact Approach 3. Adjusted As-Planned CPM Approach 4. Adjusted As-Built CPM Approach 5. Collapsed As-Built Schedule (But-for) Approach The next subsections presented the impact on the completion of the project causing by each approach.

4.1 GLOBAL IMPACT APPROACH The Global Impact Approach ignores the details of each element in the scheduling when delay claims and time extension are requested (Arcuri et al., 2007). In the beginning, the As-planed schedule and the As-built schedule bar charts are determined the whole events by showing their duration, start and finish dates before presenting the delays responsibility by ORD and the ED. This analysis, however, ignores the delayed overlapping between the ORD and ED. In addition, it is not included the CRD. Total delay or the time extension of the project is calculated by summing the durations of the ORD and ED.

Figure 2: Global Impact Approach.

The time extension = ORD + ED = 23 + 6 = 29 days. Therefore, the contractor can extend the time for another 29 days. It is noted that, in this case, no any overlap between the delays causing by ORD and the ED. The Global Impact Approach is improper to define the time extension since the essential phases of delay activities in the project time scheduling are ignored (Bramble et al., 1990; Arcuri et al., 2007).

4.2 NET IMPACT APPROACH For the Net impact approach, all activities of the three delays, the ORD, the CRD and the ED, are plotted on a bar chart as shown in the Figure 3. Each delay is presented their start, finish, and duration. However, the time extension is simply taken from the time difference between the asplanned schedule and as-built schedule duration by ignoring the essential phases of the delay, such as the overlapping between these delay periods (Bramble et al., 1990; Arcuri et al., 2007).

244

Chaisak Pisitpaibool and Dhaninrat Suksomkullanan

Figure 3: Net Impact Approach For the Net impact approach, the time extension of the whole project is the time difference between the as-planned schedule and as-built schedule durations, which is 63 – 46 = 17 days. As mentioned above, the time extension is not completed as it ignores the essential phases of the delay, such as the overlapping between these delay periods.

Figure 4: Adjusted As-Planned CPM Approach.

4.3 ADJUSTED AS-PLANNED CPM APPROACH The Adjusted as-planned CPM approach is obtained by inserting all the CRD into the As-planned schedule resulting in the Adjusted schedule completion as shown in Figure 4. It should be noted that *Corresponding author (C. Pisitpaibool). E-mail: pchaisak@engr.tu.ac.th. Š2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/239.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.22

245

the Adjusted schedule completion ignores the ORD and the ED. The As-built duration is taken from the project completion. The Contractor’s Responsibility is determined by subtracting the Adjusted schedule completion by the As-planned schedule. Time extension is then calculated by subtracting the Adjusted schedule completion from the As-built duration.

As a result, after inserting all the CRD into the As-planned schedule, an Adjusted schedule completion duration is 63 days. The modified time or the contractor is liable for his own delays is 63 – 46 = 17 days, which is the difference between the As-planned schedule duration (46 days) and the Adjusted schedule completion duration (63 days). To determine the time extension, the Adjusted schedule completion duration (63 days) is then subtracted from the As-built duration (63 days). Then the time extension = 63 – 63 = 0 days. The total of 0 days indicates that the ORD and the ED are not liable for their own delays. The difference between the As-built duration and the Adjusted schedule completion is 0, which indicate that the total period of time that the work is not completed as planned causing by the contractor responsibility.

From the As-planned schedule, the critical path is Activities 1- 8, 10-11, and 13. After inserting all the CRD into the As-planned schedule, the critical path is changed in an Adjusted schedule completion duration to be Activities 1- 8 and 10-13. The delays caused by the contractor's activities impacting the critical path start from the Activity 7 (Tile work). The changes of durations for the most delayed activities are not much difference, except the Activities 8 and 12. The Activity 8 (System work) includes the inspection and repair of the electrical, the air conditioning, the ventilation, and the fire extinguisher installation systems. Most materials are shortage and their prices are rise up affecting by floods. Moreover, the Activity 10 (Ceiling) can start and finish before the completion of the Activity 8 (System work), because flooding rises high enough to enter an electrical outlet, but it is not reach the ceiling position. System works of the Activity 8 concern about the walls rather than the ceilings. The Activity 12 (Other Jobs) includes the Computer system, the CCTV system, the experiment tool and instruments, the safety deposit box, and the steel fire exit doors. Delays cause by the Activity 12 (Other Jobs) is not only the shortage of materials but also some specific requirements based on the particular items. New versions of the Computer system, the CCTV system need to be compatible with the existing system. In addition, users from different departments demand for some extra additional and several requirements. Most requirements concern with the better specification, i.e., higher resolution, additional positions, view angle, and cover distance, under the insufficient financial support condition. A negotiation is needed. Different parties discuss their problems and requirements trying to reach a solution. This situation impacts on the decision making resulting in the longer duration.

4.4 ADJUSTED AS-BUILT CPM APPROACH The Adjusted as-built CPM approach starts by determining the whole events of the As-planed duration and the Adjusted completion duration as shown in Figure 5. The Adjusted completion duration is taken from the As-built duration of the Adjusted as-planned CPM approach, as shown in Figure 4. The following Adjusted as-built schedule duration is obtained by inserting the durations of the Owner Responsible Delay (ORD) and the Excusable Delay (ED) into the as-planned schedule.

The analysis was considered twice – the first step is the Contractor’s Responsibility, which is Chaisak Pisitpaibool and Dhaninrat Suksomkullanan 246

determined by subtracting the Adjusted completion duration by the As-planned duration. The second step is the time extension, which is then calculated by subtracting the Adjusted as-built duration by the Adjusted completion duration.

Figure 5: Adjusted As-Built CPM Approach.

In this study, for the early step, the difference between the As-planned duration (x = 46 days) and the Adjusted completion duration (y = 63 days) is the Contractor’s responsibility, y – x = 63 – 46 = 17 days. Then, in the second step, insert ORD and ED into the As-planned schedule resulting in an Adjusted as-built schedule duration. The Adjusted as-built duration is 55 days (z = 55 days). To determine the time extension, the Adjusted as-built schedule duration (z = 55 days) is then subtracted by the Adjusted completion duration (63 days). The time extension is z – y = 55 – 63 = -8 days.

It is noted that, in this study, the contractor’ responsibility alone for the delay of the Adjusted completion duration is 63 days. The penalties shall be applied to the contractor that causes these delays (17 days). However, the duration of the Adjusted as-built causing by the unavoidable situations due to the responsibility of the ORD and the ED is 55. The time extension is reduced or negative (z – y = 55 – 63 = -8 days). Therefore, the time that the contractor must compensate for the delay caused by the failure to complete the plan or the contractor responsibility is 8 days.

This approach takes into account the contractor's responsibility delays comparing with the responsibility of the Owner Responsible Delay (ORD) and the Excusable Delay (ED). The delay caused by the fault of the owner, or the ORD, is the Activity 5 (Material approval). Delay by Material approval includes the shortage and delay in materials supply and their prices are rise up affecting by the floods. Some materials are not available, such as the patterns of floor tiles, the computer system, and the CCTV system that are compatible with the remaining ones. The new or equivalent type of material is in order and more time is needed to receive a new permit approval.

Material approval may need to wait for testing or specific evaluation of the product. In addition, as *Corresponding author (C. Pisitpaibool). E-mail: pchaisak@engr.tu.ac.th. ©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/239.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.22

247

mention in the previous Adjusted as-planned CPM approach, a negotiation is needed when the users from different departments demand for different better specification, some extra additional and other several requirements. Under the insufficient financial support condition, this impacts on the decision making resulting in the longer duration.

The delay caused by an unexpected event or the Excusable Delay (ED), is mold cleanup in the Activity 10 (Ceiling work). This includes the replacement of the unexpected corrosion of the galvanized steel light walls and steel doors. As a result, the workload had increased because of the need to clean the mold and to a rusted steel frame with a new one.

The Adjusted as-built duration (55 days) is influenced by the delay causing by ED (6 days) rather than the delay causing by ORD (23 days). The delay caused by the owner in the Activity 5 (Material approval) is, however, no significant impacts in the project scheduling duration due to the subsequent Activity 6 (Construction work) can be done before for the completion of the owner approval. The Construction work, in this study, is the structural works dealing with the damaged wall and floor system. In contrast, the Activity 11 (Cleaning) needs to wait until the completion of the delay caused by the unexpected event in the Activity 10 (Mold cleanup).

4.5 COLLAPSED AS-BUILT SCHEDULE (BUT-FOR) APPROACH In the collapsed as-built schedule (but-for) approach, the word “but-for” is represented the removing only the ORD in the beginning, and then removing both ORD and the ED from the as-built schedule. The technique is performed in multiple steps as follows (Figure 6).

1. Create an As-built schedule. In this study, the As-built duration is x = 63 days.

2. Step 1, remove the ORD from the As-built schedule causing the But-for ORD schedule. The owner responsibility is then obtained by subtracting the As-built duration (x = 63 days) by the But-for ORD duration (y = 63 days). Then the owner responsibility is x – y = 63 – 63 = 0 days.

3. Step 2, remove ORD and ED from the As-built schedule causing the But-for ORD & ED schedule. The time extension is then obtained by subtracting the But-for ORD & ED duration (z = 63 days) by the But-for ORD duration (y = 63 days). Then the time extension is z – y = 63 - 63 = 0 days.

4. Step 3, in conclusion, the contractor’s responsibility is obtained by using the relationship: (As-plane) + (Contractor's responsibility) + (Owner's responsibility) + (Extension) = (As-built) 46 + Contractor's responsibility + 0 + 0 = 63 Thus, contractor's responsibility = 17.

The responsibility of the contractor is 17 days, which is the time to calculate for contractor’s late payment penalty for the delay caused by the failure to complete the plan.

248

Chaisak Pisitpaibool and Dhaninrat Suksomkullanan

Figure 6: Collapsed As-Built Schedule (But-for) Approach.

From the As-built schedule, the changes of durations for the most delayed activities are not much difference, except the Activities 5 (Materials approval), Activity 8 (System work) and Activity 12 (Other Jobs). The critical path of the As-built schedule seems to be the Activities 1- 8, 10-11, and *Corresponding author (C. Pisitpaibool). E-mail: pchaisak@engr.tu.ac.th. Š2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/239.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.22

249

13. However, this critical path is dominated by the longest duration of delay in Activity 12 (Other Jobs). As mention in the Adjusted as-planned CPM approach, the Activity 8 (System work) includes the inspection and repair of the electrical, the air conditioning, the ventilation, and the fire extinguisher installation systems. The Activity 12 (Other Jobs) includes the Computer system, the CCTV system, the experiment tool and instruments, the safety deposit box, and the steel fire exit doors. From the Adjusted as-built CPM approach, the Activities 5 (Materials approval) concerns about the shortage and delay in materials supply including the demand of the users from different departments for different better specification, some extra additional and other several requirements.

After remove the ORD from the As-built schedule, the obtained But-for ORD schedule duration is not changed (63 days). It implies that the delay caused by the owner in the Activity 5 (Material approval) is not significant impacts in the project scheduling duration due to the subsequent Activities can be done before for the completion of the owner approval.

In the But-for ORD&ED schedule duration, after remove the ED, the Activity 11(cleaning) can move forward which seems to shorten the critical path of the project. However, this moving forward does not provide a benefit to the whole project duration since it is dominated by the longer duration of the delays of Activity 8 (System work) and Activity 12 (Other Jobs).

It is noted that delay causing by the Owner (ORD) and ED had no influence on request for extension in this case because of the longer duration of the delays of Activity 8 (System work) and Activity 12 (Other Jobs), similar to the Adjusted As-Planned CPM Approach.

5. COMPARISON OF METHODS The results from each schedule impact analysis technique are summarized in Figure 7. The owner responsibility, contractor responsibility, and time extension for delays are shown in the column 1, 2, and 3, respectively. Objective of each technique is to determine the time extension implying the award of contractor.

Figure 7: Results from each impact analysis Techniques.

The actual project completed is 17 days later than the as-plan schedule. However, time extensions of each schedule impact analysis technique were -8, 0, 0, 17, and 29 days. The time extensions represent the different results obtained from applying these different techniques.

Time extension obtained by the Global Impact Approach is 29 days, which is unacceptable. This technique calculates the time extension by summing the delays of ORD and ED without considering their overlapping period. For the Net Impact Approach, the time extension of the whole project is 17 days. However, the net time is just the difference between the as-planned and as-built durations.

Time extension for both approaches ignored all details of each delay.

The time extension of the Adjusted as-planned CPM approach considers mainly on the result Chaisak Pisitpaibool and Dhaninrat Suksomkullanan 250

obtained by all contractor delays (CRD). The Collapsed as-built (but-for) approach, however, considers all delays causing by the three parties (ORD, CRD, and ED). Both approaches provide the same results, which are 0 day. The contractor could not get benefit of the time extension due to many long delays of six activities of the contractor. This implied that the whole project did not response to the delay activities of the owner (ORD) and unexpected ED events.

The Adjusted as-built CPM approach obtains the Adjusted completion duration found from the Adjusted schedule completion of the Adjusted as-planned CPM approach. Time extension was -8 days, which obtained from the difference between the Adjusted as-built and the Adjusted completion duration. The time extension is decreased or negative because the delay duration causing by contractor (CRD) or contractor responsibility is larger than parts of the owner (ORD) and unexpected Excusable Delay (ED). In fact, this responsibility due to the contractor alone, the contractor needs to pay penalties to the employer.

The different schedule impact analysis approaches provided the different results of time extension were -8, 0, 0, 17, and 29 days. The time delays caused by the owners (ORD) and unexpected events (ED) had very little impact on the project comparing with the delay duration causing by contractor (CRD).

Fortunately, the Thai Government realizes the difficulty and problems causing by the irregular condition which has a huge impact on the construction process in a wide variety of dimensions. The flood mitigation obtains from the tendering approach. The construction contract allows the construction period to be extended since it is an indirect delay duration caused by the contractor's fault. Moreover, the majority parts of repair cost for the buildings in this case study are obtained from compensation for losses or damages resulting by the annual indemnity insurance of the institution. Some additional parts are received from the Flood Mitigation Assistance grant supplied by the Government.

6. CONCLUSION The scheduling for repair a set of nine-flood-affected buildings was selected as the representative of the building repair of the Higher Educational Government Sector causing by the 2011-irregular flood crisis. Five approaches of the retrospective technique have been used to analyze the impact of these delays on the schedule. The actual project completed is 17 days later than the as-plan schedule.

However, time extensions of each schedule impact analysis technique were -8, 0, 0, 17, and 29 days.

The time extensions represent the different results obtained from applying these different techniques.

Time extensions of 17 and 29 days were obtained from the Global Impact Approach and the Net Impact Approach, which ignored all details of each delay. For the remainder approaches considered more details of each delay, time extensions of 0, -8, and 0 days were obtained from the Adjusted AsPlanned CPM Approach, the Adjusted As-Built CPM Approach, and the Collapsed As-Built Schedule (But-for) Approach, respectively. The negative time delays caused by the contractor (CRD) had significant impact on the repair project. The Owner ORD and ED had no influence on request for extension in this case because of the longer durations of the delays of System work and Other Jobs.

For the last three approaches, although they provided the different time extensions, they obtained the *Corresponding author (C. Pisitpaibool). E-mail: pchaisak@engr.tu.ac.th. Š2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/239.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.22

251

same contractor’s responsibility, which was 17 days. The unexpected situation discovered in this area was the mold, which grew on the back of many pieces of gypsum board walls and ceilings. This required the replacement.

7. REFERENCES Alkass, S., & Harris, F. (1991). An integrated system that aids in the analysis of contractor’s claims resulting from delays. Build. Res. Inf, 19, 56-64.

Alkass, S., Mazerolle, M., & Harris, F. (1993). An integrated system to minimize the cost of analyzing construction claims. Computing Systems in Engineering, 4(2-3), 271-280.

Alkass, S., Mazerolle, M., & Harris, F. (1996). Construction delay analysis techniques. Construction Management & Economics, 14(5), 375-394.

Arcuri, F. J., & Hildreth, J. C. (2007). The principles of schedule impact analysis. VDOT-VT Partnership for Project Scheduling, Blacksburg, VA. Haseeb, M., Bibi, A., & Rabbani, W. (2011). Problems of projects and effects of delays in the construction industry of Pakistan. Australian journal of business and management research, 1(5), 41-50.

Jensantikul, N. (2015). Management Toward Government Policy in Responsibility to Disaster in Thailand: Case Studies of Floods Between 1942-2012 (Doctoral dissertation, Mahidol University).

Kim, S. Y., et al. (2015). Delay Factors Affecting the Completion of the Government Construction Projects in Vietnam. The 6th International Conference on Construction Engineering and Project Management.

Leary, C. P., & Bramble, B. B. (1988). Project delay: Schedule analysis models and techniques. In Project Management Institute Seminar/Symp (pp. 63-69).

Morris, P. W., & Hough, G. H. (1987). The anatomy of major projects: A study of the reality of project management. United Kingdom: John Wiley and Sons. (ISBN 0471915513), 326 p.

Othman, A., & Ismail, S. (2014). Delay in Government Project Delivery in Kedah, Malaysia. Recent Advances in Civil Engineering and Mechanics, 248-254.

Poapongsakorn, N., & Meethom, P. (2013). Impact of the 2011 floods, and flood management in Thailand.

ERIA Discussion Paper Series, 34, 2013.

Reams, J. S. (1990). Substantiation and use of the planned schedule in a delay analysis. Cost Engineering, 32(2), 12-16.

Sresunt, S., et al. (2012) Life with Floodwater: Response of Flood Victims to Disasters. Puey Ungphakorn School of Development Studies (PSDS), Thammasat University. (Research Report, in Thai).

Wickwire, J. M., Driscoll, T. J., Hurlbut, S. B., & Groff, M. J. (1991). Construction scheduling: Preparation, liability, and claims (p. 158). Wiley Law Publications.

Wickwire, J.M. (2003). Construction Scheduling: Preparation, Liability, and Claims. Aspen Publishers (ISBN 9780735529946).

Dr. Chaisak Pisitpaibool is an Assistant Professor in Department of Civil Engineering, Thammasat University, THAILAND. He was a lecturer in Chiang Mai University. He received his B.Eng. and M.Eng. from Khon Khaen University, THAILAND. He obtained his PhD in Civil Engineering from Nottingham University, UK. His current research encompasses structural engineering and applications.

Dhaninrat Suksomkullanan is a master’s degree candidate in Department of Civil Engineering, Faculty of Engineering, Thammasat University. He received his Bachelor of Engineering degree from Bangkok University. Suksomkullanan’s research work is related to construction process and delays.

252

Chaisak Pisitpaibool and Dhaninrat Suksomkullanan

©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies.

International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

RISK ASSESSMENT OF FIRST OVERSEAS MASS RAPID TRANSIT PROJECT: PROMULGATING INTERPRETIVE QUALITATIVE PARADIGM FOR CHINA PAKISTAN CONSTRUCTION CONCESSION Farman AFZAL a*, Shao YUNFEI a, Muhammad SAJID b, and Fahim AFZAL c a School

of Management and Economics, University of Electronic Science and Technology Chengdu, PR. CHINA. b School of Management, Royal Holloway, University of London, UNITED KINGDOM. c Business School of Hohai University, Hohai University Nanjing, PR. CHINA. ARTICLEINFO

A B S T RA C T

Article history: Received 10 September 2018 Received in revised form 22 October 2018 Accepted 26 October 2018 Available online 29 October 2018

Integrated Project Risk (PR) planning is an urge to reduce growing risk and achieve better project goals. The study illustrates about the inherent individual PR for the success of Mass Rapid Transit project encountered by each project stakeholder. Risks are addressed across project level, market level, and country level in a highly uncertain environment. For holistic analysis, the interpretive paradigm case study Keywords: approach is followed for this unique project case application. SemiRisk Factors; Success structured interviews were conducted to obtain feedback from Criteria; Probabilityconstruction experts, attached with the first Orange Line Metro Train Impact Matrix; Mega (OLMT) project in Pakistan. Classification of complex Risk Factors Construction Projects; (RFs) and Success Criteria (SC) for OLMT is quantified through Project Stakeholders; thematic analysis and node process. Integrated Probability-Impact (PI) Risk Management. matrix is designed for the significance of factors at project evaluation JEL Classifications: G32, stage. Subject to the findings of this study, it proposes a high-level Risk H43, M1, O22.

Assessment (RA) framework which signifies the classification and adaptation of key Success Factors (SF) at key stakeholder’s levels.

Adequate findings derived from this study will help to better evaluate the Project Risk Management (PRM) practices for risk maturity in a limited budget and high complexity. © 2018 INT TRANS J ENG MANAG SCI TECH.

1. INTRODUCTION Mega-projects are connected with integrated activities rather than having numerous multiple single projects in the pipeline. Though, with single or multiple project management practices, there is a program management perspective in every Construction Management System (Zhi, 1995). The European Cooperation in Science and Technology classified mega-projects as, those projects which have high complexity (both in technical as well as human terms) and a long record of poor scope *Corresponding author (Farman Afzal). Tel/Fax: +86-15528360293. E-mail: farmanafzal@gmail.com. ©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/253.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.23

253

delivery are listed under mega-projects (Park, Park, Cha, & Hyun, 2016). Federal Highway Administration of the United States also defined mega-projects as, having a cost of more than $1billion or a project with high public interests (Flyvbjerg, Bruzelius, & Rothengatter, 2003). Cairns (2004) categorized mega-projects in a different way, i.e., projects that are having extreme physical structure, highly expensive, and with public attention. Song, Kim, Yu, Lee, and Lee (2012) evaluated 19 different projects to describe a mega-project as, having investments in infrastructure with a total cost of over $500 million.

Construction business confronts a great deal of evolving difficulties, namely complexity, progression, and growth. According to Standish report (2009) discussed by Eveleens and Verhoef (2010), the Project Success (PS) in consideration of time, cost and quality did not contribute more than 32% of the complete projects. Recent global economic changes have increased the business prospects of engineering management for construction firms all over the world. Increased worldwide competition and significant demand by stakeholders for good quality have instigated the companies to understand the importance of providing quality projects and services to compete in the global marketplace successfully (Park et al., 2016).

Transit Projects (TP) posted significant ridership expansion in recent times, which plays an important role in the development of a country’s transit market. TPs are completed as a result of many activities, planned or unplanned over the project life cycle facility. As a result, it leads to the changes in project team members and processes in a continually changing environment (Carpintero & Siemiatycki, 2016).

Many high-tech infrastructure TPs confront a series of failure cases by schedule, cost overruns, and scope standards which result in the failure of the project’s outcome. Therefore, it is pertinent to explore, evaluate, and manage numerous RFs prior to the beginning of project planning that may create a negative impact in project’s progress (Taroun, 2014). Due to technological development, the demand for program type projects has increased recently which increased the importance of integrated risk management practices for complex high-tech infrastructure projects (Williams, 2016).

Public transit systems including Bus Rapid Transit, Light Rail Transit, and Mass Rail Transit are in operations since 1960 (Xu & Lin, 2016). The OLMT project is a 27.1km long rapid transit line project located in Lahore Pakistan, under construction with the support of Chinese contractors under China Pakistan Economic Corridor arrangements. Out of the total track, 25.4 km is above the ground while the rest of the track is underground. Total numbers of station sights are 36, and around 250,000 passengers are expected to travel daily. The train is having a nominal capacity of 1,300 passengers, seated in seven wagons. The average speed of the train is 45 km/h (28 mph/h), due to staying at each station along the route. Total estimated completion time was 27 months but running with schedule delays and with over cost due to poor risk assessment initially. This project has been started with an agreement made between Pakistan and China in 2014 and expected to be operational in 2019.

TPs are highly hostile in nature to risks. Project Stakeholders are more concerned about better risk management to avoid themselves from financial and legal consequences. It is most important to mitigate risk more effectively and efficiently, in a way to assure the success and satisfaction of the

254

Farman AFZAL, Shao YUNFEI, Muhammad SAJID, and Fahim AFZAL

project to its stakeholders (Fang & Marle, 2012). Unique projects involve uncertainty and carry a high probability of risk. Uncertainty in the project’s complexity, dynamism, and environment evolve an emerging issue that affects a project and its operational plan (Yang, Chen, Wu, Huang, & Cheng, 2015). Intensive work planning is required for evaluation of Risk and Success Criteria (RSC) for TPs where the combined effect of RSC is quite different from other traditional types of construction projects, like; buildings and roads construction (Liu, Zhao, & Yan, 2016). Though, under international construction partnership, project RFs are required to be classified for PS in the uncertain environment at different stakeholders’ level (Müller, Martinsuo, & Blomquist, 2008).

Mass Rapid Transit projects are highly innovative with complexity and would have a huge impact on economic growth in future, but construction risk is considered high due to uncertain environmental conditions which lead toward variation in the schedule, cost, and quality in Under-Developing Countries, such as Pakistan. Involvement and preferences of stakeholders are different from project to project. In this situation, project RSC will be changed in terms of project specification, the external environment and within resource constraints (Pehlivan & Öztemir, 2018). To address the limitations of mega-projects and understating of risk, this study attempts to explore a research question; how to evaluate better multiple risk dimensions and to measure uncertainty in the variability of time, cost and scope relationship for high-tech TPs which cause a delay in achieving project goals? The objective of this research is to propose a RA framework which attempts to augment new insights for the further understanding of project potential RSC in future mega-projects in Pakistan. The framework will be useful for engineering managers in risk management decision-making during the early phase of project evaluation. Project RSC is different in developed and under-developed countries. Therefore, this research highlighted the impact of potential RFs for the TP. High-tech TPs are innovative or agile in Pakistan and have a complex structure (technology, resources, and skills), therefore projects need more understanding and diverse study for its success.

2. THEORY AND RISK EVALUATION MODELS An Explicit Theory of project management rather scientific knowledge would serve several functions in addressing project risk and success. Explicit Theory of project is not only based on the observed behavior which leads towards the contribution of understanding but also provides a prediction of future behavior. This theory helps to design tools for investigating, designing and controlling the process. The theory provides a common understanding, through which project or firm is facilitated and empowers the direction to pinpoint sources of continuous progress. Explicit Theory addresses that the innovative practices can be transferred to other settings by first abstracting a theory from that practice and then applying it to target conditions (Koskela & Howell, 2008). PRM practices follow applied methods to minimize RFs and maximize opportunity by identifying and mitigating the effect of RFs (Fang & Marle, 2012). Subsequently, the ultimate goal of applying risk management practices is to complete a project successfully within all constraints (Williams, 2016).

Projects normally contain large, expensive or unique risks, which have to be completed within a schedule or within a specified budget, within some desirable performance level (Müller et al., 2008).

This is called the threefold criterion of success, often called the Iron Triangle. It also comprises the fact that the client’s objectives are also crucial in construction projects (Barnes, 1988; Williams, *Corresponding author (Farman Afzal). Tel/Fax: +86-15528360293. E-mail: farmanafzal@gmail.com. ©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/253.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.23

255

2016). Chapman and Cooper (1983) presented a set of five parameters of PS in a hierarchical way.

Series of studies have been conducted to find out the SFs at different stakeholders’ level over the project life cycle. Different stakeholders have quite different definitions of PS (Rodney, 2004).

To address RFs of overseas rapid TP, Zhi (1995) presented the Risk Identification Hierarchy for worldwide construction projects and classified projects’ risks into four levels: nation, industry, company, and project levels. Hastak and Shaked (2000) identified 73 project related risks into three levels: country, market, and project. Dikmen, Birgonul, and Han (2007) analyzed a risk breakdown structure which included 45 RFs at country and project level. Deng, Low, Li, and Zhao (2014) conducted research on political RFs in the international projects commenced by Chinese contractors around the world. Park et al. (2016) worked on one overseas study and highlighted potential RFs into eight classes by causes and impact, which consist of total 122 enlisted RFs. A study on risk management revised risk groups and excluded the risks into 94 RFs for success based on potential impact. These categories were applied as potential RFs of overseas mega construction projects.

In integrated TPs, selection, and planning consider some basic guidelines for project selection and construction (Cui et al., 2010). Some key factors are measured and addressed during the decision process, according to the dynamics of the environment (Achillas, Vlachokostas, Moussiopoulos, & Banias, 2011). Limited studies are found in comparing the selection criteria of Mass Rapid Transit projects in Under Developing Countries (Cui et al., 2010; Mishra, Welch, & Jha, 2012). Iswalt, Wong, and Connolly (2011) suggested a multi-phased assessment process to identify the most feasible TP. A study conducted in the United States on the TP for development of operating plans and infrastructure strategies for risk management in the selection of preferred operating and infrastructure strategy within innovative projects (McNamara, Zimmerman, Orosz, Levinson, & Sampson, 2006).

Risk analysis techniques are grouped into two parts: quantitative (scientific) and qualitative (explicit) methods. The qualitative approach utilizes the data through immediate judgment, ranking options, comparing options, and descriptive analysis. In contrast, some of the quantitative risk analysis techniques, such as Monte Carlo Simulation, Analytic Hierarchy Process are also used in order to get numerical results of risks. While most of the tools and techniques used in evaluating the risks, provide quantitative explanations which constitute some subjectivity. Chapman and Cooper (1983) outlined one of the initial attempts to consider the need for structuring project risks and systematically identifying their sources. They presented the risk engineering approach, which integrates different tools and techniques, including the Program Evaluation and Review Technique, Decision Trees and Probability Distributions. Kangari and Riggs (1989) illustrated the use of Fuzzy Sets Theory as a RA tool for complex projects. Taroun (2014) explained the objective assessment of the merits and shortcomings of Fuzzy Sets Theory. Mustafa and Al-Bahar (1991) adopted the Analytic Hierarchy Process to evaluate the risk of the construction project. Similarly, Lin and Hsu (2008) proposed a decision model for selection of an agile project using the Analytic Hierarchy Process in a combination of qualitative and quantitative measures. Since 2000, RA instigated, Analytic Hierarchy Process and Fuzzy Sets Theory became the principal approaches for handling illdefined project problems with subjectivity (Chang, 2014). Dikmen et al. (2007) used the MultiCriteria Decision Making Framework for risk and opportunity assessment of international construction projects. Typically, to prioritize RSC, all methods are a result of two concepts, including

256

Farman AFZAL, Shao YUNFEI, Muhammad SAJID, and Fahim AFZAL

probability and impact of key risk factors which are evaluated through qualitative or quantitative techniques (Abd El-Karim, Mosa El Nawawy, & Abdel-Alim, 2017). Many of these methods evaluate the characteristics of risks that are relativity consist on the expertise based techniques, namely expert’s opinion or judgment using Delphi, peer interviews or risk analysis methodology (Williams, 2016).

2.1 PROPOSED RISK FRAMEWORK Decision model of RA for the OLMT project is based on the correlation of interrelated RSC. This framework including the P-I matrix evaluates the RSC for the potential TS in three groups: country level, market level, and project level. The framework characterizes the potential SFs for all levels of stakeholders across the dynamics of the market (Fang & Marle, 2012; Park et al., 2016).

International Construction Risk Assessment Model provides a structured approach for assessing the risk indicators, involved in international construction operations and can be used as a tool to quantify the risk involved as one of the primary steps in project evaluation. International Construction Risk Assessment Model provides three main results: first, the environmental impact of a country on a specific project; second, the impact of market environment on a specific project; and third, overall project risk (Hastak & Shaked, 2000). Fang and Marle (2012) analyzed the approach which manipulates values of risk interactions concerning nature and type of a project. Generally, risks are all evaluated in terms of the P-I matrix in the risk management of any project where risk related information is limited (Carbone & Tippett, 2004).

Potential project RSC is evaluated through qualitative research methods, and the result is typically a project risk list for success. Project risk interactions are identified on the basis of the risk list and categorized using a matrix based method (Floyd, Barker, Rocco, & Whitman, 2017). Further, in risk network assessment, the probabilities of known risks are estimated by the likelihood of occurrence, and strength of risk interactions is calculated with a magnitude of risk impact based method.

Figure 1:

Hierarchy Process of Potential Risk for OLMT Project.

*Corresponding author (Farman Afzal). Tel/Fax: +86-15528360293. E-mail: farmanafzal@gmail.com. Š2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/253.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.23

257

Figure 1 shows the proposed ranking of potential RFs and SC according to the preferences of key stakeholders. Research framework characterizes sixty potential RFs in three main groups and SC in five main groups for OLMT project (Fang & Marle, 2012; Park et al., 2016).

3. RESEARCH DESIGN AND METHODOLOGY Researchers must decide the type of case study they are going to conduct (Ponelis, 2015). The study objectives guide the selection of a specific type of case study design. When the aim is to understand how a phenomenon takes place, an exploratory case study is the best tool to use (De Massis & Kotlar, 2014). The present research is exploratory based on the interpretive paradigm of qualitative research method because research explores potential SFs of OLMT project in Pakistan (Lodhi & Malik, 2013). Qualitative research elucidates the holistic considerations of rich, contextual, unstructured and non-numeric data by engaging the researchers and participants in a natural setting of research regime (Ponelis, 2015). Research design provides the logic of how to collect data from respondents and the connection of data collection to the purpose of study and objectives. While using interpretive paradigm, case study protocol is important to ensure the accuracy of data collection for real-life scenario or project. The defining feature of case study research is to an emphasis on ‘how’ and ‘why’ questions for exploratory and descriptive studies. A case study focuses on describing the process, individual or group behavior in its total setting or the sequence of events in which the behavior occurs (Salling & Leleur, 2015). Case studies accommodate a rich variety of data sources, including interviews, archival data, survey data, ethnographies, and observation (Ponelis, 2015).

Communication sector of Pakistan is growing with potential investment in TPs under the ChinaPakistan Economic Corridor. The government launches many innovative projects in support of foreign expertise and financing, so it is essential to understand the requirement of projects’ stakeholders in project evaluation (Xu & Lin, 2016). As the momentum of these projects is high, failure chances can’t be ignored in a highly uncertain environment of Pakistan (Hussain, 2017).

Table 1:

OLMT Stakeholders No. of Interviews

Sr. no.

1 2 3 4 5 6

Stakeholder Authority Consultants (technical experts) Nespak Project Manager Habib Construction, ZKB Engineers and Constructors Client Lahore Development Authority Architect/engineers M/S China Railway Engineering Consulting Group Co. Ltd. (CEC), Nespak Project Sponsor Finance Division, Sponsoring Banks Government (owner) Metro Bus Authority (Punjab Mass Transit Authority)

5 5 5 1 5 5

The OLMT project is selected as a case to evaluate and design the emerging risk framework for PS. The data for this study is gathered through face-to-face interviews with representatives of the stakeholders, attached to the project (Davis, 2014). These stakeholders are the engineers as technical experts, government officials. The purposive, as well as the snowball sampling technique, is adapted to record interviews from 26 key respondents associated with OLMT project (see Table 1).

3.1 INTERVIEW PROTOCOL AND DATA COLLECTION To integrate the objective nature of the issue and the perceptual data, case study method includes various techniques of data collection. Therefore, the interview protocol is adopted in the current research (Park, Lee, Choi, & Lee, 2017). Sjöberg (2000) claims that interviewers comparatively

258

Farman AFZAL, Shao YUNFEI, Muhammad SAJID, and Fahim AFZAL

monitor the process and guide to correct any misunderstandings in data collection. Indeed, for data credibility, multiple people directly involved in the project are selected because they are the key respondents of the project. Few other respondents are also contacted with reference from the key respondents. Interviews are the primary source of data collection in the case studies approach (De Massis & Kotlar, 2014). The study holds 26 semi-structured interviews conducted on the sight of the project (Barzelay, Gaetani, Velarde, & Cejudo, 2003).

To avoid the biased responses, a careful consideration is made to design the interview questions (De Massis & Kotlar, 2014). Initially, RFs and SFs are selected from the literature, and the responses are recorded from all key stakeholders to confirm the potential factors of success (Davis, 2014). The interviews with key stakeholders were recorded in a face-to-face meeting lasting 30-45 minutes, subject to the time required for in-depth questions and answers (see Table 2).

Table 2: Interview Questions.

Factors Project Quality Stakeholders’ Satisfaction Project Delivery Project Management Country Level Market Level Project Level

Questions Project Success Criteria 1. How project success criteria should be measured for high-tech mass transit project?

2. Why do you think that quality parameters are important for orange line project success?

3. Why stakeholders’ satisfaction is important and how it should be achieved in OLMT project?

4. Why project delivery elements: time and cost are important for orange line transit project and its reason for delay?

5. Do you think success is also measured through the role of project management team and their satisfaction?

Project Risk Selection 6. Why country level risk factors are important for designing feasibility of mass transit train project?

7. According to your point of view how market level risk may affect the OLMT in future and to control it?

8. How would you describe the risk factors associated at project level for running mass transit project and which one you prefer?

The focus of interviews is on critical issues relating to the potential RFs of OLMT project in the planning stage. The respondents are supposed to answer according to their role in the project. The interviewees have assured anonymity as a condition of their participation in the research (Iswalt et al., 2011).

Data collected from stakeholders is quantified and evaluated through the P-I scale in the RA framework to measure the risk impact and importance of SC in groups. Further assessment is verified by the experts (Barnes, 1988). Case studies are normally presented in chronologically, thematically, or in both (Ponelis, 2015). This case study uses the Thematic Analysis for the narration of the potential RSC of OLMT. This method includes five main phases, which are familiarizing, identifying a thematic framework, indexing, charting, mapping and interpreting (Alrahlah, 2016). In the Thematic Analysis: Cluster Analysis and Word Frequency Techniques are used in support of code matching (Lodhi & Malik, 2013).

Construct validity is ensured to share the transcript of an interview protocol with respondents and their opinions are also critically reviewed. Internal validity is related to the data analysis and establishment of the causal relationship between the key variables. The sound explanation for the case *Corresponding author (Farman Afzal). Tel/Fax: +86-15528360293. E-mail: farmanafzal@gmail.com. ©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/253.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.23

259

OLMT is signified for the clear relationship between key RFs and SC. External validity is related to the generalization of the case study’s finding. The present research is a starting point for theory development which gives a clear theoretical understanding of the problem and the objectives needed to be discussed. Reliability of the study is also important which refers to the extent to produce the same results if the study is conducted by the researcher in the same settings. Case study protocol is developed with detailed data collection techniques to attempt the reliability of the data from the sources. Even the concrete case study strategy is designed to avoid the validity and reliability issues (De Massis & Kotlar, 2014).

4. RESULTS AND INTERPRETATION Different data analysis techniques are used to evaluate the themes of the study, like Coding Nodes, Word Tree, Word Tag Clouds, and Tree-Map. Data is compiled on different phases: (1) data from the interviews are recorded and transcribed into textual form; (2) different themes are extracted from the textual data, and (3) data is coded into connected themes. The research process used the Word Tree-Map and World Tag Clouds for collecting, evaluating and analyzing more evidence for the validity of themes.

Table 3 shows the attribute values of OLMT project’s stakeholders in term of percentage coverage of interviews. Total, 26 interviews with respondents are conducted from each category of stakeholders on equal weighting of availability, including an interview about SC and RFs separately.

Table 3: Percentage Coverage of Each Attributes.

Participants Client Consultants Government Project manager Sponsor Architect/engineers Total

Attribute Value Combination 10 10 10 10 10 2 52

Percentage Coverage 19.2 19.2 19.2 19.2 19.2 3.8 100

Figure 2: Word Cloud with Most Frequent Tags.

Figure 2 elaborates the Word Cloud Analysis; it visually presents the most frequent tags in the interview data. Different tags are highlighted according to the frequency of these tags repeated in data (Hearst & Rosner, 2008). World Cloud helps to identify the most significant RFs and SC highlighted by key stakeholders for OLMT project. After funneling approach, a minimum length of five alphabets is used in World Cloud Analysis to ignore the un-related words like years, indeed, etc. Major tags

260

Farman AFZAL, Shao YUNFEI, Muhammad SAJID, and Fahim AFZAL

which we extracted from the analysis are a project, scope, design, complexity, schedule, success, risk, quality, budget, inflation, customer, contractor, incompetency, specialized, staff, stakeholders, and delivery.

According to the significance level in weighted percentage as a Word Frequency Count result, most critical RSFs are listed in hierarchical order. In Table 4, words that show up more frequently in combination with the pre-selected word are shown in a larger font size (Hutchison, Johnston, & Breckon, 2010).

Table 4: Impact of Risk and Success Factors in OLMT Project Items Project Success Criteria

Nodes

Word tag

Count

Weighted %

Defect

498

7.77%

On budget On time

391 364

6.10% 5.68%

Happy user Happy team Community satisfaction

237 221 208

3.70% 3.45% 3.25%

Control on resources Health & safety

183 159

2.86% 2.48%

Host government

156

2.43%

Cash flow Complexity Design scope

156 156 156

2.43% 2.43% 2.43%

Price fluctuation

153

2.39%

Project Quality Project Delivery

Stakeholders Satisfaction

Project Management

Project Risk Selection Country Level Project Level

Market Level

Figures 3 and 4 show Word Tree technique which provides evidence of keywords pattern of stakeholders’ talk. In this study, two keywords are selected based on the research objectives, i.e., risk and success. Therefore, by using the text search query, Word Tree-Map of keyword RSFs is developed for deep analysis. Pattern matching gives a clear insight into potential RFs and how it affects the project execution. Similarly, the Word Tree pattern of success elements elaborates the latent SC for OLMT project. Pattern matching provides the justification of risk impact on project SC through detail reading of responses. This analysis excavates some additional word tags from the study which might be further evaluated in more details, like the strategic importance of OLMT project and long maturity of operation phase as a success. Some factors are eliminated which are not significant in pattern matching or are least responded.

Table 5 gives a detail analysis and ranking of potential RSFs for each stakeholder of the OLMT project. These word tags are selected from the interview protocol according to the priority and choices of respondents. Based on the frequency and weighted average of word tags in the pattern, these critical factors are ranked and highlighted according to the order of importance for the TS in Pakistan. Only those latent factors are ranked and are highlighted that have vital importance and impact in responses.

Others factors are also found but eliminated due to low frequency and weighted average value. *Corresponding author (Farman Afzal). Tel/Fax: +86-15528360293. E-mail: farmanafzal@gmail.com. Š2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/253.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.23

261

Figure 3: Word Search Query “Risk�.

Figure 4: Word Tree "Success".

P-I matrix is important to measure the total value of risk associated with project conferring to the probability of occurrence of a particular risk and its impact on the project. As TS is unique in its category of the project, so designing a new matrix is important for further managerial implications in future (Dumbrava, 2013). Table 6 shows the probability of each extracted factors from pattern analysis and later rating of risk impact from respondents on five-point Likert scale rating (PMI, 2013).

262

Farman AFZAL, Shao YUNFEI, Muhammad SAJID, and Fahim AFZAL

Project Risk Selection

Project Success Criteria

OLMT Project Risk and Success Factors Project Manager 65 9.13% Project Quality Defect 125 17.56% On budget Project Delivery 91 12.78% On time 65 9.13% Happy user 85 11.94% Stakeholders Happy team Satisfaction Community 60 8.43% satisfaction Control on 28 3.93% resources Project Management 41 5.76% Health & safety 20 2.81% Country Level Host government 33 4.63% Cash flow 35 4.92% Project Level Complexity 41 5.76% Design scope 23 3.23% Market Level Price fluctuation 712

100%

Consultant

Project Sponsor

Client

Government

Weighted %

Count

Weighted %

Count

Weighted %

Count

Weighted %

Count

Weighted %

Count

Word tag

Weighted %

Nodes

Count

Items

Table 5: Ranking of Key Success and Risk Factors According to Stakeholders' Responses

Architect

74 95 71 41 26

14.10% 18.10% 13.52% 7.81% 4.95%

140 61 32 74 41

24.52% 10.68% 5.60% 12.96% 7.18%

101 58 42 34 38

17.32% 9.95% 7.20% 5.83% 6.52%

67 36 14 14 16

18.98% 10.20% 3.97% 3.97% 4.53%

51 16 14 9 15

26.29% 8.25% 7.22% 4.64% 7.73%

29

5.52%

53

9.28%

27

4.63%

19

5.38%

20

10.31%

41

7.81%

32

5.60%

51

8.75%

26

7.37%

5

2.58%

36 32 18 23 21 18

6.86% 6.10% 3.43% 4.38% 4.00% 3.43%

12 23 22 29 18 34

2.10% 4.03% 3.85% 5.08% 3.15% 5.95%

26 57 29 38 44 38

4.46% 9.78% 4.97% 6.52% 7.55% 6.52%

31 15 43 19 26 27

8.78% 4.25% 12.18% 5.38% 7.37% 7.65%

13 9 11 12 6 13

6.70% 4.64% 5.67% 6.19% 3.09% 6.70%

525

100.00%

571

100%

583

100.00%

353

100.00%

194

100.00%

Table 6: Probability and Impact Score Items

Nodes Project Quality

Factors Frequency Probability 498 16% Defect On budget 391 13% Project Delivery On time 364 12% Happy user 237 8% Project Success Criteria Stakeholders Happy team 221 7% Satisfaction Community satisfaction 208 7% Control on resources 183 6% Project Management Health & safety 159 5% Country Level Host government 156 5% Cash flow 156 5% Project Risk Selection Project Level Complexity 156 5% Design scope 156 5% Market Level Price fluctuation 153 5%

Impact 4 5 3 2 2 2 3 2 4 4 5 5 4

Risk score 66% 64% 36% 16% 15% 14% 18% 10% 21% 21% 26% 26% 20%

SFs are also considered as a major contributor to finish the project within given time, cost, and quality. Table 7 shows the P-I matrix of the project which is expounded in term of rating of risk from high to low, according to the guidelines of the project management body of knowledge. The risk level for OLMT project is added to the matrix, conferring to the score calculation. The P-I matrix is important to allocate the right level of risk, and timely remedies can be taken indeed.

5. RESEARCH FINDINGS AND DISCUSSIONS The present research has concluded findings based on the problem and proposition of the interview protocol, defined to address in this study. The intensive qualitative study is based on the case study approach, has extracted major potential RFs for OLMT project according to the weights given by the respondents.

5.1 RISK AND SUCCESS FACTORS The analysis shows that project quality (7.77% weight) is important in the context of the Mass *Corresponding author (Farman Afzal). Tel/Fax: +86-15528360293. E-mail: farmanafzal@gmail.com. Š2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/253.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.23

263

Transit System. Such high-tech systems ensure the users’ satisfaction and safety. Different other studies also addressed the significance of project quality as a success parameter (Davis, 2014; Park et al., 2016). However, Respondents have multiple points in quality like, “quality is also important if projects are for a strategic point of view” (Rg3). Respondents commented that about the quality is compromised in a certain situation: “In Pakistan, sometimes quality is compromised due to budget constraint but not to go beyond the minimum benchmark decided earlier in a feasibility report; if resources are limited, then according to the situation, quality is compromised with some changes in quality standard” (Rs3).

Table 7: P-I Matrix for OLMT Project Negligible Minor Probability 0.9 0.045, Low 0.09, Medium Very likely

Likely

0.7 0.035, Low 0.07, Medium

0.5 0.025, Low

0.05, Low

0.3 0.015, Low Unlikely Very unlikely 0.1 0.005, Low 0.05

0.03, Low 0.01, Low 0.1

Possible

Note:

Impact Moderate 0.18, High Control on Resources 0.14, Medium Happy User Happy Team Community Satisfaction 0.1, Medium Health & Safety

0.06, Medium 0.02, Low 0.2

Significant 0.36, High On Time 0.28, High Complexity Design Scope

0.2, High Government Cash Flow Price 0.12, Medium 0.04, Low 0.4

Severe 0.72, High Defect & On Budget 0.56, High

0.4, High

0.24, High 0.08, Medium 0.8

Rg: Respondent from Government.

Rs: Respondent from Sponsor.

Rp: Respondent from project manager.

Rc: Respondent from consultant.

Project quality means the project is defect free or having low defects. “Project is also successful if the defined project’s scope is achieved within acceptable variations in design or facilities” (Rp2).

Different comments are recorded from stakeholders, as important elements in success. The project sponsor, client, government, and architect have given the response weights of 24.52%, 17.32%, 18.98%, and 26.2% respectively, to the quality (low defects). Rests of the potential factors are also ranked by key stakeholders and least preferred are eliminated accordingly (see Table 5). Respondents claim that “market and project level risk are controllable, but the country-level risk is hard to mitigate in certain situations” (Rp1). In the country level factors, adverse public attitude is very significant in the context of OLMT project, due to mass expansion of structure. Later, the risk is characterized by different levels of impact scale. Rating of risks defines the required level of expertise is needed to overcome the risk in a specific situation.

Project SFs are divided into four major categories, and project quality is one of the major success elements for high-tech projects in Pakistan. Though, a majority of the stakeholders prefer it as a key element for success, like government, client, architect, and project sponsor. Moreover, the project

264

Farman AFZAL, Shao YUNFEI, Muhammad SAJID, and Fahim AFZAL

delivery is important in view of stakeholders. Project managers and consultants urge to complete the project within the estimated project budget and in time (18% weights). By focusing on the causes of project delay and cost overrun, respondents have a belief that country economic situation, expertise for the said project, and changes in scope might create pressure on project delivery for the high-tech project (Olaniran, Love, Edwards, Olatunji, & Matthews, 2015).

Some key points regarding project delivery criteria are evaluated through analysis of data collected from the interviews. “Project delivery concerning time and cost is an important element in Developing and Under Developing Countries. Sometimes, project delay in Pakistan is acceptable but cost overrun due to delay is a major element of failure in project progress” (Rc3). “Project delivery is important in the context of OLMT. As it is a unique and first project of its nature in Pakistan, so on-time completion within the budget is an important element to complete the project successfully.

Due to some political and legal decisions, it might get delayed with over budget” (Rs1). SC is ranked according to different types of project stakeholders based on the interview responses. PS is also evaluated in the P-I matrix to measure the required level of impact of each element.

6. CONCLUSIONS Conceptualizing and designing a RA framework is a challenge in a unique and complex environment, where mega-projects are launched at the first time. Achieving project goals in such dynamics and uncertain market is hard, and failure case rate is high due to poor planning of risk.

OLMT project in Pakistan is a concession agreement between Pakistan and China under the China Pakistan Economic Corridor initiative. This project is currently facing different problems in the accomplishment of its goals. The project was launched in 2014, but it encountered many hurdles in the beginning. Still, different issues are encircled which increased the risk level of a project, like quality, legal, social and contractor related issues. Project bid was revised three times in the first two years. RA framework analyzed the key RSC for the potential OLMT project. This framework is developed for PRM practices for the high-tech MRT project. The study is based on the explicit theory of risk management models for mega construction (Liu et al., 2016). Complex risk and SFs are further characterized according to the preferences of key project stakeholders. The OLMT project is unique and innovative, facing different types of unique risks; e.g., social and organizational. As risk is unique to each project so, different mega-projects require different PRM practices for the successful launching and completion of such projects. Traditional PRM models may not be suitable for such types of projects due to limited shared information and high uncertainty.

7. IMPLICATIONS FOR ENGINEERING MANAGERS Existing model factors are reviewed and characterized over the choices of different key players of the project including engineers and government officials. Although more and more stakeholders are attached with this TP, so, the consideration of each stakeholder for project managers is important in the framework, and it may also vary conferring to the level of interest and share in the project (Fang & Marle, 2012). Expert opinion of key stakeholders is recorded to propagate the holistic view of current risk mitigation practices in the industry. The project delay and cost overrun are major problems in Under Developing Countries, though the project managers are facing huge pressure from *Corresponding author (Farman Afzal). Tel/Fax: +86-15528360293. E-mail: farmanafzal@gmail.com. ©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/253.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.23

265

stakeholders to complete projects within time and baseline cost with minimum variation. The proposed framework will help engineers to plan better project activities while considering significant risk factors which affect the project progress.

Integrated PRM Framework based on the P-I matrix is developed which comprises the magnitude of each factor. Contemplation of these factors is significant in designing a framework for future successful projects. This study extracted the following five points for the success of mega transit projects: 1. High-tech infrastructure demands a high quality of project; poor quality may create troubler for project success.

2. Stakeholders’ interest is high in such type of projects. Hence in PRM practices, their role can't be avoided, and significant importance should be considered for each stakeholder.

3. Due to a high level of investment, time may be compromised, but additional financing can disturb the project SC. 4. The modified integrated P-I matrix is designed for OLMT project which can be customized or revised separately for each project under planning.

5. Projects like OLMT also have strategic importance in the scope parameter. The project can be used for the economic corridor and strategic actions rather than only for public transit projects.

The study is limited for OLMT project and to its key stakeholders but can be generalized for future projects of the same definition. Normally the risk is different for each project but can be better managed through similar PRM practices. Integrated RA framework can provide a basic evaluation to develop or plan Mass Transit Systems in future. The research will also help the planning team to consider the role of stakeholders in PS. The study can be extended for empirical findings of this framework. Future research can consider more projects for cross-comparison and evaluation of risk management practices. Interdependencies of project RFs can be tested for TPs in the future (e.g., Karachi Circular Railway Project). Analytical Hierarchy Process can also be computed for ranking of risk according to stakeholders. For empirical findings, research can be extended for further investigation of cost overrun and schedule delay factors based on the project’s activity data through Fuzzy Sets Theory, Program Evaluation Review Technique and Simulation.

7. REFERENCES Abd El-Karim, M. S. B. A., Mosa El Nawawy, O. A., & Abdel-Alim, A. M. (2017). Identification and assessment of risk factors affecting construction projects. HBRC Journal, 13(2), 202–216. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.hbrcj.2015.05.001 Achillas, C., Vlachokostas, C., Moussiopoulos, Ν., & Banias, G. (2011). Prioritize strategies to confront environmental deterioration in urban areas: Multicriteria assessment of public opinion and experts’ views.

Cities, 28(5), 414–423. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cities.2011.04.003 Alrahlah, A. A. (2016). The impact of motivational factors on research productivity of dental faculty members: A qualitative study. Journal of Taibah University Medical Sciences, 11(5), 448–455. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jtumed.2016.06.006 Barnes, M. (1988). Construction project management. International Journal of Project Management, 6(2), 69– 79. https://doi.org/10.1016/0263-7863(88)90028-2

266

Farman AFZAL, Shao YUNFEI, Muhammad SAJID, and Fahim AFZAL

Barzelay, M., Gaetani, F., Velarde, J. C. C., & Cejudo, G. (2003). A CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK AND METHODOLOGICAL GUIDE FOR RESEARCH ON PUBLIC MANAGEMENT POLICY CHANGE IN THE LATIN AMERICAN REGION. In International Public Management Review (Vol. 4, pp. 349– 370). https://doi.org/10.1016/S0723-1318(04)13014-4 Cairns, G. (2004). Megaprojects and Risk: An Anatomy of Ambition20042B. Flyvbjerg, N. Bruzelius and W. Rothengatter. Megaprojects and Risk: An Anatomy of Ambition . Cambridge: Cambridge University Press 2003. 207 pp. International Journal of Public Sector Management, 17(3), 275–277. https://doi.org/10.1108/09513550410530199 Carpintero, S., & Siemiatycki, M. (2016). The politics of delivering light rail transit projects through publicprivate partnerships in Spain: A case study approach. Transport Policy, 49, 159–167. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tranpol.2016.05.001 Chang, C.-W. (2014). Develop a ranking algorithm for the green building project. Quality & Quantity, 48(2), 911–921. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11135-012-9812-2 Chapman, C. B., & Cooper, D. F. (1983). Risk Engineering: Basic Controlled Interval and Memory Models.

Journal of the Operational Research Society, 34(1), 51–60. https://doi.org/10.1057/jors.1983.7 Cui, S., Niu, H., Wang, W., Zhang, G., Gao, L., & Lin, J. (2010). Carbon footprint analysis of the Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) system: a case study of Xiamen City. International Journal of Sustainable Development & World Ecology, 17(4), 329–337. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504509.2010.490657 Davis, K. (2014). Different stakeholder groups and their perceptions of project success. International Journal of Project Management, 32(2), 189–201. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijproman.2013.02.006 De Massis, A., & Kotlar, J. (2014). The case study method in family business research: Guidelines for qualitative scholarship.

Journal of Family Business Strategy, 5(1), 15–29. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jfbs.2014.01.007 Deng, X., Low, S. P., Li, Q., & Zhao, X. (2014). Developing Competitive Advantages in Political Risk Management for International Construction Enterprises. Journal of Construction Engineering and Management, 140(9), 04014040. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)CO.1943-7862.0000836 Dikmen, I., Birgonul, M. T., & Han, S. (2007). Using fuzzy risk assessment to rate cost overrun risk in international construction projects. International Journal of Project Management, 25(5), 494–505. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijproman.2006.12.002 Dumbrava, V. (2013). Using Probability – Impact Matrix in Analysis and Risk Assessment Projects. Journal of Knowledge Management, Economics and Information Technology, (Special Issue), 76–96. Retrieved from http://www.scientificpapers.org/wp-content/files/07_Dumbrava_IacobUSING_PROBABILITY__IMPACT_MATRIX_IN__ANALYSIS_AND_RISK_ASSESSMENT_PRO JECTS.pdf Eveleens, J. L., & Verhoef, C. (2010). The rise and fall of the Chaos report figures. IEEE Software, 27(1), 30– 36. https://doi.org/10.1109/MS.2009.154 Fang, C., & Marle, F. (2012). A simulation-based risk network model for decision support in project risk management. Decision Support Systems, 52(3), 635–644. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.dss.2011.10.021 Floyd, M. K., Barker, K., Rocco, C. M., & Whitman, M. G. (2017). A Multi-Criteria Decision Analysis Technique for Stochastic Task Criticality in Project Management. Engineering Management Journal, 29(3), 165–178. https://doi.org/10.1080/10429247.2017.1340038 Flyvbjerg, B., Bruzelius, N., & Rothengatter, W. (2003). Megaprojects and Risk. Megaprojects and Risk: An Anatomy of Ambition.

Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781107050891 Hastak, M., & Shaked, A. (2000). ICRAM-1: Model for International Construction Risk Assessment. Journal of Management in Engineering, 16(1), 59–69. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)0742-597X(2000)16:1(59) Hearst, M. A., & Rosner, D. (2008). Tag Clouds: Data Analysis Tool or Social Signaller? In Proceedings of the 41st Annual Hawaii International Conference on System Sciences (HICSS 2008) (pp. 160–160). IEEE. *Corresponding author (Farman Afzal). Tel/Fax: +86-15528360293. E-mail: farmanafzal@gmail.com. ©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/253.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.23

267

https://doi.org/10.1109/HICSS.2008.422 Hussain, F. (2017). Annual Report Economic Review. State Bank of Pakistan. karachi. Retrieved from http://www.sbp.org.pk/reports/annual/arFY17/Anul-index-eng-17.htm Hutchison, A. J., Johnston, L. H., & Breckon, J. D. (2010). Using QSR‐ NVivo to facilitate the development of a grounded theory project: an account of a worked example. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 13(4), 283–302. https://doi.org/10.1080/13645570902996301 Iswalt, M., Wong, C., & Connolly, K. (2011). Innovative Operating Solutions for Bus Rapid Transit through a Congested Segment of San Jose, California. Transportation Research Record: Journal of the Transportation Research Board, 2218(1), 27–38. https://doi.org/10.3141/2218-04 Kangari, R., & Riggs, L. S. (1989). Construction risk assessment by linguistics. IEEE Transactions on Engineering Management, 36(2), 126–131. https://doi.org/10.1109/17.18829 Koskela, L., & Howell, G. (2008). The Underlying Theory of Project Management Is Obsolete. IEEE Engineering Management Review, 36(2), 22–34. https://doi.org/10.1109/EMR.2008.4534317 Lin, L.-Z., & Hsu, T.-H. (2008). The Qualitative and Quantitative Models for Performance Measurement Systems: The Agile Service Development. Quality and Quantity, 42(4), 445–476. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11135-006-9053-3 Liu, J., Zhao, X., & Yan, P. (2016). Risk Paths in International Construction Projects: Case Study from Chinese Contractors. Journal of Construction Engineering and Management, 142(6), 05016002. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)CO.1943-7862.0001116 Lodhi, R. N., & Malik, R. K. (2013). Impact of Electricity Shortage on Daily Routines: A Case Study of Pakistan. Energy & Environment, 24(5), 701–709. https://doi.org/10.1260/0958-305X.24.5.701 McNamara, I., Zimmerman, S., Orosz, T., Levinson, H., & Sampson, D. (2006). Bus Rapid Transit in New York City: Corridor Evaluation and Screening. Transportation Research Record: Journal of the Transportation Research Board, 1971(1), 3–13. https://doi.org/10.3141/1971-03 Mishra, S., Welch, T. F., & Jha, M. K. (2012). Performance indicators for public transit connectivity in multimodal transportation networks. Transportation Research Part A: Policy and Practice, 46(7), 1066–1085. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tra.2012.04.006 Müller, R., Martinsuo, M., & Blomquist, T. (2008). Project Portfolio Control and Portfolio Management Performance in Different Contexts. Project Management Journal, 39(3), 28–42. https://doi.org/10.1002/pmj.20053 Mustafa, M. A., & Al-Bahar, J. F. (1991). Project risk assessment using the analytic hierarchy process. IEEE Transactions on Engineering Management, 38(1), 46–52. https://doi.org/10.1109/17.65759 Olaniran, O. J., Love, P. E. D., Edwards, D., Olatunji, O. A., & Matthews, J. (2015). Cost Overruns in Hydrocarbon Megaprojects: A Critical Review and Implications for Research. Project Management Journal, 46(6), 126–138. https://doi.org/10.1002/pmj.21556 Park, J., Park, B., Cha, Y., & Hyun, C. (2016). Risk Factors Assessment Considering Change Degree for Megaprojects.

Procedia Social and Behavioral Sciences, 218, 50–55. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2016.04.009 Park, K., Lee, H. W., Choi, K., & Lee, S.-H. (2017). Project Risk Factors Facing Construction Management Firms. International Journal of Civil Engineering, 0(0), 0. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40999-017-0262-z Pehlivan, S., & Öztemir, A. E. (2018). Integrated Risk of Progress-Based Costs and Schedule Delays in Construction Projects.

Engineering Management Journal, 30(2), 108–116. https://doi.org/10.1080/10429247.2018.1439636 PMI. (2013). A guide to the project management body of knowledge (PMBOK ® guide). Project Management Institute. https://doi.org/10.1002/pmj.20125 Ponelis, S. R. (2015). Using Interpretive Qualitative Case Studies for Exploratory Research in Doctoral Studies: A Case of Information Systems Research in Small and Medium Enterprises. International Journal of Doctoral Studies, 10, 535–550. https://doi.org/10.28945/2339

268

Farman AFZAL, Shao YUNFEI, Muhammad SAJID, and Fahim AFZAL

Rodney, T. J. (2004). Five necessary conditions for project success. International Journal of Project Management, 22(5), 349–350. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijproman.2004.02.001 Salling, K. B., & Leleur, S. (2015). TRANSPORT PROJECT EVALUATION: FEASIBILITY RISK ASSESSMENT AND SCENARIO FORECASTING. Transport, 32(2), 180–191. https://doi.org/10.3846/16484142.2015.1063003 Sjöberg, L. (2000). The methodology of risk perception research. Quality & Quantity, 34(4), 407–418. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1004838806793 Song, Y. W., Kim, J. D., Yu, L., Lee, H. K., & Lee, H. S. (2012). A comparative study of the telematics industry in Korea and China. Journal of Internet Banking and Commerce, 17(1), 97–112. https://doi.org/10.1002/pmj.21558 Taroun, A. (2014). Towards a better modelling and assessment of construction risk: Insights from a literature review.

International Journal of Project Management, 32(1), 101–115. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijproman.2013.03.004 Williams, T. (2016). Identifying Success Factors in Construction Projects: A Case Study. Project Management Journal, 47(1), 97–112. https://doi.org/10.1002/pmj.21558 Xu, W., & Lin, W. (2016). Selecting the public transit projects with PCA-DP technique: The example of Xiamen City. Transport Policy, 46, 56–71. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tranpol.2015.11.002 Yang, L.-R., Chen, J.-H., Wu, K.-S., Huang, D.-M., & Cheng, C.-H. (2015). A framework for evaluating relationship among HRM practices, project success and organizational benefit. Quality & Quantity, 49(3), 1039–1061. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11135-014-0033-8 Zhi, H. (1995). Risk management for overseas construction projects. International Journal of Project Management, 13(4), 231–237. https://doi.org/10.1016/0263-7863(95)00015-I. Mr. Farman Afzal is a Ph.D. scholar in School of Management and Economics, University Electronic Science and Technology of China. Mr. Farman is serving as a lecturer in Institute of Business & Management, University of Engineering and Technology Lahore, Pakistan. He received his Master Degree in Management Sciences from SZABIST, Pakistan. His research interests are Operations Management, and Project Complexity & Risk.

Professor Dr. Shao Yunfei received her Ph.D. and MS. degree from the University Electronic Science and Technology of China (UESTC). She is a Professor in School of Management and Economics of (UESTC). Her research interests are Strategic Management and Innovation Management.

Mr. Muhammad Sajid is a Doctoral Candidate at the School of Management, Royal Holloway, University of London, United Kingdom. Besides, Mr. Sajid is serving as a Lecturer in Finance at the Lyallpur Business School, Government College University Faisalabad, Pakistan. He received his M.S. from the Air University (Pakistan). Mr. Sajid’s research interests are: Behavioural Finance, Corporate Finance, Financial Markets, and Operations Research.

Mr. Fahim Afzal is a Ph.D. scholar in Business School of Hahai University Nanjing. He received his Master Degree in Management Science and Engineering from Business School of Hahai University. His research area is Project Risk Management.

*Corresponding author (Farman Afzal). Tel/Fax: +86-15528360293. E-mail: farmanafzal@gmail.com. ©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/253.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.23

269

:: International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

Call-for-Papers: ITJEMAST invites you to submit high quality papers for full peer-review and possible publication in areas pertaining to our scope including engineering, science, management and technology, especially interdisciplinary/crossdisciplinary/multidisciplinary subjects.

Next article continues on next page ďƒ¨

©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies.

International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

THE IMPACT OF SUSTAINABILITY FACTORS ON THE USABILITY OF RESIDENTIAL SPACES Salahaddin Yasin Baper a* and Saya Jamal Rashid a a Department

of Architecture, College of Engineering, Salahaddin University-Erbil, Kurdistan, IRAQ.

ARTICLEINFO

A B S T RA C T

Article history: Received 14 September 2018 Received in revised form 29 October 2018 Accepted 30 October 2018 Available online 30 October 2018

Usability studies are a cultural phenomenon to understand user’s experience. It is a part of human behavior activities to value the user’s satisfaction. Social sustainability has a strong relationship with ecological and economic conditions of the society, improving the quality of life within urban communities.

Recently Kurdistan region witnessed rapid developments which led to expanding of urbanization and increasing housing complexes around main cities. These complexes have been applied without any consideration to the social sustainability aspects. This study objective is to evaluate the impact of social sustainability factors on the usability of residential spaces through a detailed questionnaire in order to improve previous suggested models.

This study investigates the significant correlation between factors affecting the usability of residential spaces and to predicate the usability of residential spaces from independent variables of social sustainability, which includes responsiveness to social needs, quality of life, comfort and wellbeing, spatial organization, social interaction, and flexibility. In view of that; correlation analysis (Pearson Product Moment Correlation Coefficient Test) was used to explore the relationships among the variables as well as to describe the strength and direction of the liner relationship between variables. Moreover, the multiple regression analysis was conducted to formulate an equation that represent the best prediction of the usability of residential spaces from several independent variables of social sustainability. Based on the hypotheses testing, this study reveals a positive association between social sustainability factors and the usability of house space. The results concluded that “flexibility”, “social interaction”, “responsiveness to social need” are the significant factors that have direct impact on the usability of house space. © 2018 INT TRANS J ENG MANAG SCI TECH.

Keywords: Residential spaces; Erbil city, SPSS; usability concept; correlation analysis; social interaction; space flexibility.

1. INTRODUCTION The concept of usability has been presented throughout the history by different classifications such as functional, technical, aesthetic and economic architectural qualities. According to ISO 9241*Corresponding author (S.Baper) Tel/Fax: +964-7504091111. E-mail: salahaddin.baper@su.edu.krd. ©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/271.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.24

271

11, usability means the extent to which a product can be used by specified users to achieve specified goals with effectiveness, efficiency, and satisfaction in a specified context of use[1].

On the other hand, sustainability is an important issue to consider in design, not only due to environmental concerns but also due to economic and social matters, promoting architectural quality and economic advantages [2]. Among the three stated pillars, social aspect of sustainability is the least studied and, only has been seriously considered after the year 2000. Social and cultural sustainability is about combining the design of the physical environment (spatial layout and form) with the social needs of users[3]. In other words, social sustainability means satisfaction of basic human needs, continuation of culture, well-being, improvement and maintenance of current and future well-being and improvement of quality of life by reducing social inequality [4-5-6]. Hence, among different approaches, the approach of social sustainability was selected to be as a factor which respects the residents’ culture, social, models and values, and people’s belief and traditions and leads to residents’ satisfaction, sense of belonging, security, social order and eventually social interactions [7].

Growth population and expanding of urbanization will continue increasing the buildings construction. In the same context, the needs for the safe and good life of future generations are also important. To reach this goal there is vital requirement to control urban planning, design and construction [4-8]. The architecture has the power to change the society in a positive way through better forms of productions related to social quality, especially in residential areas. Thus, this livable future can be formed through a radical awakens in terms of social sustainability[2]. Housing is more than a place that solves basic human needs such as sleeping, eating etc. It is a place that enhances our lifestyle [9- 2-10-8].

In the age of globalization and continuous urbanization, architects have a greater responsibility to design residential buildings with comfortable and sustainable environments. However, sustainable solutions should not concern themselves only with utilizing technology, but also with creating interactions amongst a community’s social, cultural, historical, and environmental aspects [3]. This rapid change can be perceived in social life, structures and cities. Technology has started to control people and this has resulted in an increasing imbalance between nature, human and technology.

Today, there are significant problems confronting the building sector, such as globalization, industrialization, the imbalance between nature and humanity. These problems determine the quality of life that will have in the future.

1.1 Usability Concept The study of usability emerged from a diverse field and based on different perspectives, it was first developed in the 1950s in which applied widely in Information Communication Technology.

However, the usability research in built environment is associated with the International Council for Research and Innovation in Building and Construction. The CIB group is established to apply usability concepts and provide a better understanding of the user experience in buildings and workplaces. Usability is determined by three key factors: [10] • Effectiveness – whether users can achieve what they want to do with the space.

• Efficiency – how long it takes them to achieve it.

• Satisfaction – their feelings and attitude towards the product.

272

Salahaddin Yasin Baper and Saya Jamal Rashid

In the field of Architecture, the usability concept has in principle been well known for centuries.

It was mentioned by Vitruvius in his book De architectura, as he clarified that there were three principles of good architecture: Firmitas, Utilitas and Venustatis. For Vitruvius Utility should be useful and function well [11].

Usability is one of the most important, but most often neglected aspects of building performance.

During the last 10 years there has been a new development of research in usability of buildings and workplaces. Recently researchers have identified additional key concepts to usability: Context, culture, situation and experience. Understanding those might be achieved by involving users [12].

The usability concept is usually known and often translated as functionality. However, some researchers prefer to make a distinction between functionality and usability [14-11-13], where functionality in the building industry is objectively measurable, while usability introduces the subjective views of the users. Consequently, usability can be assessed differently by different groups of users. Furthermore, researchers had suggested that usability can be considered differently depends on the context, culture, situation and experience [13].

1.2 PREVIOUS MODELS ABOUT USABILITY AND SOCIAL SUSTAINABILITY IN ARCHITECTURE Social sustainability has a strong relationship with ecological and economic sustainability of the society according to the established principles of sustainability. This relationship is important in the process of improving the quality of life within urban communities. Today, there are significant problems confronting the building sector, such as globalization, industrialization, the imbalance between nature and humanity. These problems determine the quality of life we will have in the future.

Bittencourt et al. [11] suggested a model for usability which include following categories: Accessibility, Readability, Orient ability, Safety, Environmental comfort, and Functionality. The study shed the light on definitions and principles of different knowledge areas regarding the concept of usability in Architecture. Moreover, the suggested model categorizes the key factors that should be considered in the design of architectural spaces, and explain the relationship between users’ needs and their satisfaction as shown in Figure 1.

Figure 1: Bittencourt's model of Usability.[11] Hatipoğlu [2] presented another model which focused on the social sustainability within architecture quality in residential sectors. Several indicators of social sustainability were identified like (Needs-oriented design and participation, Accessibility and circulation, Efficiency of planning, Flexibility, Safety, Health, well-being and comfort, Common rooms and facilities, Open spaces, *Corresponding author (S.Baper) Tel/Fax: +964-7504091111. E-mail: salahaddin.baper@su.edu.krd. ©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/271.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.24

273

Children´s playground, Proportion of buildings, diversity of living units, Storage, parking and waste services). The model applied on two buildings have different concepts but similar constructions and seem in harmony without copying one another. The result showed that one of the buildings “demonstrates a successful design and practice process, in terms of social quality and sustainability and housing quality while the other is not. Furthermore, the study provided a guideline for developing housing projects towards social quality and sustainability [2].

In another study that conducted by [14] a model includes factors affecting social sustainability in architecture is established Figure 2. The study was based on the perspective of the professional community of architects and urban developers, in which their analysis can help to extract the effective indicators of social sustainability in architecture. Therefore, the social sustainability indicators in architecture can include social security and trust, quality of life, social participation, social interactions, architectural identity in accordance with popular beliefsand finally, flexibility. The study summerized that the most effective indicaters that affecting social sustanability are Quality of life and social interactions.

Therefore, with increasing social interaction, the citizen satisfaction can be significantly increased by enhancing the sense of place through the three sub-indicators of "place attachment belonging to place and commitment to place", which can be particularly considered by architectural designers and urban developers [14].

Figure 2: Moztarzadeh 's Model about factors affecting social sustainability. [14] In Eriksson's model about social sustaniabilty,four dimenssions were proposed which are : equity, awareness of sustainability, participation and social cohesion constitute .The study reveald that equity dimension means that each resident have a well functioning living space, adaptable to different life phases. The study concluded that flexibility is an effective factor of social sustainability in process of residential design which can provide a larger range of usable space for diffrent users. It is a factore that act in response to useres needs and make adaptaion to their demographic changes. The research method has been based on qualitative research with observed studies in order to develop knowledge of how residential design relates to social sustainability and to find a working model promoting the social sustainability aspects within the design practice with residential floor plans to promote a future sustainable housing design [15].

Similarly, Capolongo in 2016 conducted a research to examine social sustainability issues as

274

Salahaddin Yasin Baper and Saya Jamal Rashid

shown in Figure 3 through a tool which evaluates users’ perception from the quality and well-being perspective. The study presented a hierarchical structure composed of a criteria and indicators system which is organized through calculated by using the Analytic Network Process. The output of study was the definition of a tool which evaluates how humanization, comfort and distribution criteria can affect the social sustainability of a building. The model's first parameter: humanization have four indicators includes safety and security, the social aspect, well-being, and health promotion, comfort includes day lighting, social thermal comfort, and acoustic. Finally, an indicator of distribution contain access and paths, hospitalization blocks, space flexibility, and spatial organization[16] .

Figure 3: Capolongo’s Model [16].

Furthermore, Ahmed assessed another model that structured a framework which include eight main principles for socio-cultural sustainability into: responsiveness to social needs, responsive to cultural values, quality of life, adaptability, safety, security, participation, and accessibility (inclusive/universal design). The study revealed that four out of the eight principles of the sociocultural sustainability in houses have been significantly achieved. These principles are: ‘Responsiveness to social needs’, ‘Responsiveness to cultural needs’, ‘Adaptability’ and ‘Accessibility’. Two other principles have been found to be partially achieved: the ‘Quality of life’ and ‘Security’. The two remaining principles, namely, ‘Safety’ and ‘Participation’ have been found to be poorly achieved [17].

Another study that conducted by, Al-Jokhadar&Jabi, aimed to benefit from potentials of such horizontal clusters for generating socially-sustainable tall residential buildings that trace the cultural values of the society. Spatial analysis of various traditional neighborhoods was adopted as a rigorous method for understanding the layout complexity and discovering logical topologies that have social or experiential significance. The study relayed on a model which include five variables: (1) security; (2) social interaction; (3) crowding; (4) visual privacy; and (5) Accessibility, spatial organization, Safety, and Security. The study concluded that social sustainability can be carried out through a comprehensive process of spatial qualities that influence the social life of users[3].

Based on the above-mentioned models, the most influence factors on the social sustainability show in Figure 4 can be specified as follow: (Responsiveness to social needs, Quality of life –comfort and wellbeing, Spatial organization, Social interaction, and Flexibility). *Corresponding author (S.Baper) Tel/Fax: +964-7504091111. E-mail: salahaddin.baper@su.edu.krd. ©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/271.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.24

275

Figure 4: Social Sustainability Parameters.

2. METHODOLOGY Using survey as a flexible research approach a comprehensive questionnaire have been applied as a tool for data collection. The aim of this study is to investigate the significant correlation between factors affecting the usability of residential spaces in addition to test the relationship between variables to formulate an equation that represent the best prediction of the usability of house spaces from five independent variables of social sustainability. The design of the questionnaire is relying on the factors that extracted from previous literature studies. Different types of questions are used for different purposes and different types of data are used for analyses. In view of that; Correlation analysis (Pearson Product Moment Correlation Coefficient Test) is used to explore the relationships between variables then multiple regression analysis is applied to predicate the relationship between social sustainability variables and usability of residential spaces.

Figure 5: Theoretical Model of social sustainability (IV) vs. usability concept (DV).

In this study, a model that include five independent variables (responsiveness to social need, quality of life –comfort and wellbeing, spatial organization, social interaction, and flexibility) is designed to cover the dimension of the social sustainability and one dependent factor (usability) to indicate the usability of residential spaces. The proposed theoretical model Table 1 includes five independent variables and one dependent variable structured to develop the questionnaire. The measurements of factors were based on the adaptation of available literature. The details of factors measurements are discussed in the following as illustrated in Figure 5.

276

Salahaddin Yasin Baper and Saya Jamal Rashid

Table 1: Sub factors summery of IV and DV Variables.

Factors

N

1

2

3

Responsiveness of social needs

Spatial organization

Quality of life, comfort & wellbeing

4

Social interaction

5

Flexibility

6

Usability

Sub Factors Geometry of space Accessibility Privacy Outdoor activities relation with indoor Layout of building Relation between spaces Geometry of external façade Health Sense of safety Quality of infrastructure Indoor air quality Aesthetic Gathering space Separation between male and female Modification of furniture Size of spaces Size of spaces Satisfaction Efficiency Effectiveness

2.1 DATA COLLECTION To certify the use of a questionnaire and to study any confusing questions a pilot study of survey was carried out on 25 June 2018 to pre-test the questionnaire before the data collection. Based on the pilot survey, the advanced format of this questionnaire was designed to reduce measurement error and improve the response rate. Thus, the simplicity of use, clarity of statements, and expanding motivation were the essential features of the final format of the study questionnaire [19-20].

The questionnaires were distributed randomly to architects who working in different places, such as private sector, governmental sector including (Investment border, Erbil municipality, Ministry of works & construction), and teaching staff of college of engineering at University of Salahaddin /who they have a different academic qualification. Out of 90 questioners 75 were returned back after three weeks and 15 were not responded. From 75 responded questioners only 50 questioners considered, 25 questioners discarded because of the missing answers.

The Statistical Package for the Social Sciences (SPSS) software was used to provide the statistical analysis of data and give details for in-depth data access and preparation. The data were analyzed in three ways to fulfill the research objectives and answer the research questions, which are :(1) descriptive statistics, (2) correlation, and (3) regression analyzes.

3. RESULTS The statistical results will be distributed into three sections as follow-

3.1 DESCRIPTIVE VARIABLES

ANALYSIS

OF

THE

DEPENDENT

AND

INDEPENDENT

The aim of the descriptive analysis among the factors is to examine the relation between *Corresponding author (S.Baper) Tel/Fax: +964-7504091111. E-mail: salahaddin.baper@su.edu.krd. Š2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/271.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.24

277

respondents’ characteristics and their opinions toward the social sustainability factors.

Accordingly, following statistical tests were conducted in which the maximum mean among the parameters was for responsiveness to social need parameters with 4.18 and 0.85 for standard deviation (SD). While the minimum range of mean was for social interaction with 3.45 and 1.11 for standard deviation. Therefore, the means of spatial organization and flexibility were near to minimum with 3.47, 3.80 and 1.12 ,0.92 for standard deviation respectively. Means of quality of life, comfort and well-being, and usability of space were 4.12, 4.09 with 0.83, 0.78 for standard deviation respectively as shown in Table 2.

Table 2: Result (Mean, Standard deviation and %Agree) of factors.

Factors

Mean

Responsiveness to social need

4.18

Standard Deviation 0.85

Agree%

Spatial Organization

3.47

1.12

69.30

Quality of life, Comfort and Well being

4.12

0.83

82.35

Social Interaction

3.45

1.11

68.90

Flexibility

3.80

0.92

75.95

Usability of Space

4.09

0.78

81.75

83.65

3.2 CORRELATION STATISTIC The aim of correlating analysis is to assess the relationships of social sustainability factors (Responsiveness to social need, Spatial organization, Quality of life, comfort & wellbeing, Social Interaction, and Flexibility) and the usability of house space. Thus, to define the significant correlation between dependent variables and independent variables, and to test the hypothesis.

In view of that; correlation analysis (Pearson Product Moment Correlation Coefficient Test) was used to explore the relationships among the variables as well as to describe the strength and direction of the liner relationship between variables. Every independent variable is correlated to a dependent variable. Correlation coefficients can range from -1.00 to +1.00. The value of -1.00 represents a perfect negative correlation whereas a value of +1.00 represents a perfect positive correlation. A value of 0.00 represents a lack of correlation[20].

The correlation procedure was subjected to two-tailed test of statistical significant from 0.05to 0.01. The data in Table 3 is clarifying the result of correlation analysis of this study. The purpose of this analysis is to determine the significant correlation between the independent variables (social sustainability) and the dependent variable (usability of house space), following the hypothesis were formulated.

Table 3: Summary of Correlation Analyses between Dependent and Independent Variables.

S H1 H2 H3 H4 H5

Hypothesis There is a positive relation between responsiveness to social need parameter and the Usability of house space.

There is a positive relation between spatial organization parameter and the Usability of house space.

There is a positive relation between quality of life, comfort and wellbeing parameter and the usability of house space.

There is a positive relation between social interaction parameter and the usability of house space.

There is a positive relation between flexibility parameter and the usability of house space.

278

Salahaddin Yasin Baper and Saya Jamal Rashid

r 0.39

p p < 0.01

Result Significant

0.174

P >0.22

Insignificant

0.255

p >0.07

Insignificant

0.398

p < 0.01

Significant

0.382

p < 0.01

Significant

Based on correlation analyses in Table 3, More than half of social sustainability parameters (responsiveness to social needs, social interaction, and flexibility) are positively correlates to the usability of house space, while spatial organization and quality of life, comfort and well-being parameters are correlates in a very weak relation to the study’s main dependent variable.

3.3 MULTIPLE REGRESSION ANALYSIS The general purpose of multiple regressions in this study is to test the relationship between independent variables (social sustainability factors) and a dependent variable (usability of space).

Accordingly, an equation will represent the best prediction of the usability of house space from independent variables of social sustainability.

The suggested model was presented by determining the combined effect of the independent variables namely, (1) responsiveness of social need, (2) spatial organization, (3) quality of life, comfort and wellbeing, (4) social interaction, and (5) flexibility regarding the overall perceived of the usability of house spaces. The model is formulated as follow: Usability = β + β1 + β2 + β3 + β4+ β5

(1)

Where, Usability = The usability of house space β = constant of beta value β1= Beta value of Responsiveness to Social need β2= Beta value of Spatial Organization β3= Beta value of Quality of life, Comfort & Wellbeing β4= Beta value of Social Interaction β5= Beta value of Flexibility The multi regression of the model is summarized in (Table 4), while the R2 for this model is 0.324, representing that the house social sustainability factors clarified 32.4% of the variation toward the usability of house space.

In general, the responsiveness of social need parameter (β =0.319, p = 0.026), the social interaction parameters (β =0.259, p=0.023), and the flexibility parameter (β =0.483, p =0.003) have significant positive relations with the usability of house spaces. The result shows that flexibility parameter is most significant on the usability of house space because every unit of the change in this parameter is correlated with a 0.483 change in the usability of house space. While each of the spatial organization (β =0.163, p=0.871) and the quality of life, comfort and well-being (β =0.049, p=0.814) have non-significant relation with usability of space.

Table 4: Summary of Multiple Regressions Analysis of independent variables.

Constant Responsiveness to social need Spatial Organization Quality of life, Comfort and Well being Social Interaction Flexibility R2=0.324 F = 5.690 Significance F=0.000**

β -0.116 0.319 -0.017 0.049 0.259 0.483

t 0.124 2.306 0.163 0.237 2.358 3.196

p 0.902 0.026* 0.871 0.814 0.023* 0.003**

* Significant at the level 0.01 (Sig ≤0.05), n=50 ** High significant at the level 0.01 (Sig ≤0.01), n=50 *Corresponding author (S.Baper) Tel/Fax: +964-7504091111. E-mail: salahaddin.baper@su.edu.krd. ©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/271.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.24

279

The beta values represent the unique contribution of each variable formulate in the equation (1) to obtain a final equation of the model which is as follow: Usability = -0.116 + 0.319 Responsiveness to social need + -0.017 Spatial Organization + 0.049 Quality of life, Comfort and Well-being + 0.259 Social Interaction + 0.483 Flexibility (2)

4. CONCLUSION Social and cultural sustainability is about combining the design of the physical environment (spatial layout and form) with the social needs of users. In other words, social sustainability means satisfaction of basic human needs, continuation of culture, well-being, improvement and maintenance of current and future well-being and improvement of quality of life. While, Usability presents the interactions between user and object. This study discovers the positive association between social sustainability factors and usability of residential spaces in investment projects in Erbil city. A theoretical framework including five parameters (Responsiveness to social needs, Quality of life, Spatial organization, Social interaction, and Flexibility) has been derived from previous suggested models. Through statistical analyses, the Pearson product-moment coefficient correlation results showed that there is a significant positive relation between responsiveness to social needs usability of house space, while the correlation coefficient is r = 0.39 at p < 0.01, similarly with social interaction, and flexibility that value correlation coefficient are r=0.174 at p=0.22 and r =0.382 at p<0.01 in sequence but spatial organization and the quality of life factors correlate in a very weak relation to the study’s main dependent variable (usability).

Alternatively, the multiple regressions results indicate that the house social sustainability factors clarified 32.4% of the variation toward the usability of house space, and shows that the responsiveness of social need parameter (β =0.319, p = 0.026), the social interaction parameters (β =0.259, p=0.023), and the flexibility parameter (β =0.483, p =0.003) have significant positive relations with the usability of house space. While each of the spatial organization (β =0.163, p=0.871) and the quality of life, comfort, and well-being (β =0.049, p=0.814) have non-significant relation with the usability of house space.

The findings irrefutably confirmed that the usability of residential space is most significantly impacted by the flexibility factor. Subsequent factors, in a slightly less impactful margin, are responsiveness to social need followed by social interaction. These results are based on the statistical equation of multi regression analyses. The result of the multiple regression analysis representing

5. REFERENCES [1] A. A. Abdul-Ghani, M. Y. Hamid, S. N. Harun, and N. Mohd-Noor, “Towards usable malaysian shopping cntre,” Procedia Engineering- Elsevier Ltd., vol. 20, pp. 496–504, 2011.

[2] K. Hatipoğlu, “Understanding Social Sustainability in Housing from the Case Study ‘ Wohnen mit uns ’ in Vienna,” International Journal of Architecture & Planning, vol. 5, no. 1, pp. 87–109, 2017.

[3] A. Al-jokhadar and W. Jabi, “Applying the Vernacular Model to High-Rise Residential Development in the Middle East and North Africa,” International Journal of Architectural Research: Arch Net-IJAR, vol. 11, no. 2, pp. 175–189, 2017.

[4] S. Karuppannan and A. Sivam, “Social sustainability and neighbourhood design: An investigation of residents’ satisfaction in Delhi,” Local Environment -The International Journal of Justice and Sustainability, vol. 16, no. 9, pp. 849–870, 2011.

280

Salahaddin Yasin Baper and Saya Jamal Rashid

[5] A. Ghahramanpouri, H. Lamit, and S. Sedaghatnia, “Urban social sustainability trends in research literature,” Asian Social Science, vol. 9, no. 4, pp. 185–193, 2013.

[6] S. Parjanen, M. Hyypiä, S.-J. Martikainen, and L. Hennala, “Elements of socially sustainable innovation processes in Finnish urban development,” Sustainable Development, no. January, pp. 1–8, 2018.

[7] R. Mohammed and S. S. M. Al-din, “Evaluation of the Sustainable Aspects In Housing Sector To Overcome Housing Stress In Northern Iraq,” Contemporary Urban Affairs, vol. 3, no. 1, pp. 67–81, 2018.

[8] C. Labuschagne, A. C. Brent, and C. Labuschagne, “Social indicators for sustainable project and technology life cycle management in the process industry,” International Journal of Life Cycle Assessment, vol. 11, no. 1, pp. 3–15, 2006.

[9] D. B. Tavakoli, M. Tafrishi, and E. Abbaspour, “Criteria and Factors Affecting Sustainable Housing Design in Iran,” Journal of Sustainable Development, vol. 10, no. 3, p. 194, 2017.

[10] M. Jensø and T. Haugen, “Usability of Hospital Buildings Is patient focus leading to usability in hospital buildings ?,” Architectural Design, pp. 1–13, 2005.

[11] M. C. Bittencourt, V. L. D. do V. Pereira, and W. P. Júnior, “The Usability of Architectural Spaces: Objective and Subjective Qualities of Built Environment as Multidisciplinary Construction,” Procedia Manufacturing, vol. 3, no. Ahfe, pp. 6429–6436, 2015.

[12] A. Fronczek-Munter, “Usability Briefing for hospital design: Exploring user needs and experiences to improve complex buildings, European healthcare design conference – London,” 2016.

[13] K. Alexander, Usability of Workplaces - Report on Case Studies, vol. CIB-report. 2005.

[14] Z. K. and H. Moztarzadeh2, “Developing Effective Social Sustainability Indicators In Architecture,” BEPLS, vol. 4, no. May, 2015.

[15] A. B. Eriksson, “Residential Design Implementing Social Sustainabilty: Towarplds a Paradigm Shift within Design Thinking?,” in ETH zurich, 2015.

[16] S. Capolongo1 et al., “Social sustainability in healthcare facilities: a rating tool for analysing and improving social aspects in environments of care,” Ann Ist Super Sanità, vol. 52, no. 1, pp. 15–23, 2016.

[17] K. G. Ahmed, “Evaluation of social and cultural sustainability in typical public house models in Al Ain, UAE,” international Journal of Sustainable Development and Planning, vol. 6, no. 1, pp. 49–80, 2011.

[18] T. Yu, G. Q. Shen, Q. Shi, H. W. Zheng, G. Wang, and K. Xu, “Evaluating social sustainability of urban housing demolition in Shanghai, China,” Journal of Cleaner Production, vol. 153, pp. 26–40, 2017.

[19] S. Y. B. Al-Shwani, “Influence of modernity versus continuity of Architectural identity on house facade in Erbil city , Iraq,” Sanis Malaysia, 2011.

[20] D. Muijs, Doing quantitative research in education with SPSS, 2d ed, vol. 24, no. 4. Sage Publications, 2011.

Dr. Salahaddin Yasin Baper is a lecturer in the Department of Architecture at University of SalahaddinErbil, Kirkuk road, Erbil City Kurdistan Region, IRAQ. He obtained his BS in Architecture from University of Technology, Baghdad Iraq with Honors. He continued his M.Sc. in architectural technology at University of Technology, Iraq. He earned his PhD in theory of architecture in School of Housing, Building and Planning-USM Malaysia. He works as a Consultant Architect and designed several important projects in Erbil city like supplementary buildings in Erbil International Airport and Sami Abdurrahman Park.

Saya Jamal Rashid is a master student in the Department of Architecture at Salahaddin University-Hawler.

She obtained her BS in Architecture from University of Salahaddin, Erbil Iraq in 2006. She worked as teaching staff at Architecture department /college of Engineering- Salahaddin. Her research interest is sustainable architecture especially social sustainability approach.

*Corresponding author (S.Baper) Tel/Fax: +964-7504091111. E-mail: salahaddin.baper@su.edu.krd. ©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/271.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.24

281

:: International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

Call-for-Papers: ITJEMAST invites you to submit high quality papers for full peer-review and possible publication in areas pertaining to our scope including engineering, science, management and technology, especially interdisciplinary/crossdisciplinary/multidisciplinary subjects.

Next article continues on next page ď&#x192;¨

©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies.

International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

PAVEMENT EVALUATION OF AIRPORT TAXIWAY AND EFFECT OF INCREASING ACN TO PAVEMENT REMAINING LIFE Krisana Chaleewong a, and Chaisak Pisitpaibool a* a Department

of Civil Engineering, Thammasat School of Engineering, Thammasat University, THAILAND.

ARTICLEINFO

A B S T RA C T

Article history: Received 19 September 2018 Received in revised form 30 October 2018 Accepted 31 October 2018 Available online 31 October 2018

This research evaluates the strength of the flexible taxiway pavement. The Cumulative Damage Factor (CDF), which is then expressed in the form of remaining life, is determined by applying the Layer Elastic Design (LED) theory. Strength of the pavement is evaluated by the Aircraft Classification Number - Pavement Classification Number (ACN-PCN) procedure, based on the CBR method. The remaining life of the taxiway causing by the increasing ACN is also evaluated. It is found that the taxiway area A5 provides the lowest remaining lifetime, which is 0.9 years. The taxiway area A2 provides the lowest PCN value, which is 130. It should be noted that, when the ACN aircraft is increase and the ACN/PCN ratio is equal or larger than 0.7-0.8, the pavement remaining life is reduced. In addition, when the ACN/PCN ratio is greater than 1.0 (ACN is overload), the remaining life decreases in the form of an exponential function. The remaining life should be taken into account in the procedure of pavement evaluation. © 2018 INT TRANS J ENG MANAG SCI TECH.

Keywords: Flexible Pavement; Layer Elastic Design (LED); CBR method; CDF; ACN-PCN method; Aircraft.

1. INTRODUCTION Nowadays, an airport is one of the most popular transportation services used in connecting people around the world. The airport is an important parameter for the economic and social conditions of a country. Since the number of people using an airport for communication is rising up every year, additional traffic volumes and aircraft loads are required. More efficient methods for pavement monitoring and structural evaluation are desired in order to ensure a good serviceability and to provide adequate maintenance solutions for the pavements.

For pavement maintenance planning, one of the main factors needed to be taken into consideration is the structural condition. Load bearing capacity of a pavement can be evaluated by two experimental methods, destructive tests (DT) and non-destructive tests (NDT). Some examples for the DT are core drillings and pits. The examples for the NDT are Heavy Falling Weight Deflectometer (HWD) and Ground Penetrating Radar (GPR). Results from the tests can be analyzed *Corresponding author (C. Pisitpaibool). E-mail: pchaisak@engr.tu.ac.th. ©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/283.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.25

283

by using a mechanistic approach. A structural model of the pavement is required for the estimation of its remaining life. Layer thickness data from GPR and the deflection basin from HWD is used to obtain the elasticity moduli of the pavement layers. The Layer Elastic Design (LED) theory applies the elasticity moduli to determine strain on top subgrade. The Failure model is then used to find the coverage to failure and finally the Cumulative Damage Factor (CDF) that occurs in the structure.

The remaining pavement life can be estimated by taking into consideration of the future traffic. Up to the present time, the strength of pavement structure can be evaluated from aircraft carrier capability, which is determined by using the ACN-PCN (Aircraft Classification Number - Pavement Classification Number) method based on the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO).

The values of the ACN and PCN are obtained by using the CBR method.

Osman (2015) recommended the interpretation of HWD data together with layer thickness data obtained from GPR to propose the methodology for structural airport pavement evaluation. The GRIP Tester was operated to find the friction coefficient of the runway and free computer software (FAARFIELD and COMFAA) were then used to design the new runways. This evaluation presented in a PCN number and an ACN/PCN classification. By comparison these two numbers, it concluded that the PCN is bigger than the ACN. This implied that the pavement can be landed safely.

Qassim (2012) applied the ICAO method in the form of ACN/PCN ratio using different aircraft weights to assess the strength of the airfield pavement at four airports in Iraq. The results suggested to improve the airport pavement which an ACN/PCN ratio is greater than 1.0. Strength of the pavement structure can be improved by either overlaying the surface that is currently use or desiring a new construction. However, in Qassimâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s study, the lifetime of the pavement structure does not be taken into consideration.

Hayhoe (2010) refered to the Criteria for overload evaluation of airport pavements containing in ICAO documents Annex 14, Attachment A and the Aerodrome Design Manual Part 3. They were presented in terms of the amount the ACN of an overload airplane, which could exceed the listed PCN of the pavement. The relationship between an increment of ACN and an increment of CDF was derived from the ratio between number of applied load repetitions and number of allowable repetition to failure. The overload operations evaluated by a CDF-based design procedure was then compared directly with the ICAO criteria. If the allowable value of the ACN of an overload aircraft relative to the PCN of the pavement was taken by a ratio of 1.1, then an allowable change in CDF was approximately increased 0.5. The sensitivity St of the CDF-based design procedure was sensitive to the change of CDF and the change of ACN. The relationship for the CDF-based design procedure could be calibrated if desired.

This research attempts to investigate the strength in term of PCN and predict the remaining life of the flexible taxiway pavement, including the variation range of in the ACN/PCN ratio. Two sets of investigations are considered. The first set is to find the relationship between the CDF and ACN/PCN ratio, while other parameters are constant. The second set is to find the relationship between the pavement remaining life and ACN/PCN ratio, while other parameters are constant. In each set of experiment, different numbers of traffic volume of ACN aircraft are considered.

284

Krisana Chaleewong and Chaisak Pisitpaibool

2. OBJECTIVES The objective of this study is to evaluate the strength of the flexible pavement of a case study in an airport and to investigate the effect of the increase in ACN values on the remaining life of the pavement structure. The details are summarized as follows: (1) (2)

Predict the remaining life of pavement structure and determine the strength in term of PCN of the pavement structure according to the ACN-PCN method.

Study the increasing ACN/PCN ratio affecting the CDF and the pavement remaining life, by considering different numbers of traffic volume of ACN aircraft.

3. STRUCTURAL EVALUATION OF FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT Strength of the pavement structure can be analyzed by using the data obtained by the Field tests, such as the HWD, GPR, or CBR tests, within the Airside area of the airport currently in use. This case study evaluates the strength of the flexible pavement of the taxiway structure. The typical width of the taxiway is 30 m. The length of the taxiway is approximately 1.6 km. The total area is, however, approximately 109,000 m2. The pavement structure consists of 4 layers. This includes the surface layer (asphalt concrete, AC), the cement treated base (CTB) layer, the subbase layer (sand with an approximation thickness of 650 mm), and the subgrade (soft clay type CH with a CBR of 3%) as shown in Figure 1. Taxiway A and B are divided into eleven areas A1, A2, A3, A4, A5, A6, B1, B2, B3, B4 and B5 as shown in Figure 2.

Figure 1: Pavement Structure of taxiway A and B

Figure 2: Test areas of taxiway A and B

3.1 HWD TEST For HWD test, an impulsive load is applied on the taxiway surface (Sebaaly et al., 1991). The magnitude of the load, duration, and area of loading corresponds to the effect of loading due to the main gear on in-service pavement. According to the recommendations provided by FAA (Federal Aviation Administration, USA), each test location is loaded 3 times with three different load levels along the five different alignments. This includes the alignments at centerline and two lateral offsets of 3.00 m and 6.00 m on either side (left and right) of the centerline. The load is applied through a circular plate. Under each impulse load, the deflections of pavement surface are recorded at various fixed distances measured from the center of the circular loaded plate. The magnitude of the *Corresponding author (C. Pisitpaibool). E-mail: pchaisak@engr.tu.ac.th. Š2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/283.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.25

285

deflection is a function of the pavement layer thicknesses and the material properties. Layer elastic moduli (E) can be obtained by performing a back-calculation using the HWD data and layers thickness from GPR test.

3.2 GPR TEST Setting up the pavement model is one of the difficulties in performing a back-calculation process (Correia, 2014). The layer thicknesses, which is a part of the pavement model, must be defined and inputted in the beginning of the back-calculation programs. Thickness of the pavement can be estimated by several methods, such as by destructive methods (cores) or by nondestructive methods like the GPR. In this study, the GPR is used to perform the tests on the same path as the HWD test. The GPR can provide information about layer thickness and different material encountered. An antenna of 400 MHz and 900 MHz is selected. However, its capability of detecting surface layer down to only the CTB layers thickness.

3.3 BACK-CALCULATION The elastic moduli (E) of the different pavement layers are obtained by performing the backcalculation process. In this process, an elastic modulus value is assumed with using the load from HWD test and the layer thickness from GPR test to calculate a proposed deflection. The proposed deflection is then compared with the observed deflection obtained from the HWD test. If values of the two deflections are not equal, then the value of assumed modulus is adjusted for the next iterative calculation. The iteration continues until the proposed deflection is closely match the observed deflection values. In this study, the back-calculation has been conducted by the commercial software ELMOD, provided by Dynatest. The thickness and elastic moduli of pavement structure in each area are shown in Table 1.

Table 1: Thickness (Thk.) and Elastic moduli (E) of pavement structure Areas A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6

Thk. from GPR AC CTB (m) (m) 0.352 0.607 0.344 0.596 0.337 0.578 0.307 0.668 0.360 0.613 0.346 0.610

E from Back-calculation Thk. from GPR E of AC E of CTB Areas AC CTB (MPa) (MPa) (m) (m) 582.50 3617.90 B1 0.332 0.666 519.77 3326.47 B2 0.339 0.653 539.22 3510.86 B3 0.359 0.624 604.71 4284.17 B4 0.359 0.639 532.56 2153.76 B5 0.339 0.674 456.95 2901.69

E from Back-calculation E of AC E of CTB (MPa) (MPa) 559.97 4555.08 929.06 4455.79 734.31 4628.14 640.61 5244.90 551.59 4451.28

3.4 CBR TEST IN SAND LAYER Field CBR test is an indirect test to measure the soil strength to resist a standardized penetration piston moving with a specified rate and penetration distance. Based on the ASTM D4429, to avoid the reduction of strength of the pavement structure, the test in the case study is conducted at one position in the sand layer at a depth of 1 meter. The CBR value of the sand layer is 11%, which is related to elastic moduli as E = 10.341 Ă&#x2014; CBR (E in MPa)

4. AIRPLANE TRAFFIC MIXTURE In the airport pavement design or evaluation procedure, the number of airplane passes is

286

Krisana Chaleewong and Chaisak Pisitpaibool

considered by taking into account of only the number of the departure but ignores the arrival aircraft traffic (ICAO, 1983). This is due to the weight with fuel of the most departure airplanes in general are considerably heavier than that of the arrival ones. In the case study, the air traffic volume and the traffic growth of annual departures by different models of aircrafts corresponding to their weight, ACN, annual departure and the percentage of the growth per year are shown in Table 2.

Table 2: Air traffic volume and traffic growth A320-200 A300-600 A330-300 B777-200LR B777-300ER B747-400ER

Gross Weight (tons) 78.40 172.60 233.90 348.36 352.44 414.13

% Gross Weight on Main gears 92.80 95.00 95.70 91.68 92.44 93.60

A380-800

562.00

95.13

Model

ACN for Subgrade 3% CBR 53 85 100 117 120 100 106/103 (Body/Wing)

Annual % Growth Departure per year 78,000 3 16,500 3 30,000 3 13,000 3 14,000 3 16,000 3 2,000

3

5. PAVEMENT REMAINING LIFE The properties of the pavement structure (e.g., surface, base, subbase, and subgrade layers) obtained from the HWD, GPR and CBR tests are used to evaluate the flexible pavement. The evaluation method uses the maximum vertical strain at the top of the subgrade to predict the pavement remaining life and CDF.

5.1 ASSUMPTIONS FOR LAYERED ELASTIC MODEL The layered elastic design (LED) method is originally applied in 1995 and specifies for the heaviest of aircraft (Horonjeff et al., 2010). In 2008, the FAA adopted this method for designing the flexible pavement to support the aircrafts that greater than 30,000 lb. In the layered elastic design theory, the passing loads produce both vertical and horizontal strains and stress in the layers of pavement in the pattern shown in Figure 3. The strain of an elastic structure can be used to determine the deflection of the pavement. Magnitude of the deflection of a given flexible pavement is a function of its elasticity (E), which behaves like the Youngâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s modulus obtained by Hookeâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; law.

Figure 3: Visualization of layer elastic design theory (after Horonjeff et al., 2010).

5.2 CUMULATIVE DAMAGE FACTOR (CDF) FOR FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT Concept of design the aircraft pavement is referred as the fatigue failure using the word of a Cumulative Damage Factor (đ??śđ??ˇđ??š). The đ??śđ??ˇđ??š is concerned with the value of the structural fatigue of a pavement resulting in its remaining life (FAA, 2016). The đ??śđ??ˇđ??š is expressed as the ratio of applied load repetitions to allowable load repetitions to failure as shown in the following equations: *Corresponding author (C. Pisitpaibool). E-mail: pchaisak@engr.tu.ac.th. Š2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/283.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.25

287

đ??śđ??ˇđ??š =

(annual departures) ď&#x201A;´ (life in years)

(1)

(pass/coverage ratio) ď&#x201A;´ (coverages to failure)

If the đ??śđ??ˇđ??š = 1, it means that the pavement has reached the limit of its remaining fatigue life.

If the đ??śđ??ˇđ??š < 1, it indicates that the pavement has some remaining fatigue life, and the higher value of the đ??śđ??ˇđ??š provides the smaller value of its remaining fraction life. If the đ??śđ??ˇđ??š > 1, the pavement has run out of its remaining fatigue life, which may result in structural damage during the airport pavement operation.

The number of coverages to failure, C, for a given vertical strain at the top of the subgrade obtained from the failure model of the full scale flexible pavement tested by the National Airport Pavement Test Facility (NAPTF) and recognized by the FAA for Airport Research is expresses by the following equation: 0.004 8.1

(

) when đ??ś < 12,100 đ?&#x153;&#x20AC;đ?&#x2018;Ł đ??ś={ 0.002428 14.21 ( đ?&#x153;&#x20AC; ) when đ??ś > 12,100

(2)

đ?&#x2018;Ł

where đ??ś is number of coverages to failure, and đ?&#x153;&#x20AC;đ?&#x2018;Ł is vertical strain at the top of the subgrade.

The pass-to-coverage (đ?&#x2018;&#x192;/đ??ś) ratio of a specified aircraft is the ratio between the numbers of the specified aircraft passed to the full load application at a certain point of a pavement. In general, the P/C ratio is larger than 1, which implies that the number of actual specified aircraft passing a certain area can be larger than the number obtained from the full load application. This causes by the fact that when an airplane moves along a taxiway, it naturally does not precisely pass along the same accurate line for every trips. The lateral movement found in this situation is defined as the airplane wander and obtained using a statistically normal distribution. Therefore, several numbers of passing along a specific point on the pavement of an airplane are required to reach the capacity of full-load application. The number of passes of an airplane on a certain point of a specified pavement can be taken by observation. However, the number of coverages must be calculated based on the specified P/C ratio of an airplane.

5.3 PROCEDURE FOR FINDING REMAINING LIFE AND CDF Procedure for finding the remaining life and the Cumulative Damage Factor (CDF) is shown in Figure 4. The gross weight and subsequently the load on the main gear of an aircraft is obtained from specifying the type of the aircraft. The vertical strain on top of the subgrade is calculated by using the theory of Layer Elastic Design (LED). Coverage to Failure is then calculated by specifying the failure mode (FAA).

Figure 4: Steps to find remaining life and đ??śđ??ˇđ??š.

288

Krisana Chaleewong and Chaisak Pisitpaibool

The CDF is finally predicted by using Eq.(1) with the obtained coverage to failure, the annual departure from traffic volume, the specified life in years and the đ?&#x2018;&#x192;/đ??ś ratio of a specified aircraft.

In this case, the specified life in years of the pavement structure is 20 years. On the other hand, the remaining life can be predicted by replacing the life in years in Equation (1). However, in this case, the CDF generated is set to 1.

The evaluation of an airfield pavement is practically computed using a computer program called FAARFIELD (Federal Aviation Administration Rigid and Flexible Iterative Elastic Layered Design), developed by the FAA. The procedure provides the evaluation or design method based on the layered elastic theory and three dimensional structural finite element analysis developed to determine the thicknesses of the airfield pavements. Either the Remaining life or the đ??śđ??ˇđ??š of a pavement structure in taxiway can be predicted from the thickness and structural properties combining with the traffic volume of the aircrafts.

Table 3: Remaining service life and CDF of taxiway A and B Areas A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6

Remaining life đ??śđ??ˇđ??š at Areas at đ??śđ??ˇđ??š=1 (year) Remaining life=20 years 10.8 2.080000 B1 2.7 9.120000 B2 2.0 12.440000 B3 238.5 0.017400 B4 0.9 29.440000 B5 1.6 16.200000

Remaining life đ??śđ??ˇđ??š at at đ??śđ??ˇđ??š=1 (year) Remaining life=20 years 667.5 0.003530 2665.3 0.000238 466.4 0.006970 2264.5 0.000328 907.7 0.001950

Table 3 shows the remaining life and the đ??śđ??ˇđ??š of a pavement structure in taxiway areas A1 to B5 obtained by using the computer program. It is noted that the remaining life is obtained by specify the CDF equals to 1. In contrast, the đ??śđ??ˇđ??š is calculated by using the remaining life of the pavement structure equals to 20 years. Results from this case study shows that the pavement remaining life of the areas A1, A2, A3, A4, A5 and A6 are lesser than 20 years.

6. ACN-PCN EVALUATION METHOD The International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) develops an international method for reporting airport pavement strength. The method is called the Aircraft Classification Number Pavement Classification Number (ACN-PCN) method. This method can be applied for an aircraft with a mass that greater than 5,700 kg. The Aircraft Classification Number (ACN) is a single unique number which represents the effect of an individual aircraft on different pavements. This number depends on both individual operational aircraft characteristic and the pavement information, such as the aircraft weight, the aircraft configuration (e.g. maximum aft center of gravity, maximum ramp weight, tire pressure, gear geometry or wheel spacing, etc.), the pavement type, and the subgrade strength. The Pavement Classification Number (PCN) is a single unique number representing the load-carrying capacity of a pavement. This number does not specify a particular aircraft characteristic or detailed information about the pavement structure (FAA, 2014).

The ACN number is provided by the airplane manufacturer. Procedure for finding the ACN is shown in Figure 5. The gross weight and subsequently the load on the main gear of an aircraft is *Corresponding author (C. Pisitpaibool). E-mail: pchaisak@engr.tu.ac.th. Š2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/283.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.25

289

obtained from specifying the type of the aircraft. The Equivalent Single Wheel Load (ESWL) is calculated and used to find the thickness at 10,000 coverage. The Derived Single Wheel Load (DSWL) is then calculated before determining the specified ACN number.

Figure 5: Steps to find ACN number.

The reference thickness at 10,000 coverage for a flexible pavement is calculated by using the formula of the CBR design method shown in Eq. (3). t 

ESWL A  8.1(CBR) 

(3)

where t = reference thickness (inches), α = thickness reduction factor (Hayhoe, 2008), A= contact area of ESWL (in2), ESWL= Equivalent Single Wheel Load (lbs), and CBR = the CBR of the subgrade layer.

The Derived Single Wheel Load (DSWL) is the mathematical load model for a single wheel load of an aircraft landing gear at a standard tire pressure of 1.25 MPa (181psi). The DSWL is indirectly calculated by using the expression of the referenced thickness provided in SI unit by Eq. (4). t

DSWL DSWL  C1 CBR C2 Ps

(4)

where C1 = 0.5695, C2 = 32.035 , and Ps = 1.25 MPa (ICAO, 1983) The ACN of an aircraft is defined as two times the DSWL, which expressed in 1,000 kg. By substituting the DSWL obtained from Equation (4) in terms of t and CBR into this definition, the ACN becomes Equation (5).    t2      2  DSWL 1000     ACN   1000  0.878   CBR  0.01249   

(5)

where t is expressed in cm.

A PCN value relates to the allowable load-carrying capacity of a particular pavement. It represents the structural capability of a pavement to support the proposed aircraft loads and traffic levels. The PCN number in this study obtains by using the Technical evaluation method. This method follows the procedure of finding the ACN number except the gross weight and subsequently

290

Krisana Chaleewong and Chaisak Pisitpaibool

the load on the main gear of a proposed aircraft is obtained from the maximum allowable gross weight of the aircraft (Tipnis and Patil, 2014). The ACN number which obtained by using this maximum allowable gross weight is referred as the PCN number.

The PCN number is reported using the PCN code format. This includes the pavement type, the subgrade category, the allowable tire pressure, and the method used to determine the PCN, as shown in Table 4.

Table 4: PCN Code Format (after FAA, 2014) PCN value

Pavement type

A number

R = Rigid F = Flexible

Subgrade category A = High (CBR>13) B = Medium (8<CBR<13) C = Low (4<CBR<8) D = Ultra Low (CBR<4)

Allowable Tire Pressure W = No limit X = to 1.75 MPa Y = to 1.25 MPa Z = to 0.50 MPa

Method Used to Determine the PCN T = Technical U = Using Aircraft

The COMFAA program is developed by the FAA to support the analysis of the PCN using the FAA procedure provided in the FAA Advisory Circular No 150/5335-5C. In fact, the computation of the ACN-PCN used in this study is based on the COMFAA program version 3.0. Input data requested by the COMFAA program for determining the PCN are the thickness and the structural properties (CBR) associated with traffic volume of aircraft. Table 5 shows results from the PCN analysis and ACN/PCN ratios of the pavement structure in taxiway areas A1 to B5. The evaluated thickness is obtained from the thickness taken from the field tests by using the COMFAA support spreadsheet.

The PCN values is calculated by the COMFAA program.

The ACNmax is taken from

the ACN of the B777-300ER which is the highest ACN value presented in Table 2.

Table 5: Results of PCN analysis and ACN/PCN ratios Areas

Evaluated thk.(m)

PCN

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6

2.220 2.183 2.139 2.221 2.247 2.212

134/F/D/X/T 130/F/D/X/T 131/F/D/X/T 134/F/D/X/T 137/F/D/X/T 133/F/D/X/T

ACNmax (B777-300ER) 120/F/D 120/F/D 120/F/D 120/F/D 120/F/D 120/F/D

ACN/ Evaluated Areas PCN thk.(m) 0.90 0.92 0.91 0.90 0.88 0.90

B1 B2 B3 B4 B5

2.274 2.267 2.264 2.290 2.304

PCN 141/F/D/X/T 140/F/D/X/T 140/F/D/X/T 149/F/D/X/T 151/F/D/X/T

ACNmax (B777-300ER) 120/F/D 120/F/D 120/F/D 120/F/D 120/F/D

ACN/ PCN 0.85 0.86 0.86 0.81 0.80

The results shown in Table 5 reveals that Area A2 had the lowest PCN value of 130, but this number is higher than the ACNmax value of 120, which belongs to the B777-300ER - the highest ACN aircraft in the traffic.

7. EFFECT OF INCREASING ACN TO PAVEMENT REMAINING LIFE The Aircraft Classification Number (ACN) value can be calculated back to the weight of the aircraft. In addition, the Cumulative Damage Factor (CDF) or the remaining life can be analyzed based on the weight of the aircraft. This study takes a closer look at the relationship between the *Corresponding author (C. Pisitpaibool). E-mail: pchaisak@engr.tu.ac.th. Š2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/283.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.25

291

changes in weight of the aircraft in term of the Aircraft Classification Number / Pavement Classification Number (ACN/PCN) ratio and the CDF or the remaining life of the pavement.

ICAO documents Annex 14 and the Aerodrome Design Manual Part 3 suggests that the PCN rating established for a pavement indicates the pavement capability of supporting the aircraft having an ACN of equal or lower magnitude. In the guidance on overload operations, for flexible pavements, the occasional movements by aircraft with ACN not exceeding 10 percent above the reported PCN (ACN/PCN < 1.1) should not adversely affect the pavement. In addition, the annual number of overload movements should not exceed approximately 5 percent of the total annual aircraft traffic movement. It is implied that in general operation the ACN/PCN ratio should be equal or lower than 1. However, in the case of overload operations, the performance of a pavement does not be affected if the ACN/PCN ratio is smaller than 1.1. The annual number of overload aircraft traffic should not exceed approximately 5 percent of the total number of annual traffic volume.

Table 2 shows that the B777-300ER aircraft provides the highest ACN value of 120, with a gross weight of 352.44 tons and the annual departure of 14,000 representing 8.3 percent of total traffic.

The ACN/PCN ratios of the B777-300ER in this study however are assumed to be varied with the increase in their values from 0.50 to 1.10. This follows the suggestion of the ICAO that in general the ratio should be equal or lower than 1 or in the case of overload the ratio should be smaller than 1.1. For a selected ACN/PCN ratio, the ACN of the B777-300ER aircraft is considered as a variable, while the PCN is specified as a constant for a specific area. The specified PCN numbers for the pavement structure in taxiway areas A1 to B5 are taken from Table 5. Moreover, as shown in Table 2, the annual traffic volume of the B777-300ER aircraft is 14,000 departures, which is consider as 8.3% of total traffic volume. However, in this study, the traffic volumes of B777-300ER aircraft are assumed to be 1, 2.5, 5 and 8.3% of total traffic volume, which are considered to be 1,569, 3,984, 8,121 and 14,000 departures per year, respectively. The ACN and traffic volume of the other aircrafts are not changed.

By the assumption of increasing the values of ACN/PCN ratios of the B777-300ER model from 0.50 to 1.10 with the specified PCN, the new ACN number is obtained. The new load on the main gear and the new gross weight of the B777-300ER is then obtained by using the reversed calculation of the procedure showing in Figure 5 for finding the new ACN numbers. However, in this study, the new gross weights for the B777-300ER aircraft are obtained by trial and error method using the COMFAA commercial software. This is done by substituting different values of the gross weight as the input data to obtain the ACN numbers and checking the equality with the specified ACN values. The obtained solution is the required new ACN number. Then, the CDF and the remaining life are determined by using the procedure showing in Figure 4. In this study, the procedure is carried out by the commercial software called FAARFIELD. Table 6 shows the CDF and the remaining life of the pavement in the area A1. The 1.0%CDF, 2.5%CDF, 5.0%CDF and 8.3%CDF are defined as the CDF values when traffic volume of the B777-300ER aircraft are 1.0, 2.5, 5.0 and 8.3 percent of total traffic volume, respectively. The 1.0%Life, 2.5%Life, 5.0%Life, and 8.3%Life are defined as the remaining life when traffic volume of the B777-300ER aircraft are 1.0, 2.5, 5.0 and 8.3 percent of total traffic volume, respectively.

292

Krisana Chaleewong and Chaisak Pisitpaibool

Table 6: CDF and Remaining Life of pavement structure in area A1 ACN/ PCN New ACN of PCN num. B777-300ER 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 0.92 0.94 0.96 0.98 1.00 1.02 1.04 1.06 1.08 1.10

134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134

66.9 80.2 93.6 107.0 120.3 123.0 125.7 128.4 131.0 133.7 136.4 139.0 141.7 144.4 147.1

New Gross 1,569 Annual dep. 3,984 Annual dep. 8,121 Annual dep. 14,000 Annual dep.

Weight 1.0%CDF 1.0%Life 2.5%CDF 2.5%Life 5.0%CDF 5.0%Life 8.3%CDF 8.3%Life (tons) 234.28 0.83 23.30 0.83 23.30 0.83 23.30 0.83 23.30 264.44 0.83 23.30 0.83 23.30 0.83 23.30 0.83 23.30 294.61 0.83 23.30 0.83 23.30 0.83 23.30 0.83 23.30 323.86 0.84 23.10 0.85 22.90 0.86 22.50 0.89 22.00 352.44 0.97 20.50 1.18 17.40 1.55 13.90 2.08 10.80 358.22 1.05 19.30 1.38 15.30 1.95 11.40 2.77 8.40 364.01 1.15 17.80 1.65 13.10 2.51 9.10 3.72 6.40 369.86 1.30 16.10 2.02 11.00 3.26 7.20 5.03 4.80 375.35 1.48 14.50 2.48 9.20 4.19 5.70 6.62 3.70 381.13 1.72 12.70 3.08 7.60 5.42 4.50 8.75 2.80 386.91 2.02 11.10 3.84 6.20 6.98 3.50 11.43 2.20 392.36 2.36 9.60 4.72 5.10 8.77 2.80 14.51 1.70 398.12 2.80 8.20 5.85 4.20 11.05 2.30 18.46 1.40 403.92 3.34 7.00 7.20 3.40 13.81 1.80 23.22 1.10 409.59 3.95 6.00 8.76 2.80 17.00 1.50 28.70 0.90

Figure 6: Relationship between CDF, Remaining Life of pavement structure and ACN/PCN ratio at traffic volume in area A1.

Results in Table 6 are displayed on a semi-log graph, plotting the ACN/PCN ratio on the x axis using a linear scale. For comparison, both the CDF and the remaining life are plotted on the left and right sides, respectively, of the y axis using a logarithmic scale as shown in Figure 6. The graph is divided into three stages by two vertical lines, ACNR1 and ACNR2. Location of the lines ACNR1 depends on the specified area of the Taxiway A and B. The line ACNR2, whose ACN/PCN ratio is equal to 1, is the maximum value suggested by ICAO for general operation. In addition, the third stage finishes when the ACN/PCN ratio is equal to 1.1, which related to the limitation suggested by ICAO for overload operations. In the first stage, both the CDF and the remaining life have constant values. Each graph is a horizontal line which parallels to the x-axis until it reach the line ACNR1.

For the area A1, as an example, the CDF and the remaining life are 0.83 and 23.30, respectively.

The graph shows that when the ACN/PCN ratio exceeds the line ACNR1, the CDF value has been increased, but the remaining life value has been decreased. The rate of change or slope of the graphs increase or decrease in the beginning similar to a linear relationship. However, for higher values of the ACN/PCN ratio especially in the third stage, the graphs behave in exponential rate *Corresponding author (C. Pisitpaibool). E-mail: pchaisak@engr.tu.ac.th. Š2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/283.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.25

293

growth or exponential decay. Slope of different graphs changes in different rate depending on different traffic volumes, which are 1.0, 2.5, 5.0 and 8.3 percent of total traffic volume. Table 7 presents function type of the graphs including values of the ACNR1 and ACNR2 in all areas investigated in this study, A1, A2, A3, A4, A5, A6, B1, B2, B3, B4 and B5. The ACNR1 values of all areas range from 0.70 to 0.80.

Table 7: Function of Graph and values of ACNR1, ACNR2 Areas A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5

Function before ACNR1 Horizontal line. (no slope) Horizontal line. (no slope) Horizontal line. (no slope) Horizontal line. (no slope) Horizontal line. (no slope) Horizontal line. (no slope) Horizontal line. (no slope) Horizontal line. (no slope) Horizontal line. (no slope) Horizontal line. (no slope) Horizontal line. (no slope)

ACNR1 0.77 0.76 0.76 0.80 0.70 0.76 0.70 0.80 0.70 0.78 0.70

ACNR2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

Function after ACNR2 Exponential Exponential.

Exponential.

Exponential.

Exponential.

Exponential.

Exponential.

Exponential.

Exponential.

Exponential.

Exponential.

The ICAO suggests that the ACN/PCN ratio should not be equal or lower than 1 for the pavement to support aircraft in general operation. Under the methodology using in this study, the results show that the CDF and the remaining life of pavement structure are affected in all areas when the ACN/PCN ratios large than a specific value, ranging from 0.70 to 0.80 (after the line ACNR1). This may cause damage to the taxiway by increasing the CDF or reducing the remaining life. Different rate of effect depending on the different traffic volume of the aircraft. Therefore, the remaining life should be taken into account in the procedure of pavement evaluation.

8. CONCLUSION This study evaluates the strength in term of PCN of the flexible pavement and investigates the effect of the increase in ACN values on the remaining life of the pavement structure. The strength of pavement structure is determined according to the ACN-PCN method. The analysis reveals that all areas have an ACN/PCN ratio less than 1.0. The area A2 has the lowest PCN value of 130, but it is higher than the highest ACN value of the B777-300ER, which was equal to 120. It is found that, the taxiway area A5 provides the lowest remaining lifetime, which is 0.9 years. However, the pavement remaining life of the areas A1, A2, A3, A5 and A6 is less than 20 years, which need to be strengthen to meet the standard requirement.

The pavement remaining life of the study area responds to an increase in ACN value. By using an equivalent aircraft using the proposed model, if the ACN/PCN ratios larger than a range from 0.70 to 0.80, the CDF increases while the remaining life decreases. This may cause damage to the pavement structure. In addition, when the ACN/PCN ratio is greater than 1.0 (ACN Overload), the CDF increases, while the remaining life decreases in the form of an exponential function. ICAO criteria does not refer to the CDF and the remaining life in their suggestion.

Results from this study, however, express that the remaining life should be taken into account in the procedure of pavement evaluation.

294

Krisana Chaleewong and Chaisak Pisitpaibool

9. Acknowledgment The authors would to thank Dr. Tatsana Nilaward (Wise Project Consulting Co., Ltd.) for supporting data and giving suggestions and comments to enhance quality of this work.

10. References Ahsan, H.M. and Hasan, E. (2016). Evaluation of Airfield Pavements in Bangladesh, International Conference on Civil Engineering for Sustainable Development, Khulna Bangladesh, 9 p.

Correia, J.M.S. (2014). Backcalculation of Pavement Structure Characterization Results, Master’s thesis, Técnico Lisboa, Lisboa, Portugal, 93 p.

DeBord, K. (2012). Calculating PCN using the FAA Method, Airport Compatibility Engineering Report, The Boeing Company, 43 p.

Domitrovic, J. and Rukavina, T. (2013). Application of GPR and FWD in Assessing Pavement Bearing Capacity, International Scientific Conference, Bucharest, 11 p.

Hayhoe, G.F. (2008). New Alpha Factor Determination as a Function of Number of Wheels and Number of Coverages, Final Report, Federal Aviation Administration, USA, 39 p.

Hayhoe, G.F. (2010). Correspondence Between ICAO ACN Overload Criteria, FAA Worldwide Airport Technology Transfer Conference, New Jersey, 13 p.

Horonjeff, R., Mckelvey, F.X., Sproule, W.J. and Young, S.B. (2010). Planning and Design of Airports, 5th Ed., USA, 689 p.

International Civil Aviation Organization, ICAO. (1983). Aerodrome Design Manual, 2nd Ed., USA, 354 p.

Meier, R.W. (1995). Backcalculation of Flexible Pavement Moduli from Falling Weight Deflectometer Data Using Artificial Neural Networks, Technical Report, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, USA, 260 p.

Federal Aviation Administration, FAA. (2014). Standardized Method of Reporting Airport Pavement Strength - PCN, Advisory Circular AC 150/5335-5C. Office of Airport Safety and Standards, USA, 113 p.

Federal Aviation Administration, FAA. (2016). Airport Pavement Design and Evaluation, Advisory Circular AC 150/5320-6F. Office of Airport Safety and Standards, USA, 173 p.

Osman, F.I. (2015). Airport pavements evaluation, Master’s thesis, New University of Lisbon, Portugal, 77 p.

Pigozzi, F., Coni, M., Portas, S. and Maltinti, S. (2014). Implementation of Deflection Bowl Measurements for Structural …, FAA Worldwide Airport Technology Transfer Conference, New Jersey, 16 p.

Qassim, G.J. (2012). Pavement Strength Evaluation of Selected Iraqi Airports Depends on ICAO (ACN/PCN) Method, ES 20: 1116-1129.

Qassim, G.J. (2012). Pavement Strength Evaluation of Selected Iraqi Airports Depends on ICAO (ACN/PCN) Method, JUB 4: 1166-1179 Sebaaly, P.E., Tabatanee, N., and Scullion, T. (1991). Comparison of Backcalculated Moduli from Falling Weight Deflectometer and Truck Loading, Transportation Research Record, pp.17– 25. *Corresponding author (C. Pisitpaibool). E-mail: pchaisak@engr.tu.ac.th. ©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/283.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.25

295

Shafabakhsh, G.A. and Kashi, E. (2015). Effect of Aircraft Wheel Load and Configuration on Runway Damages, PPCE 59: 85-94.

Tipnis, M. and Patil, M. (2014). Design Program Based PCN Evaluation of Aircraft Pavements, FAA Worldwide Airport Technology Transfer Conference, New Jersey, 18 p.

Krisana Chaleewong is a master’s degree candidate in Department of Civil Engineering, Faculty of Engineering, Thammasat University. He received his Bachelor of Engineering degree from Thammasat University. He is interested in airfield pavement structure.

Dr. Chaisak Pisitpaibool is an Assistant Professor in Department of Civil Engineering, Thammasat University, THAILAND. He was a lecturer in Chiang Mai University. He received his B.Eng. and M.Eng. from Khon Khaen University, THAILAND. He obtained his PhD in Civil Engineering from Nottingham University, UK. His current research encompasses structural engineering and applications.

Trademarks Disclaimer: All products names including trademarks™ or registered® trademarks mentioned in this article are the property of their respective owners, using for identification purposes only. Use of them does not imply any endorsement or affiliation.

296

Krisana Chaleewong and Chaisak Pisitpaibool

©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies.

International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

DESIGN CRITERIA OF CHILDREN'S SCIENTIFIC-RESEARCH CENTER FORMULATION (STUDENT RESEARCH-CENTER) Abbas Ghaffari a*and Sara Azizi b a Faculty

of Multimedia, Islamic Art University of Tabriz, Tabriz, IRAN. of Architecture, Tabriz Branch, Islamic Azad University, Tabriz, IRAN

b Department

ARTICLEINFO

A B S T RA C T

Article history: Received 05 September 2018 Received in revised form 26 October 2018 Accepted 28 October 2018 Available online 31 October 2018

The lack of research and analysis in Iranian educational system has made it possible for education to take shape within the theoretical framework and has its own limitation. The result of this process is the lack of optimal productivity of mental and intellectual abilities of children and adolescents. Student research center has been developed in order to expand the research and innovation culture in the country, but there have not been investigations and studies to evaluate and design these spaces. This research, as one of the first guidelines in the field of criteria for designing student research centers, seeks to identify design indicators that affect the design quality of researchers and their impact on creativity and research mood. Based on the field studies, preliminary discussions and the conceptual model of the purposeful questionnaires were prepared, and the relationship between the statistical (SPSS®) factors was measured; then the research model was evaluated between the three groups of students, teachers, employees and architects The results of the analysis indicates that the physical factors, social-sensual factors, and functional factors are the foremost important criteria of design student's research center that should be considered in the design of the architects. © 2018 INT TRANS J ENG MANAG SCI TECH.

Keywords: Child Research Center; Education systems; Project-based learning; Learning concept; Design indicators.

1. INTRODUCTION Research and innovation are developed in a society that provides educational and cultural systems, fields and context for it; according to this basis, the most important and fundamental element of the research system is the expert human resources who are capable of, capacities and necessities of research skills [1]. Scientific growth and development is achieved through research, and it is based on the development of research thinking through which countries could be able to generate knowledge instead of using other people's thoughts. The expansion of the culture of studying, exploring and researching is not only a necessity of educational institutions but also an inevitable part of the wisdom age, and it is an imperative of our society that educators and policymakers manage to change and take *Corresponding author (A. Ghaffari). Phone: +98 918 717 6656. E-mail: scholar.tabriz@gmail.com, ©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies.

Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/297.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.26

297

control of a new environment which advances technology, scientific and technical revolution has created the spirit of research and the desire to learn new techniques among members and educators of the body of education, and all students and teachers and etc. to gaining knowledge, research and identify current situation and bring it to the optimal point. Therefore, it is necessary to create grounds for those who are interested in research and have research mood to deepen their learning's. In view of the fact that in traditional teaching, students cannot learn from the knowledge they learn in their everyday lives. In order to have a constructive educational system, the traditional system must be transformed into guidance-based, problem-based education [2]. This requires the creation of student research center [3]. In creating a science-based center, with tendencies toward educational technology, can be used as a general model to develop the optimal and dynamic learning methods for a broad range of educational systems. Referring to the student's research center in the country and considering few studies of educational and research spaces in the country, this research seeks to perceive the effective criteria for assessing and designing student's study based on a comprehensive view. Providing this comprehensive view is an appropriate basis for formulating policies and strategies for expanding the culture of study in children and adolescents and for the growth and prosperity of the country.

2. THEORETICAL BACKGROUND OF RESEARCH 2.1 PLACE OF RESEARCH IN THE FIELD OF TEACHING AND LEARNING CHILDREN In linguistically aspect, means of research is focused on searching, interrogating, investigating [21]. That is the processing of information, with a systematic process, belonging to a certain range of sciences which has a collective identity and involves innovation. Research and innovation are developed in a society that provides the educational and cultural system with the appropriate context.

On this basis, the most important fundamental element of the research system is the expert human resources who have the capabilities, capacities, and necessities of research skill [4]. The lack of research and analysis Iranâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s educational system has made it possible for education to take shape within the theoretical framework and has its own limitation. The result of this process is the lack of optimal productivity of mental and intellectual abilities of children and adolescents [5]. The main purpose of the school lessons is to enable elementary students to solve the problem in their everyday lives, and teachers must be able to link students with the daily lives [6]. A problem-solving research program needs to include the emotional and cognitive basis and evidence-based data on the importance of culture and diversity, etc [7]. For a successful problem-solving and research, training should include qualitative strategies required for reasoning and use research, project-based learning, and solving a collaborative problem for children [8][9].

Studies indicate that designing research spaces for students should be aimed at teaching skills and problem-solving research [10]; and improve student skills by means of using strategies such as observing, expressing, breaking down, communicating, and implementing problems [11].

2.2 CHILD AND THE CONCEPT OF LEARNING Childhood is the first and foremost important period of life and a prelude to personality changes of an adult man whose psychological needs are more complex than physiological needs; therefore,

298

Abbas Ghaffari and Sara Azizi

recognition of children in the psychology of child development is considered to be the main and important issue [12]. On the other hand, research suggests that in childhood, children's creativity and creativity are established, and the best time for advancement creativity occurs between the ages of 2 and 11 years [13]. As a result, by enhancing and educating the individual and creating the environment and conditions for him, from the very beginning of childhood, opportunities can be provided for the flowering of children's creativity. The stability and survival of any society requires that the set of beliefs, values, behaviors, attitudes, knowledge, and skills be transferred to new generations. The construction of this transition is through schools and research centers.

2.3 CHILD AND THE CREATIVE RESEARCH ENVIRONMENT The environment has a direct and decisive influence on any living creature, which affects behavioral choices and utilizes the senses. Therefore, it should pay particular attention to the requirements of all categories of users [14]. The environment affects the child and personality in a variety of ways and increases his creativity. It is said that children learn and understand through interaction with the physical and social environment [14]. The environmental requirements of children in connection to educational and research environments include mobility, comfort, competence, and control, thus the environment must have characteristics of the adventurer of movement and disorientation, stimulating all the senses in a balanced manner, and teaching interaction with the environment and innovation [15]. Table 1 shows the relationship between the child and the environment.

Table 1: Relationship between the environment and the child (Torabi, 2930, adapted from [16][17]) Cognitive Growth

Child and Environment Relationship

Evolution of Learning

Emotional Growth

Evaluative Growth Cognitive Evolution

Sexual and Social Evolution

Emotional Evolution

Name and Ranking Knowledge Learning Simple Aspects and Natural and Forbidden Environment Treatment Sense of Belonging Tendency Towards Being in Exterior Spaces Humanitarian value, Moral value, Judging on Naturalistic value, Negative value, Elements and Scientific value, Symbolic value, Places Subjective value, Aesthetic value, Authoritative value Balance with Physical Environment Balance with Social Environment Psychological Isolation Play in the Environment and Touch the Natural Elements

Adult Dependency

Result of Childs Absence in The Public Environment Sensual

4 up to 7 Years Old 8 up to 11 Years Old 12 up to 16 Years Old 17 Years Old

Obesity and inappropriate Nutrition Habits Lack of Movement Home as Center of the World Ignorance of Home and Searching for Around Absorbing with Social and Public Centers Cars as World Center and Exterior Space as Significant Surrounding Environment

Nowadays, in architecture and interior design, concentration to the concept of enhancing *Corresponding author (A. Ghaffari). Phone: +98 918 717 6656. E-mail: scholar.tabriz@gmail.com, Š2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies.

Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/297.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.26

299

creativity in the design of spaces and suitable areas for children in the pursuit of excellence and promotion of creativity, are among the issues discussed in the scientific community [18]. The nature and characteristics of creative thinking have long been of interest to researchers, and since the personality of an individual develops from an early age, the researchers focus on the relevant creativity for this age [19]. Creativity, like other human talents, is largely acquired and not specified to individuals; and the growth of creativity is in need of conditions and during special education [20].

In a systemic view, how to architecture, equipping educational and research environments for children, especially kindergartens elementary schools, the principles and elements that makeup it, such as the proportions of the components, the scale, the type of organization of space, color, light, sound, open spaces, etc. can have significant effects on children. Obviously, proper learning environment makes learning easy, brings joy and pleasure to the kids. The design principles that can help children's creativity grow in research spaces include the characteristics of colleagues, fitness and scale, visual visibility, and fluidity of space. The use of natural environments, elements and natural stimuli such as ghosts, light, coloring and creating empty spaces, creating reflective spaces and open and green spaces, spatial evaluation, etc.) Space communication to motivate group work can be effective in promoting children's creativity [21].

Figure 2: The Impact of Different Factors on Creativity (after [19]).

3. Student Research Centers Creating the conditions and facilities that help to creativity development and the improvement of students' knowledge and abilities, is one of the basic goals of education [22]. The realization of this goal, due to its differences in student abilities and the plurality of student populations, requires access to appropriate resources and facilities [23]. Research design in student levels and its role in research promoting at the national and regional levels are among the most important strategies that can have a significant impact on human, political, social, economic, and cultural development [24]. For this purpose, a program was set up in 2001 by the Deputy Minister of Education and Science of the ministry responsible for the establishment of student research institutes in all provinces [25].

Student researcher center is a central scholarly research center that is trained and educated in order to identify and provide the context for the growth and guidance of talents and the development of individual and group creativity of students wide spreading the culture of study, research, and analysis

300

Abbas Ghaffari and Sara Azizi

among them, in two forms Governmental and Nongovernmental Organizations are established and administered [26]. Given the goals and responsibilities that the Supreme Council has developed for the study of student research centers, and with a review of the student's research centers in Country, the following criteria can be introduced for designing these spaces.

Table 2: Student Research Center Design Criteria.

Dimension Functional

Physical

Socio-Perceptual

Criteria Access and location Proper spatial performance Functional Coherence of Spaces Materials and colors The light of the spaces Dimensions of spaces The combination of open and closed spaces Desirable arrangement Rhythm Existence Innovation and creativity Complexity in space organization Social creator interactions and collaborative spirit Suitable audiovisual features The clarity and comprehensibility of the spaces Encoding of spaces

4. METHODOLOGY OF RESEARCH 4.1 CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK OF RESEARCH Based on a comprehensive view at the subject literature and global experiences, the conceptual model of the research has been developed in the form of 3 indicators and 15 sub-indicators (Table 2).

The important point in developing a conceptual model is a comprehensive view at the variables that affect the design of student research center. So, for example, socio-perceptual dimensions have been mentioned in fewer studies and have been emphasized in this research.

4.2 RESEARCH STRATEGY Research strategy exists in such a way that quantitative and qualitative data are collected simultaneously. In this context, a large share of the data has been collected in the form of a survey and a questionnaire, and a number of interviews have also been conducted with a number of contributors to the survey. In order to achieve a comprehensive analysis of components and indicators developed in the conceptual model, a combination of survey research methods and content analysis have been used. In data collection based on the questionnaire, a field survey of the samples was used.

To evaluate the model, the indicators were measured from three groups of students, architectural experts, and teachers, 1000 individuals were selected as the statistical population.  Regression  Linear regression is one of the statistical techniques for data that can study the linear relationship between a set of independent variables with a dependent variable in a manner in which the relationships between the independent variables are also to be considered.  F Test, ANOVA (one-side variance analysis) *Corresponding author (A. Ghaffari). Phone: +98 918 717 6656. E-mail: scholar.tabriz@gmail.com, ©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies.

Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/297.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.26

301

The F test or one-side variance analysis is used to test the difference between the averages of the variable in more than two groups (even 3 more groups). In this test, which is an extension of the Ttest or two independent samples, the comparison of the meanings and multiplicity of the population, is easier than the T-test. In the F test, the variance of the whole society is decomposed into its initial factors, for this reason, it is also called the variance analysis test. Also, with this test, we can make multiple comparisons among the groups.

5. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION One of the output tables of the multi-variable regression test is a summary model Table 3. This table deals with the correlation coefficient between variables and the adjusted coefficient of determination.

Table 3: Model summary of analysis.

Model R R2 1 0.748 0.647 Model df F 1 Regression 10 22.856 Residual 89 Total 99 Dependent variable: Student's research design quality.

Adjusted R2 0.523 Sig. 0.000

Std.Error of the Estimate 0.838

The results from the above table indicate that the value of the correlation coefficient R between variables is 748, which indicates that there is a strong correlation between the set of independent variables and the dependent variable. On the other hand, the value of the adjusted coefficient of R square is 647%, which indicates that 64.7% of the total changes in the design of student's research center depend on the three general variables listed in the equation. The model is evaluated in the ANOVA table.

According to the significance of the F test value, at an error level of less than 0.002, it can be concluded that a regression model consisting of three independent variables and a dependent variable is a good model and a set of independent variables can explain the level of student research quality.

The next output is the coefficients table, which shows the effect of each design element in the model.

Table 4: Coefficients of statistical analysis.

Model Constant Functional Factors Physical Factors Socio-perceptual Factors

Non-standard coefficients B Std. Error 0.105 0.296 0.007 0.058 0.210 0.039 0.023 0.013

Coefficients Standard coefficients Beta 0.427 0.482 0.361

t

sig.

0.356 0.124 5.419 1.865

0.02 0.03 0.000 0.05

*Dependent variable: The quality of designing student research centers In the above table, if the level of significance is less than 0.05, it indicates the relationship between the variables. The beta number also specifies the type and severity of the relationship. The findings of the above table indicate that based on the sig column, all of the model column variables have a significant relationship with the index of design quality criteria in student research center. The beta number also shows the type and severity of this relationship (negative inverse relationship, Positive relationship is direct). Therefore, the beta number determines the extent and severity of the effect of each of the influential factors. The study of beta coefficient shows that the degree of

302

Abbas Ghaffari and Sara Azizi

influence of the physical index and the –socio-perceptual index is higher. Therefore, the results show that simultaneously, based on the physical principles, observing social-perceptual factors, students' participation and research mood will be affected. Then, in order to understand the results of the three groups of users, the ANOVA test was used; the results of the analysis of variance are expressed in Table 5.

Table 5: Variance Analysis of ANOVA. Users Students Teachers and staff Architectural Experts

Functional Dimension F=3/085 Sig:0.004 Style A Style B Style C

Physical Dimension F=3/674 Sig:0.001 Style A Style A Style B

Socio-perceptual Dimension F=4/043 Sig:0.008 Style A Style B Style C

In order to compare the research design indices, students' grades in one of the users of these spaces were studied through one-side variance of mean, F and a significant level of indicators obtained in each of these three user groups. The results of the table indicate that based on the significance level obtained in the indicators in which that have a sigma less than 0.05, there is a significant difference between the factors, but in cases where the significance level is higher than this value, it is shown that there were no three groups in the index from the perspective of respondents.

Then, according to the results of the homogeneous subsets table obtained from the ANOVA statistical model, each of the 8 towers is classified according to the desired index, which is named in Groups A, B, C, and the averages for each of them is listed in the table. The results indicate that there are significant differences between the three different indicators among the views of the three different groups. Consequently, in designing these spaces, the criteria for designing architects should be aligned with the satisfactory spaces for students using the evaluation framework based on the criteria shown in Table 1.

The total of analysis in this research indicates the significant effect of physical, functional and socio-perceptual indices in student's research center design. Based on the results of study, the influence of each factors and the degree of effectiveness can vary. The adaptation of a conceptual model extracted from literature and international experiences combined with the nature of the students' research center in the country and the empirical use of this model illustrates the effectiveness of the model in assessing and recognizing the design criteria for students' research center.

6. CONCLUSIONS The results of the analysis indicate that it is essential to focus on the socio-perceptual factors along with the design of physical and functional dimensions. The results of the model analysis show: 



Observing the principles of the body is the first step in the research spaces of the students. In designing, architect's checklist and the use of warm colors, proper body rhythm should be considered; proper lighting of spaces should be considered.

The second step is the socio-perceptual dimension, in this regard; the target age society should be evaluated and taken into account in accordance with the principles of learning and design mood. The design must be such as to enhance the mood of collective participation, innovation and creativity in students, and cause to interesting in the research process. *Corresponding author (A. Ghaffari). Phone: +98 918 717 6656. E-mail: scholar.tabriz@gmail.com, ©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies.

Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/297.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.26

303



Appropriate arrangement of spaces and furniture in order to promote social interactions and promote students' sense of belonging to research spaces can lead to the development of the mood of research in society.



As the results, created environments affect not only the physical aspects of student research but also through their psychological organization, development and flourishing of the mood of creativity. If these environments design properly to physical characteristics and psychological development of students and children, it would carry the positive features such as complexity, smoothness and fluidity on the development of creativity and innovation of children and students.

7. REFERENCES [1] Marzano, R. J., Pickering, D., & Pollock, J. E. (2001). Classroom instruction that works: Researchbased strategies for increasing student achievement. Ascd. 1703 North Beauregard St. Alexandria, VA 22311-1714.

[2] Dorin, A., Korb, K. B. (2009). Improbable creativity. In Dagstuhl seminar proceedings (Schloss Dagstuhl-Leibniz-Zentrum für Informatik) 09291.

Available online: http://drops.dagstuhl.de/opus/volltexte/2009/2214/pdf/09291.DorinAlan.Other.2214.pdf [3] Ebrahimpour Komala, S., Naderi, E., Seif Naraghi, M. (2016), Explaining the Desirable Characteristics of Social Science Curriculum Elements in order to provide a model for improving problem solving skills for elementary school students and assessing it from the perspective of curriculum specialists and relevant teachers. Journal of Teaching Research, 4(3), 20-21.

[4] Yousefi, N, (2010) Educational Approaches to Work with Young Children, Tehran: Children's Workshop Publishing, Tehran.

[5] Taheraldini, A. (2009), Reviewing the Shortcomings of Developing Educational Explorations in Schools, School, 6(6): 120-127.

[6] Abdu-Raheem, B. O. (2012). Effects of Problem-Solving Method On Secondary School Students' Achievement And Retention In Social Studies, In Ekiti State, Nigeria. Journal of International Education Research, 8(1), 19.

[7] Turnbull, A. P. (1995). Exceptional lives: Special education in today's schools. Merrill/Prentice Hall, Order Department, 200 Old Tappan Rd., Old Tappan, NJ 07675..

[8] VanSickle, R. L. (1990). Problem Solving in Social Studies Education: Implications of Research on Problem Solving and Cooperative Learning. Journal of Social Studies Research, 14(1), 33-43.

[9] Ciftci, A., Aydin, H. (2015). The Perceptions of Pre-school Teachers Regarding Competencies in the context of Critical Multicultural Education. In proceeding of “The International Congress on Education for the Future”, Ankara University, Faculty of Educational Sciences, Ankara. Pp.102104.

[10] Motlagh, M., Khordchi, I. (2008). A review of the barriers and shortcomings of the development of research thinking in schools as part of Iran's educational system, Social Sciences Research, 2, 202179.

[11] Suryawati , E., Osaman K. (2018). Contextual Learning: Innovative Approach towards the Development of Students’ Scientific Attitude and Natural Science Performance. EURASIA J. Math., Sci. Tech., 14(1), 61–76.

[12] Kaplan Akilli., G. (2015). Design-Based Research vs. Mixed Methods: The Differences and Commonalities. Bulletin of Middle East Technical University (METU), Ankara. Available on: https://www.researchgate.net/publication/242719481 [13] Krippner, S. (1999). Dreams and creativity. Encyclopedia of creativity, 1, 597-606.

304

Abbas Ghaffari and Sara Azizi

[14] Tai, L. (2006). DESIGNING Outdoor Environments for Children. NewYork: McGRAW-HILL. [15] Dorin, A., Korb, K. B. (2009). A new definition of creativity. In Australian Conference on Artificial Life (pp. 11-21). Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg.

[16] Louv, R. (2008). Last child in the woods: Saving our children from nature-deficit disorder. Algonquin Books.

[17] Gharmaleki, F., Ahad (2004). Methodology of Religious Studies. Human Resources and Education Department, MSc. thesis in Islamic Azad University, Tehran.

[18] Armitage, M. (2005). The Influence of School Architecture and Design on the Outdoor Play Experience within the Primary School. Paedagogica Historica, 41, 4-5, 535-553.

DOI: 10.1080/00309230500165734.

[19] Tabatabaiyan, M., Abbasali Zadeh, R., Kalayi Fayyaz., R. (2015), An Analysis of the Impact of Creation Environment on Children's Creativity (Examining the Environmental Features Effective on Child Creativity in Tehran's Children's Centers). Bagh-E-Nazar, 13(43), 36-17.

[20] Mozaffar, F., (2007), the role of open spaces in the development of children in children's creativity and creativity based on the child's creativity model. Bagh-e-NAZAR, 4, 72-59.

[21] Dehkhoda., A.K. (1998), Dehkhoda Dictionary, Tehran: Tehran University Press and Publishing house.

[22] Mohammadi, E., (2016). The Effectiveness of Cognitive Therapy Based on Mindfulness on Students' Creativity, Third International Conference on Psychology, Educational Sciences and Lifestyle, Torbat Heydarieh University, Torbat Heydarieh, Iran.

[23] Soregi., F., Soregi., F, (2017), Entrepreneurship Education in Primary Schools, Second International Congress on Empowerment of the Community in the field of Management, Economics, Entrepreneurship and Cultural Engineering, Center for the Empowerment of Social and Cultural Skills, Tehran.

[24] Setayesh., H. (2006), the role of teachers in the development and development of research thinking.

Ettelaat Newspaper, no. 2- 1393.

[25] Irani., Y. (2003), Practical Research Method (Action Research) with Attachment to Pajhandeh Teacher. Lohe-Zarrin Publication, Tehran.

Dr.Abbas Ghaffari is Assistant Professor in architectural acoustics and urban acoustics at Islamic Art University of Tabriz, Iran. He received his PhD from Iran University of Science and Technology. His research interests encompass Architectural acoustics and urban acoustics, Video mapping and projection mapping, Acoustics virtual reality, and relative fields.

Sara Azizi is an architectural PhD student, Islamic Azad University, Iran. criteria of design to be considered in the design of the architects.

Her research focuses on

Trademarks Disclaimer: All products names including trademarks™ or registered® trademarks mentioned in this article are the property of their respective owners, using for identification purposes only. Use of them does not imply any endorsement or affiliation.

*Corresponding author (A. Ghaffari). Phone: +98 918 717 6656. E-mail: scholar.tabriz@gmail.com, ©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies.

Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/297.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.26

305

©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies.

International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

DESIGN CRITERIA OF CHILDREN'S SCIENTIFIC-RESEARCH CENTER FORMULATION (STUDENT RESEARCH-CENTER) Abbas Ghaffari a*and Sara Azizi b a Faculty

of Multimedia, Islamic Art University of Tabriz, Tabriz, IRAN. of Architecture, Tabriz Branch, Islamic Azad University, Tabriz, IRAN

b Department

ARTICLEINFO

A B S T RA C T

Article history: Received 05 September 2018 Received in revised form 26 October 2018 Accepted 28 October 2018 Available online 31 October 2018

The lack of research and analysis in Iranian educational system has made it possible for education to take shape within the theoretical framework and has its own limitation. The result of this process is the lack of optimal productivity of mental and intellectual abilities of children and adolescents. Student research center has been developed in order to expand the research and innovation culture in the country, but there have not been investigations and studies to evaluate and design these spaces. This research, as one of the first guidelines in the field of criteria for designing student research centers, seeks to identify design indicators that affect the design quality of researchers and their impact on creativity and research mood. Based on the field studies, preliminary discussions and the conceptual model of the purposeful questionnaires were prepared, and the relationship between the statistical (SPSS®) factors was measured; then the research model was evaluated between the three groups of students, teachers, employees and architects The results of the analysis indicates that the physical factors, social-sensual factors, and functional factors are the foremost important criteria of design student's research center that should be considered in the design of the architects. © 2018 INT TRANS J ENG MANAG SCI TECH.

Keywords: Child Research Center; Education systems; Project-based learning; Learning concept; Design indicators.

1. INTRODUCTION Research and innovation are developed in a society that provides educational and cultural systems, fields and context for it; according to this basis, the most important and fundamental element of the research system is the expert human resources who are capable of, capacities and necessities of research skills [1]. Scientific growth and development is achieved through research, and it is based on the development of research thinking through which countries could be able to generate knowledge instead of using other people's thoughts. The expansion of the culture of studying, exploring and researching is not only a necessity of educational institutions but also an inevitable part of the wisdom age, and it is an imperative of our society that educators and policymakers manage to change and take *Corresponding author (A. Ghaffari). Phone: +98 918 717 6656. E-mail: scholar.tabriz@gmail.com, ©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies.

Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/297.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.26

297

control of a new environment which advances technology, scientific and technical revolution has created the spirit of research and the desire to learn new techniques among members and educators of the body of education, and all students and teachers and etc. to gaining knowledge, research and identify current situation and bring it to the optimal point. Therefore, it is necessary to create grounds for those who are interested in research and have research mood to deepen their learning's. In view of the fact that in traditional teaching, students cannot learn from the knowledge they learn in their everyday lives. In order to have a constructive educational system, the traditional system must be transformed into guidance-based, problem-based education [2]. This requires the creation of student research center [3]. In creating a science-based center, with tendencies toward educational technology, can be used as a general model to develop the optimal and dynamic learning methods for a broad range of educational systems. Referring to the student's research center in the country and considering few studies of educational and research spaces in the country, this research seeks to perceive the effective criteria for assessing and designing student's study based on a comprehensive view. Providing this comprehensive view is an appropriate basis for formulating policies and strategies for expanding the culture of study in children and adolescents and for the growth and prosperity of the country.

2. THEORETICAL BACKGROUND OF RESEARCH 2.1 PLACE OF RESEARCH IN THE FIELD OF TEACHING AND LEARNING CHILDREN In linguistically aspect, means of research is focused on searching, interrogating, investigating [21]. That is the processing of information, with a systematic process, belonging to a certain range of sciences which has a collective identity and involves innovation. Research and innovation are developed in a society that provides the educational and cultural system with the appropriate context.

On this basis, the most important fundamental element of the research system is the expert human resources who have the capabilities, capacities, and necessities of research skill [4]. The lack of research and analysis Iranâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s educational system has made it possible for education to take shape within the theoretical framework and has its own limitation. The result of this process is the lack of optimal productivity of mental and intellectual abilities of children and adolescents [5]. The main purpose of the school lessons is to enable elementary students to solve the problem in their everyday lives, and teachers must be able to link students with the daily lives [6]. A problem-solving research program needs to include the emotional and cognitive basis and evidence-based data on the importance of culture and diversity, etc [7]. For a successful problem-solving and research, training should include qualitative strategies required for reasoning and use research, project-based learning, and solving a collaborative problem for children [8][9].

Studies indicate that designing research spaces for students should be aimed at teaching skills and problem-solving research [10]; and improve student skills by means of using strategies such as observing, expressing, breaking down, communicating, and implementing problems [11].

2.2 CHILD AND THE CONCEPT OF LEARNING Childhood is the first and foremost important period of life and a prelude to personality changes of an adult man whose psychological needs are more complex than physiological needs; therefore,

298

Abbas Ghaffari and Sara Azizi

recognition of children in the psychology of child development is considered to be the main and important issue [12]. On the other hand, research suggests that in childhood, children's creativity and creativity are established, and the best time for advancement creativity occurs between the ages of 2 and 11 years [13]. As a result, by enhancing and educating the individual and creating the environment and conditions for him, from the very beginning of childhood, opportunities can be provided for the flowering of children's creativity. The stability and survival of any society requires that the set of beliefs, values, behaviors, attitudes, knowledge, and skills be transferred to new generations. The construction of this transition is through schools and research centers.

2.3 CHILD AND THE CREATIVE RESEARCH ENVIRONMENT The environment has a direct and decisive influence on any living creature, which affects behavioral choices and utilizes the senses. Therefore, it should pay particular attention to the requirements of all categories of users [14]. The environment affects the child and personality in a variety of ways and increases his creativity. It is said that children learn and understand through interaction with the physical and social environment [14]. The environmental requirements of children in connection to educational and research environments include mobility, comfort, competence, and control, thus the environment must have characteristics of the adventurer of movement and disorientation, stimulating all the senses in a balanced manner, and teaching interaction with the environment and innovation [15]. Table 1 shows the relationship between the child and the environment.

Table 1: Relationship between the environment and the child (Torabi, 2930, adapted from [16][17]) Cognitive Growth

Child and Environment Relationship

Evolution of Learning

Emotional Growth

Evaluative Growth Cognitive Evolution

Sexual and Social Evolution

Emotional Evolution

Name and Ranking Knowledge Learning Simple Aspects and Natural and Forbidden Environment Treatment Sense of Belonging Tendency Towards Being in Exterior Spaces Humanitarian value, Moral value, Judging on Naturalistic value, Negative value, Elements and Scientific value, Symbolic value, Places Subjective value, Aesthetic value, Authoritative value Balance with Physical Environment Balance with Social Environment Psychological Isolation Play in the Environment and Touch the Natural Elements

Adult Dependency

Result of Childs Absence in The Public Environment Sensual

4 up to 7 Years Old 8 up to 11 Years Old 12 up to 16 Years Old 17 Years Old

Obesity and inappropriate Nutrition Habits Lack of Movement Home as Center of the World Ignorance of Home and Searching for Around Absorbing with Social and Public Centers Cars as World Center and Exterior Space as Significant Surrounding Environment

Nowadays, in architecture and interior design, concentration to the concept of enhancing *Corresponding author (A. Ghaffari). Phone: +98 918 717 6656. E-mail: scholar.tabriz@gmail.com, Š2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies.

Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/297.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.26

299

creativity in the design of spaces and suitable areas for children in the pursuit of excellence and promotion of creativity, are among the issues discussed in the scientific community [18]. The nature and characteristics of creative thinking have long been of interest to researchers, and since the personality of an individual develops from an early age, the researchers focus on the relevant creativity for this age [19]. Creativity, like other human talents, is largely acquired and not specified to individuals; and the growth of creativity is in need of conditions and during special education [20].

In a systemic view, how to architecture, equipping educational and research environments for children, especially kindergartens elementary schools, the principles and elements that makeup it, such as the proportions of the components, the scale, the type of organization of space, color, light, sound, open spaces, etc. can have significant effects on children. Obviously, proper learning environment makes learning easy, brings joy and pleasure to the kids. The design principles that can help children's creativity grow in research spaces include the characteristics of colleagues, fitness and scale, visual visibility, and fluidity of space. The use of natural environments, elements and natural stimuli such as ghosts, light, coloring and creating empty spaces, creating reflective spaces and open and green spaces, spatial evaluation, etc.) Space communication to motivate group work can be effective in promoting children's creativity [21].

Figure 2: The Impact of Different Factors on Creativity (after [19]).

3. Student Research Centers Creating the conditions and facilities that help to creativity development and the improvement of students' knowledge and abilities, is one of the basic goals of education [22]. The realization of this goal, due to its differences in student abilities and the plurality of student populations, requires access to appropriate resources and facilities [23]. Research design in student levels and its role in research promoting at the national and regional levels are among the most important strategies that can have a significant impact on human, political, social, economic, and cultural development [24]. For this purpose, a program was set up in 2001 by the Deputy Minister of Education and Science of the ministry responsible for the establishment of student research institutes in all provinces [25].

Student researcher center is a central scholarly research center that is trained and educated in order to identify and provide the context for the growth and guidance of talents and the development of individual and group creativity of students wide spreading the culture of study, research, and analysis

300

Abbas Ghaffari and Sara Azizi

among them, in two forms Governmental and Nongovernmental Organizations are established and administered [26]. Given the goals and responsibilities that the Supreme Council has developed for the study of student research centers, and with a review of the student's research centers in Country, the following criteria can be introduced for designing these spaces.

Table 2: Student Research Center Design Criteria.

Dimension Functional

Physical

Socio-Perceptual

Criteria Access and location Proper spatial performance Functional Coherence of Spaces Materials and colors The light of the spaces Dimensions of spaces The combination of open and closed spaces Desirable arrangement Rhythm Existence Innovation and creativity Complexity in space organization Social creator interactions and collaborative spirit Suitable audiovisual features The clarity and comprehensibility of the spaces Encoding of spaces

4. METHODOLOGY OF RESEARCH 4.1 CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK OF RESEARCH Based on a comprehensive view at the subject literature and global experiences, the conceptual model of the research has been developed in the form of 3 indicators and 15 sub-indicators (Table 2).

The important point in developing a conceptual model is a comprehensive view at the variables that affect the design of student research center. So, for example, socio-perceptual dimensions have been mentioned in fewer studies and have been emphasized in this research.

4.2 RESEARCH STRATEGY Research strategy exists in such a way that quantitative and qualitative data are collected simultaneously. In this context, a large share of the data has been collected in the form of a survey and a questionnaire, and a number of interviews have also been conducted with a number of contributors to the survey. In order to achieve a comprehensive analysis of components and indicators developed in the conceptual model, a combination of survey research methods and content analysis have been used. In data collection based on the questionnaire, a field survey of the samples was used.

To evaluate the model, the indicators were measured from three groups of students, architectural experts, and teachers, 1000 individuals were selected as the statistical population.  Regression  Linear regression is one of the statistical techniques for data that can study the linear relationship between a set of independent variables with a dependent variable in a manner in which the relationships between the independent variables are also to be considered.  F Test, ANOVA (one-side variance analysis) *Corresponding author (A. Ghaffari). Phone: +98 918 717 6656. E-mail: scholar.tabriz@gmail.com, ©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies.

Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/297.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.26

301

The F test or one-side variance analysis is used to test the difference between the averages of the variable in more than two groups (even 3 more groups). In this test, which is an extension of the Ttest or two independent samples, the comparison of the meanings and multiplicity of the population, is easier than the T-test. In the F test, the variance of the whole society is decomposed into its initial factors, for this reason, it is also called the variance analysis test. Also, with this test, we can make multiple comparisons among the groups.

5. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION One of the output tables of the multi-variable regression test is a summary model Table 3. This table deals with the correlation coefficient between variables and the adjusted coefficient of determination.

Table 3: Model summary of analysis.

Model R R2 1 0.748 0.647 Model df F 1 Regression 10 22.856 Residual 89 Total 99 Dependent variable: Student's research design quality.

Adjusted R2 0.523 Sig. 0.000

Std.Error of the Estimate 0.838

The results from the above table indicate that the value of the correlation coefficient R between variables is 748, which indicates that there is a strong correlation between the set of independent variables and the dependent variable. On the other hand, the value of the adjusted coefficient of R square is 647%, which indicates that 64.7% of the total changes in the design of student's research center depend on the three general variables listed in the equation. The model is evaluated in the ANOVA table.

According to the significance of the F test value, at an error level of less than 0.002, it can be concluded that a regression model consisting of three independent variables and a dependent variable is a good model and a set of independent variables can explain the level of student research quality.

The next output is the coefficients table, which shows the effect of each design element in the model.

Table 4: Coefficients of statistical analysis.

Model Constant Functional Factors Physical Factors Socio-perceptual Factors

Non-standard coefficients B Std. Error 0.105 0.296 0.007 0.058 0.210 0.039 0.023 0.013

Coefficients Standard coefficients Beta 0.427 0.482 0.361

t

sig.

0.356 0.124 5.419 1.865

0.02 0.03 0.000 0.05

*Dependent variable: The quality of designing student research centers In the above table, if the level of significance is less than 0.05, it indicates the relationship between the variables. The beta number also specifies the type and severity of the relationship. The findings of the above table indicate that based on the sig column, all of the model column variables have a significant relationship with the index of design quality criteria in student research center. The beta number also shows the type and severity of this relationship (negative inverse relationship, Positive relationship is direct). Therefore, the beta number determines the extent and severity of the effect of each of the influential factors. The study of beta coefficient shows that the degree of

302

Abbas Ghaffari and Sara Azizi

influence of the physical index and the –socio-perceptual index is higher. Therefore, the results show that simultaneously, based on the physical principles, observing social-perceptual factors, students' participation and research mood will be affected. Then, in order to understand the results of the three groups of users, the ANOVA test was used; the results of the analysis of variance are expressed in Table 5.

Table 5: Variance Analysis of ANOVA. Users Students Teachers and staff Architectural Experts

Functional Dimension F=3/085 Sig:0.004 Style A Style B Style C

Physical Dimension F=3/674 Sig:0.001 Style A Style A Style B

Socio-perceptual Dimension F=4/043 Sig:0.008 Style A Style B Style C

In order to compare the research design indices, students' grades in one of the users of these spaces were studied through one-side variance of mean, F and a significant level of indicators obtained in each of these three user groups. The results of the table indicate that based on the significance level obtained in the indicators in which that have a sigma less than 0.05, there is a significant difference between the factors, but in cases where the significance level is higher than this value, it is shown that there were no three groups in the index from the perspective of respondents.

Then, according to the results of the homogeneous subsets table obtained from the ANOVA statistical model, each of the 8 towers is classified according to the desired index, which is named in Groups A, B, C, and the averages for each of them is listed in the table. The results indicate that there are significant differences between the three different indicators among the views of the three different groups. Consequently, in designing these spaces, the criteria for designing architects should be aligned with the satisfactory spaces for students using the evaluation framework based on the criteria shown in Table 1.

The total of analysis in this research indicates the significant effect of physical, functional and socio-perceptual indices in student's research center design. Based on the results of study, the influence of each factors and the degree of effectiveness can vary. The adaptation of a conceptual model extracted from literature and international experiences combined with the nature of the students' research center in the country and the empirical use of this model illustrates the effectiveness of the model in assessing and recognizing the design criteria for students' research center.

6. CONCLUSIONS The results of the analysis indicate that it is essential to focus on the socio-perceptual factors along with the design of physical and functional dimensions. The results of the model analysis show: 



Observing the principles of the body is the first step in the research spaces of the students. In designing, architect's checklist and the use of warm colors, proper body rhythm should be considered; proper lighting of spaces should be considered.

The second step is the socio-perceptual dimension, in this regard; the target age society should be evaluated and taken into account in accordance with the principles of learning and design mood. The design must be such as to enhance the mood of collective participation, innovation and creativity in students, and cause to interesting in the research process. *Corresponding author (A. Ghaffari). Phone: +98 918 717 6656. E-mail: scholar.tabriz@gmail.com, ©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies.

Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/297.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.26

303



Appropriate arrangement of spaces and furniture in order to promote social interactions and promote students' sense of belonging to research spaces can lead to the development of the mood of research in society.



As the results, created environments affect not only the physical aspects of student research but also through their psychological organization, development and flourishing of the mood of creativity. If these environments design properly to physical characteristics and psychological development of students and children, it would carry the positive features such as complexity, smoothness and fluidity on the development of creativity and innovation of children and students.

7. REFERENCES [1] Marzano, R. J., Pickering, D., & Pollock, J. E. (2001). Classroom instruction that works: Researchbased strategies for increasing student achievement. Ascd. 1703 North Beauregard St. Alexandria, VA 22311-1714.

[2] Dorin, A., Korb, K. B. (2009). Improbable creativity. In Dagstuhl seminar proceedings (Schloss Dagstuhl-Leibniz-Zentrum für Informatik) 09291.

Available online: http://drops.dagstuhl.de/opus/volltexte/2009/2214/pdf/09291.DorinAlan.Other.2214.pdf [3] Ebrahimpour Komala, S., Naderi, E., Seif Naraghi, M. (2016), Explaining the Desirable Characteristics of Social Science Curriculum Elements in order to provide a model for improving problem solving skills for elementary school students and assessing it from the perspective of curriculum specialists and relevant teachers. Journal of Teaching Research, 4(3), 20-21.

[4] Yousefi, N, (2010) Educational Approaches to Work with Young Children, Tehran: Children's Workshop Publishing, Tehran.

[5] Taheraldini, A. (2009), Reviewing the Shortcomings of Developing Educational Explorations in Schools, School, 6(6): 120-127.

[6] Abdu-Raheem, B. O. (2012). Effects of Problem-Solving Method On Secondary School Students' Achievement And Retention In Social Studies, In Ekiti State, Nigeria. Journal of International Education Research, 8(1), 19.

[7] Turnbull, A. P. (1995). Exceptional lives: Special education in today's schools. Merrill/Prentice Hall, Order Department, 200 Old Tappan Rd., Old Tappan, NJ 07675..

[8] VanSickle, R. L. (1990). Problem Solving in Social Studies Education: Implications of Research on Problem Solving and Cooperative Learning. Journal of Social Studies Research, 14(1), 33-43.

[9] Ciftci, A., Aydin, H. (2015). The Perceptions of Pre-school Teachers Regarding Competencies in the context of Critical Multicultural Education. In proceeding of “The International Congress on Education for the Future”, Ankara University, Faculty of Educational Sciences, Ankara. Pp.102104.

[10] Motlagh, M., Khordchi, I. (2008). A review of the barriers and shortcomings of the development of research thinking in schools as part of Iran's educational system, Social Sciences Research, 2, 202179.

[11] Suryawati , E., Osaman K. (2018). Contextual Learning: Innovative Approach towards the Development of Students’ Scientific Attitude and Natural Science Performance. EURASIA J. Math., Sci. Tech., 14(1), 61–76.

[12] Kaplan Akilli., G. (2015). Design-Based Research vs. Mixed Methods: The Differences and Commonalities. Bulletin of Middle East Technical University (METU), Ankara. Available on: https://www.researchgate.net/publication/242719481 [13] Krippner, S. (1999). Dreams and creativity. Encyclopedia of creativity, 1, 597-606.

304

Abbas Ghaffari and Sara Azizi

[14] Tai, L. (2006). DESIGNING Outdoor Environments for Children. NewYork: McGRAW-HILL. [15] Dorin, A., Korb, K. B. (2009). A new definition of creativity. In Australian Conference on Artificial Life (pp. 11-21). Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg.

[16] Louv, R. (2008). Last child in the woods: Saving our children from nature-deficit disorder. Algonquin Books.

[17] Gharmaleki, F., Ahad (2004). Methodology of Religious Studies. Human Resources and Education Department, MSc. thesis in Islamic Azad University, Tehran.

[18] Armitage, M. (2005). The Influence of School Architecture and Design on the Outdoor Play Experience within the Primary School. Paedagogica Historica, 41, 4-5, 535-553.

DOI: 10.1080/00309230500165734.

[19] Tabatabaiyan, M., Abbasali Zadeh, R., Kalayi Fayyaz., R. (2015), An Analysis of the Impact of Creation Environment on Children's Creativity (Examining the Environmental Features Effective on Child Creativity in Tehran's Children's Centers). Bagh-E-Nazar, 13(43), 36-17.

[20] Mozaffar, F., (2007), the role of open spaces in the development of children in children's creativity and creativity based on the child's creativity model. Bagh-e-NAZAR, 4, 72-59.

[21] Dehkhoda., A.K. (1998), Dehkhoda Dictionary, Tehran: Tehran University Press and Publishing house.

[22] Mohammadi, E., (2016). The Effectiveness of Cognitive Therapy Based on Mindfulness on Students' Creativity, Third International Conference on Psychology, Educational Sciences and Lifestyle, Torbat Heydarieh University, Torbat Heydarieh, Iran.

[23] Soregi., F., Soregi., F, (2017), Entrepreneurship Education in Primary Schools, Second International Congress on Empowerment of the Community in the field of Management, Economics, Entrepreneurship and Cultural Engineering, Center for the Empowerment of Social and Cultural Skills, Tehran.

[24] Setayesh., H. (2006), the role of teachers in the development and development of research thinking.

Ettelaat Newspaper, no. 2- 1393.

[25] Irani., Y. (2003), Practical Research Method (Action Research) with Attachment to Pajhandeh Teacher. Lohe-Zarrin Publication, Tehran.

Dr.Abbas Ghaffari is Assistant Professor in architectural acoustics and urban acoustics at Islamic Art University of Tabriz, Iran. He received his PhD from Iran University of Science and Technology. His research interests encompass Architectural acoustics and urban acoustics, Video mapping and projection mapping, Acoustics virtual reality, and relative fields.

Sara Azizi is an architectural PhD student, Islamic Azad University, Iran. criteria of design to be considered in the design of the architects.

Her research focuses on

Trademarks Disclaimer: All products names including trademarks™ or registered® trademarks mentioned in this article are the property of their respective owners, using for identification purposes only. Use of them does not imply any endorsement or affiliation.

*Corresponding author (A. Ghaffari). Phone: +98 918 717 6656. E-mail: scholar.tabriz@gmail.com, ©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies.

Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/297.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.26

305

:: International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

Call-for-Papers: ITJEMAST invites you to submit high quality papers for full peer-review and possible publication in areas pertaining to our scope including engineering, science, management and technology, especially interdisciplinary/crossdisciplinary/multidisciplinary subjects.

Next article continues on next page ď&#x192;¨

©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies.

International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

ESTIMATING BANKRUPTCY PROBABILITY OF CREDIT ORGANIZATIONS Dilyara F. Zakirova a*, Dmitry S. Panteleev b , and Elvira F. Zakirova c a Department

of Banking, Kazan Federal University, RUSSIA. Kazan affiliated branch of Russian State University of Justice, RUSSIA. c Department of Criminal Law, Kazan Federal University, RUSSIA. b

ARTICLEINFO

A B S T RA C T

Article history: Received 15 June 2018 Received in revised form 24 October 2018 Accepted 30 October 2018 Available online 31 October 2018

The paper discusses the issue of bankruptcy of credit institutions in the Russian Federation. In addition, this work reveals the causes for the formation of effective systems for preventing defaults, and presents the analysis of the causes for the deterioration of financial stability of credit institutions.

Also, this work reviews the main approaches and authoring techniques used in world practice to assess the probability of bankruptcies; as well as a system of factors that affect the financial stability of a credit institution up to its possible default is formed.

Moreover, a system for forecasting the risk of bankruptcy in a Russian bank with a forecast horizon of 5 months and a classification accuracy of 88.33% was proposed. The proposed diagnostic system was based on a logistic regression model of binary choice, what makes it possible to distinguish between financially stable and problem banks. The sample included all banks that suffered a default in the period under study. The comparatively high classification ability of the model presented allows it to be used in practice by both credit institutions in formulating a development strategy, developing measures to prevent bankruptcy and improving financial stability, and the Central Bank of the Russian Federation when monitoring the Russian banking sector and identifying banks that are at risk. © 2018 INT TRANS J ENG MANAG SCI TECH.

Keywords: Banking system; Financial Engineering; Financial stability; Bank bankruptcy; Financial stability, Financial risks; forecasting system of bankruptcy; Bank default.

1. INTRODUCTION In the modern world, one of the main institutions of a market economy is the banking system; its development and competitiveness directly affects the efficiency of economy in any country. The banking sector manages the system of payments and settlements, redistributes funds, and implements monetary policy. However, any credit institution is a complex mechanism which is subject to a number of "diseases", what in turn can lead to its dissolution. Therefore, on the one hand, a bankruptcy of credit institutions as economic entities is a natural process of clearing the market of *Corresponding author (Dilyara F. Zakirova). Tel: 7 (843) 291-13-66 E-mail: dilyara-zakirova@mail.ru ©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies.

Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/307.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.27

307

noncompetitive structures, and on the other hand, given the importance of this institution in the national economy, it makes irreparable damage not only to the bank itself, its customers and counterparties, but indirectly to economics, social, investment and political climate in the country, as evidenced by the financial crises that affected the world economy during the last decade.

These circumstances necessitate the formation of appropriate effective forecasting systems that allow identifying problem banks before their licenses are revoked, which is particularly important against the backdrop of the following facts: in 2014, licenses were withdrawn from 86 credit institutions, in 2015 - in 93, in 2016 - in 103 , in 2017 - 47 (Zakirova D.F., Zakirova, 2017; List of banks deprived of licenses in 2017). These forecasting systems will allow the management of the credit institution, as well as the supervisory authority, to take timely measures to improve the banks, thus preventing their closure and the development of new financial crises.

2. METHODS In the present study a logistic regression model was chosen as a basic model for the formation of a system for forecasting the probability of bankruptcy of Russian credit institutions; the model makes it possible to distinguish between financially stable and problem banks.

To build the model, a sample of banks was formed, in which the license was withdrawn from January 1, 2017 to December 31, 2017 (bankrupt banks), as well as credit institutions soundly operating in this period (non-bankrupt banks). In total, 41 Russian banks were deprived of the license for the analyzed period (List of banks deprived of licenses in 2017), 21 of them were registered in the city of Moscow what is associated with a high concentration of the banking sector (65.7%) in the Russian capital (as of 01.01.2017, 376 out of 572 ), 5 - in the city of Kazan, 2 - in the city of St. Petersburg (Kahn, 2013). There was no more than 1 failed bank per city in other Russian cities where a bankruptcy took place.

The banks were excluded from the initial sample, which licenses were withdrawn for reasons not related to their financial stability.

When forming a sample of non-bankrupt banks, the method of selection by similarity was used, the criterion of which was the amount of the balance currency for the date closest to the revocation of the license, which allows a significant difference to level between the two groups caused by the difference in size. The source of the information was the ratings of the site www.banki.ru compiled on the basis of the value of the balance currency. Each bankrupt bank was put in accordance to 5 banks soundly operating during the period under study. In addition, bankrupt banks in which external management was already conducted were excluded from the sample.

As a result, 19 bankrupt banks and 95 non-bankrupt banks were included into the initial (training) sample. A similar approach was used to create a testing sample, which included 10 bankrupt banks which licenses were withdrawn between January 1, 2016 and December 31, 2016, and 50 credit institutions operating in the period.

With the purpose of constructing hypotheses about the factors influencing the probability of bankruptcy, an analysis was made of the reasons connected with the deterioration of financial stability of credit institutions, according to which the Bank of Russia withdrew the license. As a result, it was

308

Dilyara F. Zakirova, Dmitry S. Panteleev, and Elvira F. Zakirova

revealed that such are loss of liquidity and a decrease in the value of own funds. The primary cause for the decrease in the value of own funds was the conduct of a high-risk credit policy without creating an adequate level of reserves for possible bad debts, loan and equivalent debts. This circumstance necessitates the quality of explanatory factors in the construction of the model to take into account the indicators reflecting the adequacy of own funds and the amount of reserves formed on the loan portfolio. In addition, we consider it permissible not to take into account macroeconomic indicators in the model, since all sample banks operated within the same country, which is characterized by the same economic conditions, the change of which can be neglected due to the short period of time being considered for analysis.

3. RESULTS The review of theoretical and empirical works (Kahn, 2013; Lanine and Vennet, 2006; Zhao et al, 2009; Oreshko and Savina, 2016; Emelyanov and Bruzhova, 2013; Golovan et al, 2014; Karminsky et al, 2012), in the field of assessing the probability of bank failures, as well as an analysis of the main reasons for revocation of licenses allowed to form the following system of factors affecting the financial stability of a credit institution up to its possible default: return on assets (Kahn, 2013); share of liquid assets in currency (current liquidity); share of investments in government securities in the balance currency (Golovan et al, 2014); share of equity in the balance sheet currency; the specific weight of the loan portfolio in the balance sheet currency (Zhao et al, 2009); the proportion of overdue loans in the loan portfolio; the share of formed reserves in the loan portfolio (Karminsky et al, 2012); balance currency; the share of deposits of individuals in the balance sheet currency; share of loans to the real sector in the balance currency; share of long-term debts in the loan portfolio.

Table 1: Selection of financial stability indicators through one-dimensional variance analysis (ANOVA) *

Return on Assets Share of liquid assets in the balance sheet currency Share of state treasury bills investments in balance sheet currency Share of equity in the balance sheet currency

3.93

Average value B NB -0.053 0.005

Dispersion B NB 0,0078 0.0002

8.95

3.93

0.101

0.225

0,0123

0.0302

0.417

0.66

3.93

0.004

0.002

0.0002

0

0,711

0.14

3.93

0.135

0.148

0.0186

0.0196

0.268

0.0489

0.033

0.105

0.003

0.026

0.203

0.019

0.053

16.705

3.773

4,148

0.166

0.024

0.02

0.135

0.031

0.01

0.09

0.059

0.006

p-value

F

F-critical

0

36.02

0

Share of loan portfolio in balance sheet 0.009 7.15 3.93 0.395 currency Share of overdue loans in the loan portfolio 0,321 0.993 3.93 0.067 Share of reserves formed in the loan 0.968 0,001 3.93 0.205 portfolio Log of the balance currency 0.17 1.91 3.93 16 Share of deposits of individuals in the 0.076 3,214 3.93 0.23 balance sheet currency Share of loans to the real sector in the 18,97 0 3.93 0.263 balance sheet currency 3 Share of long-term debts in the loan 0 73.36 3.93 0.35 portfolio * where B: bankrupt banks from the sample; NB: financially sound credit institutions

*Corresponding author (Dilyara F. Zakirova). Tel: 7 (843) 291-13-66 E-mail: dilyara-zakirova@mail.ru Š2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies.

Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/307.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.27

309

The next step in selecting indicators that explain financial sustainability is to assess their discriminatory capacity. To achieve this goal, a one-dimensional variance analysis (ANOVA) was used.

The source of analytical information for calculating the indicators presented in Table 1 was the published reporting posted on the website www.cbr.ru . All calculations were made using the Excel software.

Conducting this test showed that the most descriptive ability (F-statistics <F critical) refers to the return on assets, the share of liquid assets in the balance currency, the specific weight of the loan portfolio in the balance currency, the share of loans to the real sector in the balance currency, the share of long-term debts in the loan portfolio.

For the purpose of eliminating the multicollinearity of factors, an analysis of pair correlations of the selected indicators was performed (Table 2).

Table 2: Checking the factors for multicollinearity Share of liquid assets in the balance sheet currency

Share of loan portfolio in balance sheet currency

Share of loans to Share of longthe real sector in term debts in the the balance sheet loan portfolio currency

Correlation

Return On Assets

Return On Assets

1.00

Share of liquid assets in the balance sheet currency

0.15

1.00

Share of loan portfolio in balance sheet currency

0.04

0.22

1.00

Share of loans to the real sector in the balance sheet currency

- 0.09

0.08

0.55

1.00

Share of long-term debts in the loan portfolio

- 0.21

- 0.01

0.49

0.21

1.00

As can be seen from Table 2, there is a lack of a strong linear relationship between the indicators under study, therefore, all the presented indicators must be taken into account when constructing the model. The variable "Probability of bankruptcy" assumes two meanings: bankrupt and non-bankrupt, which makes it possible to apply a model of binary choice to it, namely, a logistic regression model.

The next stage in the construction of the model is to study its ability to distinguish between financially sustainable and problem banks. One of the mechanisms for resolving this issue is sample balancing.

Three variants of forming subsamples were considered depending on the number of non-bankrupt banks supplemented by default banks: 1:5 (basic variant), 1:3, 1:2. The coefficients of the logistic regression model were determined for each sub-sample structure, using the maximum probability method and the Gretl 1.9.92 application software package. The results of the data analysis are presented in Table 3.

310

Dilyara F. Zakirova, Dmitry S. Panteleev, and Elvira F. Zakirova

Table 3: Estimation of the logistic regression model coefficients for samples with different structure * Ratio of the number of bankrupt banks and non-bankrupt banks Factor

Share of liquid assets in the balance of the credit organization Share of the loan portfolio in the balance of the credit organization

1: 5 (basic version) -100,949 (10.35) -22,466 (0.83) -4,873 (0.68)

1: 3 -593,223 (5.52) -306.410 (0.86) -20,025 (0.66)

1: 2 -132.089 (4.16) -22,381 (0.84) -0.007 (0.64)

Share of loans to the real sector in the balance sheet of the credit institution

10,6768 (0.81)

105,976 (0.84)

0,0011 (0.84)

Share of long-term debts in the loan portfolio of a credit institution Constant

17.407 (1.15) -3.015

176,869 (1.14) -13,121

12.678 (1.12) -1.179

Return on assets of a credit institution

* - the variation coefficient value is shown in parentheses.

Table 3 shows that with a decrease in the number of observations in the sample, the estimates of the variation coefficients become more stable. Another criterion for selecting a subsample structure is the classification accuracy that the model demonstrates, and the weighted efficiency index which is calculated using the following formula (Kolari et al, 2000): đ?&#x2018;&#x160;đ??¸ =

đ??šđ??śđ??ś đ?&#x2018;&#x192;đ??š

â&#x2C6;&#x2014;

đ??šđ??śđ??ś đ??´đ??š

â&#x2C6;&#x2014; đ??śđ??ś

(1)

Where đ?&#x2018;&#x160;đ??¸ is the weighted indicator of model efficiency; đ??šđ??śđ??ś - the number of correctly classified bankrupts, PF - the number of banks classified as a bankrupt, AF - the number of actual bankrupt, CC is the percentage of correctly classified banks.

An assessment of the banks classification accuracy was carried out on the basis of the testing sample; the results are presented in Table 4.

Table 4: Classification table Ratio of the numbers of bankrupt banks to nonbankrupt banks

1: 5 (basic version)

1: 3

1: 2

Actual

Actual

Actual

Model

Nonbankruptcy

Bankrupt

Nonbankruptcy

Bankrupt

Nonbankruptcy

Bankrupt

Non-bankruptcy

47

1

49

1

48

2

Bankrupt

3

9

1

9

2

8

% True

94.00

90.0

98.0

90.0

96.0

80.0

% Total True

93.33

96.67

93.33

Weighted efficiency indicator

0.63

0.78

0.60

*Corresponding author (Dilyara F. Zakirova). Tel: 7 (843) 291-13-66 E-mail: dilyara-zakirova@mail.ru Š2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies.

Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/307.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.27

311

The results in Table 4 show that the most acceptable is the 1: 3 sub-sample, where a comparatively high overall accuracy (96.67%) is achieved and the weighted efficiency index has increased by 1.24 times.

A period of 5 months was determined in the capacity of an optimal forecasting horizon. As a result of the calculations, the following model for diagnosing the risk of bankruptcy of a credit institution was built: 1

đ?&#x2018;&#x192;đ?&#x2018;&#x2013; = 1+đ?&#x2018;&#x2019; â&#x2C6;&#x2019;đ?&#x2018;?

(2),

đ?&#x2018;? = â&#x2C6;&#x2019;10,377 â&#x2C6;&#x2019; 302,573đ?&#x2018;Ľ1 â&#x2C6;&#x2019; 161,537đ?&#x2018;Ľ2 â&#x2C6;&#x2019; 121,11đ?&#x2018;Ľ3 + 77,623đ?&#x2018;Ľ4 + 93,376đ?&#x2018;Ľ5 Where đ?&#x2018;&#x192;đ?&#x2018;&#x2013; â&#x20AC;&#x201C; probability of bankruptcy of the credit organization (in fractions of a unit); e - the base of the natural logarithm (Euler number, e = 2.71828), Z i - the linear combination of independent variables; đ?&#x2018;Ľ1 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; the return on assets of a credit organization; đ?&#x2018;Ľ2 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; the share of liquid assets in the balance sheet of the credit institution; đ?&#x2018;Ľ3 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; the specific weight of the loan portfolio in the balance sheet of the credit organization; đ?&#x2018;Ľ4 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; the share of loans to the real sector in the balance sheet of the credit institution; đ?&#x2018;Ľ5 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; the share of long-term debts in the credit portfolio of the credit institution.

If the binary variable đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;&#x2013; ď&#x192;&#x17D; (0.5; 1], the risk of bankruptcy is high; if đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;&#x2013; ď&#x192;&#x17D; [0; 0.5], then the risk of bankruptcy is low. Negative coefficients in front of variables suggest that an increase in the profitability of assets, an increase in the balance sheet of liquid assets and a loan portfolio lead to a decrease in the probability of bankruptcy and increased financial stability. The growth in the share of loans to the real sector and long-term debts lead to a deterioration in the financial condition of a bank and increase the risk of bankruptcy. In addition, the largest absolute value of the coefficient in front of this variable indicates the greatest influence of this factor on the change in the probability of bankruptcy.

The quality of the constructed model was evaluated by the accuracy of the classification of banks included in the testing sample. The results of the evaluation are presented in Table 5.

Table 5: Classification table Model

Actual Non-bankruptcy

Bankrupt

Non-bankruptcy

45

2

Bankrupt

5

8

% true

90.00

80.00

% Total True

88.33

WE

59.62

The classification ability of the model is 88.33%; the category of 53 banks out of 60 was defined correctly. However, 7 errors were made: 2 errors of the first kind and 5 errors of the second kind, i.e. the model classified 20% of bankrupt banks as the financially-stable and recognized almost 10% of

312

Dilyara F. Zakirova, Dmitry S. Panteleev, and Elvira F. Zakirova

operating banks as bankrupts. The weighted efficiency indicator for the analyzed model was 59.62%.

Thus, the constructed model is more suitable for the detection of financially stable banks than for identifying potential bankruptcies.

4. DISCUSSION With the purpose of early warning on the probability of default, the supervisory authorities of different countries apply different models, and some even several models.

So, for example, the CAMEL system is used in the USA; it is based on 6 aspects of the credit organization's activity: capital adequacy, asset management quality, profitability, liquidity, sensitivity to risk. Germany uses the method of coefficient analysis BAKIS, which is based on a system of 47 indicators affecting the assessment of credit risk, market risk, liquidity, profitability. In the UK, a RATE system is used; it based on risk assessment, oversight tools and evaluation of the effectiveness of these instruments. In Russia, all credit institutions are grouped into 5 classification groups based on the characteristics of the level of their financial stability with regard to their capital, assets, profitability, liquidity, interest rate risk, and concentration risk, quality of management and transparency of ownership structure. Among the shortcomings of the reviewed systems for assessing the financial stability of credit institutions the following should be noted: subjectivity of opinions (USA, Russia), labor intensity (Germany), and duration of the study (UK).

Another direction of early diagnosis of default is creation of ratings (Expert RA, RBC, AK & M, Interfax, Moody's, IMF, etc.).

In the economic literature, authoring methods are also found, which are based on calculating and analyzing the stability coefficients (A.K. Muravieva, E.A. Tarkhanova), on econometric models (A.A. Peresetsky, O.P. Ovchinnikova, A. Yu Bets) (Lukin, 2017), etc., which are mainly focused on assessing the current financial state of a bank, rather than predicting a default. From the point of view of forecasting, multiple discriminant analysis (the Altman model) is used for companies, and a logistic regression model for foreign banks (Kolari et al, 2000). Thus, at present there is no effective methodology based on economic and mathematical methods for forecasting bankruptcy of credit institutions for Russian banks.

5. SUMMARY In order to ensure greater stability of the banking system of the Russian Federation, the urgency of forming a system for forecasting bankruptcy of credit institutions is undoubtedly urgent, taking into account that bankruptcies become of a large scale due the worsening of the general economic situation and the impact of economic sanctions. In the course of the study, a system of factors including 5 indicators was formed using a one-dimensional variance analysis and testing factors for multicollinearity: the profitability of assets, the share of liquid assets in the balance currency, the specific weight of the loan portfolio in the balance currency, the share of loans to the real sector in the balance currency, and the share of long-term debts in the loan portfolio. It was also found that an increase in the values of the first three factors of this system leads to a decrease in the probability of *Corresponding author (Dilyara F. Zakirova). Tel: 7 (843) 291-13-66 E-mail: dilyara-zakirova@mail.ru Š2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies.

Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/307.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.27

313

bankruptcy and increased financial stability, and an increase in the share of loans to the real sector and long-term debts leads to a deterioration in the financial condition of the bank and increases the risk of bankruptcy. Thus, monitoring these indicators is an important step in the process of preventing bankruptcy. Based on these factors, a logistic regression model was constructed that allowed us to demarcate financially stable and problem banks with a forecast horizon of 5 months and with a classification accuracy of 88.33%.

6. CONCLUSION The results of the study can be used: - By credit organizations in the formation of their development strategy, identifying measures to prevent bankruptcy and improve financial sustainability. In this regard, it is important to know the system of factors that affect the change in the probability of bankruptcy, as well as the nature of this influence; - The Central Bank of the Russian Federation in monitoring the financial stability of the banking sector of the Russian Federation and identifying banks those are at risk; - Scientists-economists and financiers to expand and deepen the subject areas of scientific research.

7. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The work is carried out according to the Russian Government Program of Competitive Growth of Kazan Federal University.

8. REFERENCES Zakirova, D.F., Zakirova, E.F. (2017). Theoretical basis for building an integrated bank risk management system in a commercial bank. Kazan economic bulletin. No 1. pp. 78-85. (In Russ) List of banks deprived of licenses in 2017. The Central Bank withdraws again. URL: http://www.papabankir.ru/banki/spisok-bankov-lishennykh-litsenzii/ (In Russ) Banki.ru. URL: www.banki.ru/banks/ (In Russ) Kahn, C., Papanikolaou, N. (2013). What problem banks reveal about future financial distress: Evidence from the late 2000s financial crisis. Electronic Journal. April.

Lanine, G., Vennet, R. (2006). Failure prediction in the Russian bank sector with logit and trait recognition models. Expert Systems with Applications. 30, pp. 463-478.

Zhao, H., Sinha, A., Ge, W. (2009). Effects of feature construction on classification performance: An empirical study in bank failure prediction. Expert Systems with Applications 36, pp. 2633â&#x20AC;&#x201C;2644.

Oreshko, I.I., Savina, E.A. (2016). Estimation of probability of bankruptcy of Russian banks. Economics and management in XXI century: tendencies of development. No. 26, pp. 139-142 (In Russ).

Emelyanov, A.M., Bruzhova O.O. (2013). Assessment of the probability of Bank failure. Finance and credit. No. 27 (555), pp. 47-58 (In Rus).

Golovan, S.A., Evdokimov, A.M., Karminsky, A.M., Peresetsky, A.A. (2014). Models of probability of default of Russian banks. The influence of macroeconomic factors on the stability of banks. - Đ&#x153;.: RES, p. 256. (In Russ).

314

Dilyara F. Zakirova, Dmitry S. Panteleev, and Elvira F. Zakirova

Karminsky, A. M., Kostrov, A. V., Mursankov Tn. (2012). Modeling probability of default of Russian banks using econometric methods. p. 344 (In Russ).

The Central Bank of the Russian Federation. URL: www.cbr.ru/eng Kolari, J, Glennon, D, Shin, H., Caputo, M. (2000). Predicting large U.S.Commercial Failures. OCC Economics Working Paper.

Lukin, S.G. (2017). Evaluation of commercial bank's financial stability and ways to improve it // Young scientist. No. 37. pp. 60-6.

Dr. Dilyara F. Zakirova is an Associate Professor of Department of Banking, Kazan Federal University, RUSSIA. Dr.Zakirova obtained a PhD in Economics. Research interests are related to economics impacts on banking system.

Dr. Dmitry S. Panteleev is a faculty member of Russian State University of Justice (Kazan branch), RUSSIA.

Dr. Elvira F. Zakirova got a PhD in Law. Dr. Elvira F. Zakirova is an Associate Professor of the Department of Criminal Law, Kazan Federal University, RUSSIA.

*Corresponding author (Dilyara F. Zakirova). Tel: 7 (843) 291-13-66 E-mail: dilyara-zakirova@mail.ru Š2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies.

Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/307.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.27

315

:: International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

Call-for-Papers: ITJEMAST invites you to submit high quality papers for full peer-review and possible publication in areas pertaining to our scope including engineering, science, management and technology, especially interdisciplinary/crossdisciplinary/multidisciplinary subjects.

Next article continues on next page ď&#x192;¨

©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies.

International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

ANALYSIS OF TRANSFORMATIONAL PROCESSES OF MODERN RUSSIAN HIGHER EDUCATION SYSTEM Elena V. Susimenko a*, Sergey I. Samygin b, Dmitry V. Krotov b, Yulia V. Maslova a , Irina I. Pavlenko c , Olga O. Afanaseva d , Nina N. Kapanyan a a Institute

of Fundamental Engineering Education, Platov South-Russian State Polytechnic University (NPI), RUSSIAN FEDERATION. b Department of Human Resource Management and Sociology, Rostov State Economic University (RINH), RUSSIAN FEDERATION. c Department of ICT, Math and Information Security, Pyatigorsk State University, Pyatigorsk, RUSSIA d Faculty of Social work department, Russian State Social University (RSSU), RUSSIA ARTICLEINFO

A B S T RA C T

Article history: Received 14 June 2018 Received in revised form 19 October 2018 Accepted 30 October 2018 Available online 01 November 2018

This article presents an analysis of the transformational processes taking place in the system of modern Russian higher education. The main directions of transformational processes demonstrating the crisis of the modern higher education system include: weakening the role of the government as a structural and administrative basis of the education system; deideologization of the education system; the lack of linking mechanisms between education and the labor market; the problem of quality of education and effectiveness of the educational process; the problem of recession of the intellectual potential of youth; the problem of transformation of the value of education; lack of strategic development of the education system. Analysis of the changes taking place in the system of Russian higher education proves us that modern Russian society, while changing the economic course towards innovations, orientation towards increasing the efficiency of economy and its modernization, needs other, new approaches to the development of higher education system. A full-fledged and efficiently functioning market of educational services is important to be considered as a necessary condition for a high level of production and competitiveness in the world market. © 2018 INT TRANS J ENG MANAG SCI TECH.

Keywords: Higher Education Reform; quality of education; Learning modernization; Higher education investment; Market of educational service.

1. INTRODUCTION Transformational processes at all spheres of Russian society, which have been going on for more than two decades, are caused by instability of socio-economical, educational, sociocultural, socio-political and other systems, which leads to a serious systemic crisis in nearly all spheres of social life. Global trends affect the national system of higher education, dictating the dominant vector of transformation of the educational field: the *Corresponding author (E. Susimenko). E-mail: lesusima@yandex.ru ©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/317.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.28

317

commercialization of the education system, the enlargement of the volume of paid educational services, the "diversity of standards and training programs used in various Russian universities; The unequal level of knowledge received by students in universities of large and small cities; Saturation with information" (Gafiatulina et al., 2017: 28). In addition, the emergence of a global market for higher education, its informatization, as M.G. Kehyan notes, causes a drastic change in the direction and quality of the teaching and upbringing process, reduction of the intellectual potential of young people (Kehyan, 2013: 85).

These negative processes inevitably led to a sharp decline in the performance indicators of the Russian educational system and to the growth of various anomial processes and phenomena among youngsters (Samygin et al., 2016: 295). The indicated tendencies are manifested at all levels of higher education, areas of provision and activities of both the educational system itself (with a large fall in its performance indicators), and as the impact on society as a whole. They are defined as a systemic crisis directly related to the global whole world problems of the education system. Moreover, each specific system of education and each specific level of education, in the opinion of I.N. Alexsenko, "in addition to the generally significant manifestations and development trends of crisis nature phenomena, bears specific, unique for each educational system features that are systemic" (Alexsenko I.N., 2017: 79).

Transformational processes and systemic crisis of modern Russian higher education are written about by: Alexsenko (2017), Antipova (2014) Arapov (2004) Murashev (2012) Fomchenkova (2014) and others.

These authors examine the consequences of the transformational processes taking place today in the Russian educational system; describe the risks that can give rise to the effect of dysfunctions in higher education (Gafiatulina et al., 2018: 71).

2. CHARACTERISTICS OF RESEARCH METHOD The study of the system of modern Russian higher education in context of analysis of the transformational processes is based on methodological developments in the field of globalization problems, sociology of uncertainty and risk, sociology of education, and an institutional approach is applied. In addition, a set of scientific methods and approaches developed within the framework of the sociology of security are used in this article. Among the methods actively used in the article, methods of axiological, comparative, and sociocultural approaches should be considered. This made it possible to investigate the consequences of the transformational processes taking place in Russian education at present stage of society's development that "fit" into a certain cycle of changes in all of its structures characterized by uncertainty and instability.

In general, the research is based on the most important general methodological principles of scientific knowledge of social reality: systemification, objectivity, historicism and social determinism.

318

E.V. Susimenko, S.I.Samygin, D.V.Krotov, Y.V.Maslova, I.I.Pavlenko, O.O.Afanaseva, N.N. Kapanyan

3. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION In opinion of Russian sociologists (E.B. Gayazova, O.V. Gorbacheva, R.I. Zinurov, R.V. Kozenko, A.R. Tuzikov), main current trends in global development that determine significant transformations in education system, include: - acceleration of the society development pace and, as a consequence, the need to prepare Russian student youth for living in rapidly changing environment; - transition to a postindustrial, information society; - a significant increase in the scope of intercultural interaction, seeing this the factors of communicability and tolerance acquire special importance; The emergence and growth of global problems; - dynamic economic development, increased competition, a reduction in the scope of unskilled and low-skilled labor, profound structural changes in sphere of employment, which determine the constant need for professional development and retraining of workers, and the growth of their professional mobility.

So, let's look at the main directions of transformational processes, which demonstrate the crisis of the system of modern Russian higher education. The primary component of that crisis is associated with the government, which, being the structural and managerial foundation of all social spheres, incl. the system of education, at the present stage of development, significantly weakened its role, which led to imbalance in the structural and managerial sphere and uncoordinated, inharmonious activities in most spheres of public life, especially in education.

As a consequence of this process, there is a break in the chain of "higher professional education-status-income", and, consequently, younger generation of Russians has a reduced opportunity to realize their received education wishing to enter the "social elevator" to enhance their social status, social prestige and income (Hanefeld et al., 2017: 2359). A high level of education no longer guarantees the professional employment of young specialists in prestigious and adequately paid sectors of social life. In addition, the modern system of professional educational space lets there be good conditions for uncertainty of professional and social status of potential young professionals.

The modern system of higher education has a narrowly-pragmatic model, which is fundamentally incorrect, since the educational system must bring up, teach, educate, socialize and form higher universal values, on which, in fact, social and educational and upbringing work is built.

According to our study carried out among university students at the Southern Federal University and the Don State Technical University in Rostov-on-Don, (N = 312 people, age criterion - from 18 to 22 years, 2016), there is a trend towards the conversion of higher education into social norm. The overwhelming majority of respondents (96%) believe that modern young people need to have a higher education.

After analyzing the collected data, the following was discovered: *Corresponding author (E. Susimenko). E-mail: lesusima@yandex.ru Š2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/317.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.28

319

- The first place (87.9%) is about students, indicating an exclusively pragmatic function of acquired higher education; - The second place is indicated the necessity of the function of professionalism (45.2%); - The third place (29.8%) is about socio-cultural function (i.e. the desire not only to gain professional knowledge, skills and attainments, but also to expand one's own horizons).

Similar results of empirical research are seen in other researchers of this problem. So, according to sociological study of student youth conducted by Fomchenkova (2014), there is a trend towards conversion of higher education into a social norm.

However, 90.1% of respondents need a diploma of higher education only "to apply for a good job". At the same time, 22.3% plan to work in their specialty, and 46.5% of young people after they graduate are going to realize their labor potential in another specialty. In addition, the analysis of empirically obtained data showed that 86.7% of respondents point out the pragmatic utility of having a diploma, discarding the received knowledge in case they are supposed to work not in their specialty (Fomchenkova, 2014: 25). Thus, we can talk about the predominantly pragmatic attitude of modern youth towards education.

It should be noted that respondents are trying to get two or three at the same time, trying to combine full-time, part-time and distant ones, as well as budgetary and commercial (contractual) forms of education. This fact, in our opinion, may indicate a new stage of adaptation to a market economy. About 48.9% of respondents among students are not in a hurry to enter the labor market, because they want to get another higher education. This is due to the fact that this category of respondents believes that presence of several higher educations will help them in future employment for prestigious work.

At the same time, we found paradoxical and contradictory of thinking among young people: despite the fact that the majority of respondents want to get higher education for sake of having a diploma, 74.9% of these respondents answered: when employing, first of all, each employer appreciates some work experience in the specialty. Therefore the contradiction in the answers was revealed: at the beginning of the sociological survey almost all the students answered that, in their opinion, at present people are striving for getting higher education in order to have a diploma for successful employment for a decent work.

This fact is explained by the fact that students receive higher education mostly because of the social norms accepted in society rather than for successful employment. Unfortunately, higher education does not appear as a rational social technology, which requires not only a practical understanding of large amount of information, but also efforts to learn a full range of professional specialization, but as a kind of ritual in a market economy.

Empirical research allows us to judge that a much larger proportion of student youth demonstrates the mechanisms of market thinking. However, about 32.1% of the respondents chose the answers to the questionnaire "prestigious position of the future specialty" and "ease of admission" in the questionnaire. Such answers point to non-market forms of behavior, dooming themselves to the lack of demand for a modern labor market. This fact confirms that a significant part of the respondents are dominated by the value of diploma as

320

E.V. Susimenko, S.I.Samygin, D.V.Krotov, Y.V.Maslova, I.I.Pavlenko, O.O.Afanaseva, N.N. Kapanyan

such over the value of education itself, which means that the attitude towards the education received is correspondingly developing as something common. According to empirical data, only about 35.8% of respondents believe that higher education should provide general knowledge and skills, provide a broad outlook, in order to be able to independently study and learn new areas of theoretical and practical knowledge.

It should be noted that the evolution of market standards of behavior of the current Russian youth in sphere of educational activity is revealed in: - Reduction of state and private investment in higher education; Market standards of behavior in a non-market economy; - Non-market forms of behavior in the labor market; - Social paradox of the conflict of youth educational status (career strategies) and professional roles.

Consequently, there is a paradoxical situation: on one hand, young people seek to acquire a profession, become a certified specialist, and on the other hand, the problem of professional and social self-determination arises (Vereshchagina et al., 2015: 226).

The next component of the crisis in Russian educational system is related to the process of de-ideologization â&#x20AC;&#x201C; the loss of deep value content in education system, which entailed: First, the weakening of socializing and educational functions of the educational process; Second, there is nothing unreasonable revision of the content of curricula and taught disciplines at all educational levels; Third, a significant change in humanitarian component of educational process.

In the end, all these factors generally negatively influence the formation of a common culture of youth, professional, social and spiritual self-determination of young people, lead to a rethinking of the value and importance of education, the transformation of cognitive abilities, and civic positions (Vereshchagina et al., 2017: 138).

Thus, according to empirically obtained data, the dominant value of personal, material well-being, doing one's favorite thing is revealed in student's environment, provided that it is adequately paid (the first ranking place). Meanwhile, the values of a different, social order, civil-patriotic, connected with spiritual and moral development, related to the strengthening the security system of the individual, society and state (that characterized youth until the early 1990-s), are not perceived as prevailing objectives of youth activities and conflict with the interests of security of Russian society (Natalya et al., 2018: 34).

The third component of the crisis in Russian higher education system, which tells us about transformational processes in this sphere, is directly related to the first and second ones, since it concerns the formation of innovative market and commercialized relations that have led to unjustified growth of those wishing to obtain higher education guided by pragmatic goals. Thus, when studying the social dynamics of the realization of the demand for education, it is observed that after their relative reduction, which is connected to the reforms in education, two tendencies are noted today: a constant increase of the demand for *Corresponding author (E. Susimenko). E-mail: lesusima@yandex.ru Š2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/317.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.28

321

educational services and a significant increase of the number of student youth. In particular, according to the statistics data of M.V. Arapova, for the period of 1993-2010. The number of student youth has increased more than 2.5 times. And the particularity of this social phenomenon, which is a consequence of transformational processes in education system, in opinion of the aforementioned Russian researcher, is that so-called "massification" of higher education is formed not because of the economic growth or growth of the young population.

It is determined by a very contradictory socio-economic situation and a protracted demographic decline, because socio-economic and demographic processes transform the very structure and essence of the functioning of the system of higher education (Arapov, 2004: 30).

It is also important to note that the transformational processes taking place in the system of modern Russian higher education are also revealed in deepening the gap between the constitutional guarantees in this sphere, the real financing of educational institutions and the level of the quality of education.

Proceeding from the third component of the crisis, which indicates the serious transformational processes of the system of Russian higher education, the fourth result is the violation and further disruption of education connections with Russian production (employer) and the economy due to the transformation of socioeconomic principles, the decline in production in many sectors (Shakhbanova et al., 2016: 3891).

So, the modern employer, on the one hand, is trying to solve the problem of providing himself with qualified personnel through promotion and professional retraining of his employees; On the other hand, when employing new employees, the employer gives the main advantage to those people who, along with the diploma of higher professional education, also have certain work experience (this fact is indicated by about 80.1% of student youth) (ESM, 2018). Proceeding from such contradictory behavior, it can be concluded that a negative tendency of employers mistrust growth towards the traditional mass education system has been developed. This trend is confirmed by empirical data: 30.1% of respondents are confident about their ability to find work and about 59.7% expressed doubts about their successful employment; Moreover, most of the young people surveyed believe that the education system does not give them an opportunity to receive high incomes, since employers need already experienced specialists.

The discrepancy and inconsistency of the system of Russian higher education and the labor market that is characteristic today forms a special mechanism that fills the gap between labor market and the vocational education market. As stressed in A.V. Murashev's article devoted to the sociological interpretation of the transformation of the education system, "this is also an education, but of a special kind. It is not received in the same way as in "ordinary" educational institutions. This education takes effect long before the full-fledged professional activity of the graduate begins. This parallel education involves obtaining a new specialty or certain skills, knowledge and attainments. According to the explanations of A.V. Murashev, it is closely connected with an inadequacy of the education received by student youth, "making it difficult for a newly-born specialist to move from a student's bench to a

322

E.V. Susimenko, S.I.Samygin, D.V.Krotov, Y.V.Maslova, I.I.Pavlenko, O.O.Afanaseva, N.N. Kapanyan

working chair" (Murashev, 2012: 89). And this is understandable, since the analysis of everyday social practices shows that graduates of modern universities, in the vast majority, usually do not possess the necessary applicable knowledge, skills and attainments that will be in demand at professional activities and, in addition, they are not ready to position themselves on Labor market (Litvinova et al., 2018: 53).

The main reason for this of course is, first, the reduction of the intellectual potential of youth; Secondly, the lack of necessitive communication skills received in business and interpersonal communication during the learning process (which is associated with a significant reduction in the component of humanities in educational process); Thirdly, an inadequate view of one's own market value as a professional and the realities of the production space to which a young specialist falls into.

Thus, proceeding from the foregoing, the fifth component of the crisis, indicating about the transformational processes of the Russian higher education system, is the empirically noted decrease of the intellectualization rate of Russian youth, which led to the devaluation of intellectual labor, which can also be explained (Taranov P.V., Basenko A.M., Roshchina L.N., Kulikova I.V., Israilova E.A., Samygin S.I., 2018: 354). In the system of Russian education, global changes are taking place: on the basis of the state educational standard, a transition to a multi-level system of vocational education is being realized, the functioning of higher education is being reformed through an organizational and economic mechanism, property relations are changing, and competition inside of the educational services market is intensifying (Shakbanova et al., 2018: 117).

In such conditions of total devaluation of higher education in the first years of market reforms, a decrease in cognitive needs among young people and a deformation of educational and motivational needs towards their pragmatization were recorded. At the present stage of functioning of the education system, according to Fomchenkova (2014), the corresponding index does not exceed 15%.

The sixth direction of transformational processes in the system of Russian higher education is connected with the lack of vision of strategic ways of its development. This is manifested in the following: a young man, increasing his educational status, tries to implement his own needs and personal interests in the educational process (Vaskov et al., 2018: 138), however, the ongoing reform of the education system while the absence of immediate prospects for at least one young generation cannot support the realization of these needs, since the goals of strategic development of this sphere are not taken into account.

Thus, after examining the main transformation processes observed in the system of higher education and highlighting the components of the crisis of this system, let us summarize some of the results of this survey study.

The sociological analysis of changes taking place today in the system of Russian higher education shows us that this sphere is going through profound transformation processes and therefore needs new approaches to the development of the education system, since the latter is of paramount importance in providing the human resources for all spheres of the social *Corresponding author (E. Susimenko). E-mail: lesusima@yandex.ru Š2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/317.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.28

323

division system of labor and in forming highly professional, intellectual and creative resources for normal functioning and further progressive development of society.

The most actual problems of modern Russian higher education, which arose as a result of the impact of transformational processes, include: 1) the problem of weakening the role of the state as a structural and administrative basis of the system of higher education; 2) deideologization of higher education system; 3) the problem of lack of a clear link between the modern higher education system and the labor market; 4) the problem of the quality of education (the market of educational services) and the effectiveness of the educational process; 5) the problem of reducing the intellectual potential of students; 6) the problem of the transformation of the value of higher education as such; 7) lack of vision of the strategic development of higher education system.

4. CONCLUSION As long as the modern system of higher education is in a state of crisis, escaping which depends on an accurate understanding of its causes. In our opinion, this spiritual and cultural impoverishment of the society, both in the former Soviet command and administrative system, and at "restructuring" and "post- restructuring" periods, is conditioned by the higher education system being financed by the residual principle, and also by the reduction of prestige and quality of acquired knowledge.

In this regard, the transformational processes taking place in the modern system of higher education must take into account the fact that education is the primary branch of the national economy and the priority objective of Russian policy in the context of transition to the formation of a social state, a market economy (Vereshchagina et al., 2017: 139).

Transformation processes occurring in Russian society create a fundamentally new situation in the sector of higher professional education, which inevitably leads to changes in the relations of educational institutions with Russian and foreign regions and with each other, in the content and organization of the educational process. We believe that the main factor in the renewal process of the system of higher professional education should be development needs of the labor market, science and technology at the federal (state) and regional (local) levels and as a consequence of the social and economic sphere as a whole.

Also Russian sociologists fear that the freedom that is given today to organizations and enterprises in the formation of human resources can contribute to the appearance of another problem. In particular, there may be difficulties in satisfying the nation-wide need for specialists, as already today, utilitarian requirements for the training of future specialists, pledged in the educational standards, are clearly traced. The formation of a new IT-society via the industrial production requires a change in the system of higher education and further

324

E.V. Susimenko, S.I.Samygin, D.V.Krotov, Y.V.Maslova, I.I.Pavlenko, O.O.Afanaseva, N.N. Kapanyan

monitoring of the proportions of changing production via social institutions that ensure the satisfaction of the needs of society. Due to the fact that the organic connection between the economy, production and the education system is violated, there is a situation of risk, uncertainty and a danger of uncontrolled "supply" of qualified personnel without taking into account the labor market needs.

In order to overcome all the components of the crisis described above, which testify to the transformational processes of the system of Russian higher education, it is necessary to solve the following socially significant tasks: - First, to strengthen the role of the state as a structural and administrative basis of the system of Russian higher education; - Second, in every way contribute to overcoming deideologization by means of a meaningful filling of the system of higher education; - Third, to develop mechanisms that enhances the links of higher education with Russian production (employers); - Fourth, to search for ways of coordinated and harmonized interaction between the system of professional higher education and the labor market; - Fifth, to develop educational standards (with the predominance of the humanitarian component in the educational process) aimed at a comprehensive increase of the intellectualization coefficient of modern Russian youth; - Sixthly, at the state level, develop strategic ways to develop the system of higher professional education.

In a turn, the solution of these tasks will contribute to realization of three main goals of the system of higher education: 1 - meeting the needs of the individual, social group and society as a whole in educational (professional) services; 2 - training of highly specialized young specialists who are able to realize the needs of the main structures of life of the Russian society; 3 - to ensure comprehensive education, socialization, adaptation, professional, social and spiritual self-determination of Russian youth, taking into account its interests, as well as society's needs for safe functioning and progressive development.

The sustainable development of society largely depends on how complete the conditions for effective, socially progressive perspectives of the education system are created, which will ensure the security of the individual, society and the state. It is obvious that the economic, military and national security of Russia as a whole does not appear to be possible without highly qualified personnel, specialists of a broad profile; Technological and information security is unreal without the same personnel and scientific developments; Social security is impossible without a socially adaptive, flexible, highly qualified youth *Corresponding author (E. Susimenko). E-mail: lesusima@yandex.ru Š2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/317.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.28

325

(Kasyanov et al., 2017: 6).

If in the past the role of the system of higher education was reduced mainly to ensuring the reproduction of socio-professional and socio-cultural potential, today's system of higher education realizes the functions of many social institutions, for example, political in goalsetting, economic in ensuring resource development, the institution of media in communication, and legal institutions in integration. In its turn, the traditional functions of higher education are wrongly delegated by other social institutions, for example, the economic institution as a subject of economic activity (enterprises), a political institution (through socio-political associations), and social services.

The problem of effective implementation of the functions and realization of the main mission of the higher education system is to synchronize its elements with the functions performed. Its resolution requires the formation of an adequate structure, based on state educational standards.

However, in our opinion, such are not a unifying, integrating element, but only unify the system. We believe that this role is played far more by the system of sociocultural values.

The system of sociocultural values is the fundamental basis of the institution of higher education, since it is these values that set the parameters for the development of the education system, being consistently realized in the process of the activity of all educational subsystems.

A full-fledged and effectively developing market of educational services should be considered as an urgently needed and priority condition for a high level of production and competitiveness in the world market. The system of Russian higher education should develop at a faster rate than other social spheres, since it is the sphere of education that is directly involved into the process of personal and professional socialization, which is the basis of the social mechanism of professional self-determination of young people, behind which the future of Russian society stands.

5. REFERENCES Alexsenko I.N. Trends in the paradigmatic transformation of education as a condition for satisfying the social need for a subject person // Humanitarian of the South of Russia. 2017. №1. Pp. 7481.

Antipova E.A. Social aspects of the transformation of the education system / / Interexpo Geo-Siberia.

2014. №2. T. 6. Pp. 12-17.

Arapov M.V. The Boom of Higher Education: the Scale of Cause and Effect // Social Sciences and Modernity. 2004. № 6. Pp. 28-31.

ESM. 2018. Fact. Economy Sociology Management.

http://ecsocman.hse.ru.

Fomchenkova G.A. Transformational processes in the system of modern Russian education // Bulletin of the Higher School Alma mater. 2014. №5. Pp. 23-27.

326

E.V. Susimenko, S.I.Samygin, D.V.Krotov, Y.V.Maslova, I.I.Pavlenko, O.O.Afanaseva, N.N. Kapanyan

Hanefeld J., Vearey J., Lunt N. A global research agenda on migration, mobility, and health // The Lancet. Vol. 389, Issue 10087, 17-23 June 2017. Pp. 2358-2359.

Gafiatulina N.Kh., Imgrunt S.I., Samygin S.I. Social security and social health of Russian society: monograph. Saarbucken: Lap Lambert Academic Publishing RU. 2017. 124 p.

Gafiatulina N.Kh., Tarasenko L.V., Samygin S.I., Eliseeva S.Yu. Social health and perception of risks by students living in southern Russian regions (based on sociological questioning data obtained in Rostov-on-Don) (2017) // Health risk analysis. 2017. № 4. P. 66-75.

Kasyanov V.V., Krotov D.V., Samygin S.I. The specificity of political socialization of the Russian youth in the conditions of social uncertainty // Humanitarian, socio-economic and social sciences. 2017. №1. Pp. 3-10.

Kehyan M.G. The main tendencies of globalization of the sphere of education // The creative economy. 2013. №1 (73). Pp. 84-88. http://bgscience.ru/lib/4880/.

Litvinova Ev., Gryshai Vn., Yefimov Da., Samygin S.I. Society of consumption: risk management for health of the population in the field of ensuring the quality and safety of foodstuffs (2018).

Modern Journal of Language Teaching Methods. 2018. Т. 8. № 6. С. 50-60.

Murashev A.V. Transformation of the education system: realities and prospects // Economics of education. 2012. № 4. Pp. 87-90.

Gafiatulina Nk., Vorobyev Ga., Imgrunt Si., Samygin Si., Latysheva At., Ermakova Li., Kobysheva Li. (2018). Social Health of Student Youth in South Russia: Analysis Of The Perception Of Socio-Cultural Risks. Modern Journal of Language Teaching Methods. Vol. 8, Issue 6, June 2018. P. 32-41.

Samygin P.S., Popov M.Yu., Samygin S.I. Legal socialization of youth in the conditions of the crisis state of the modern Russian society (2016). Bulletin of Peoples' Friendship University of Russia. Series: Sociology. 2016. V.16. № 2. P. 295-303.

Shakhbanova M.M., Gafiatulina N.Kh., Vereshchagina A.V., Samygin S.I., Imgrunt S.I. Social and economic consequences of regional ethnic migration for national security and social health of the Russian youth // Social Science (Pakistan). 2016. T.11. № 16. С. 3886-3893.

Shakbanova M.M., Gafiatulina N.Kh., Samygin S.I., Chapurko T.M., Levaya N.A.. Bineeva N.K. (2018) Youth of the South of Russia: Specifics of manifestation of ethnic identity (on the example of the Dagestan republic). Purusharta. 2018. Vol. 10. №2. Pp. 111-119.

Taranov P.V., Basenko A.M., Roshchina L.N., Kulikova I.V., Israilova E.A., Samygin S.I. Сrisis of the education system in Russia under the world economic crisis (2018). Modern Journal of Language Teaching Methods. 2018. Т. 8. № 7. С. 349-358.

Tarasenko L.V., Nor-Arevyan O.A., Kirik V.A. and others. Modeling the professional socialization of student youth in conditions of social uncertainty. Rostov n / D., 2016. P. 164.

Vaskov M., Rezvanov A., Kasyanov V., Samygin S., Gafiatulina N., Zagutin D., Scherbakova L. VALUE ORIENTATIONS OF RUSSIAN YOUTH IN THE SYSTEM OF MANAGING THE MORAL SECURITY OF SOCIETY // Вісник Національної академії керівних кадрів культури і мистецтв. 2018. № 2. С. 134-140. *Corresponding author (E. Susimenko). E-mail: lesusima@yandex.ru ©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/317.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.28

327

Vereshchagina, A., Gafiatulina, N., Kumykov, А., Stepanov, О. & Samygin, S.I. Gender Analysis of Social Health of Students. Review of European Studies, 2015, Vol. 7, №7, Pp. 223-230.

Retrieved from http://www.ccsenet.org/journal/index.php/res/article/view/48999.

Vereshchagina A.V., Samygin S.I., Gafiatulina N.Kh., Rudenko A.M., Pechkurov I.V. Sociology of Security: A Textbook. Moscow: INFRA-M, 2017. 264 p.

Professor Dr. Elena V. Susimenko graduated a bachelor degree with honors from the Faculty of English and German, Pyatigorsk State Linguistic University. She earned her master and PhD from South-Russian State Polytechnic University (NPI). Her research focuses on problems of higher education: modern pedagogical technologies, information and communication technologies.

Professor Dr. Sergey I. Samygin Professor of Judicial Examination and Criminalistics, Rostov State Economic University (RINH), Russia.

Professor Dr. Dmitry V. Krotov is Professor of Economic Theory, Rostov State Economic University (RINH).

Yulia V. Maslova is an Assistant Professor of Institute of Fundamental Engineering Education, Platov South-Russian State Polytechnic University (NPI), RUSSIAN FEDERATION. She is interested in skill developments.

Irina I. Pavlenko is Chair of ICT, Math And Information Security, Pyatigorsk State University at Pyatigorsk, Russia.

Olga O. Afanaseva is a PhD candidate of Pedagogical Sciences, Faculty of Social work department, Russian State Social University (RSSU), Russia. She is interested in integration of education and labor market.

Nina N. Kapanyan is Senior Lecturer, Institute of Fundamental Engineering Education, Platov SouthRussian State Polytechnic University (NPI), Russia. She is interested in resilient mechanisms of social organizations.

328

E.V. Susimenko, S.I.Samygin, D.V.Krotov, Y.V.Maslova, I.I.Pavlenko, O.O.Afanaseva, N.N. Kapanyan

©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies.

International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

IDENTIFICATION EFFECTIVE COMPONENTS ON ORGANIZATIONAL ENTREPRENEURSHIP PATTERN IN RURAL COOPERATIVES OF IRAN Gholam Reza Nakhaei a , Abdolreza Sobhani b*, Mahmoud Reza Mostaghimi c, Seyyed Mohammad Reza Hosseini d a Department

of Entrepreneurship, Aliabad Katoul Branch, Islamic Azad University, Aliabad Katoul, IRAN b Department of Cultural Management, College of Management, South Tehran Branch, Islamic Azad University, Tehran, IRAN c Department of Management, Aliabad Katoul Branch, Islamic Azad University, Aliabad Katoul, IRAN d Department of Economics, Aliabad Katoul Branch, Islamic Azad University, Aliabad Katoul, IRAN ARTICLEINFO

A B S T RA C T

Article history: Received 02 July 2018 Received in revised form 29 October 2018 Accepted 30 October 2018 Available online 01 November 2018

Today’s complex, dynamic and uncertain environments, rural Cooperative Enterprises, as NGOs, the proper structure are the implementation of the entrepreneurship pattern in countries, that leads to the creation of positive social interactions, cultural, economic and legal gets out in rural communities. The purpose of this research is to the identification of effective components on organizational entrepreneurship pattern in rural cooperatives of Iran. Research methodology is a documentary research and theoretical analytical approach. Findings the research shows that the components affecting entrepreneurship model are popularity, economic development, cooperative functions, individual characteristics, field of activity and social ideal. It can be concluded that by identifying effective indicators and expanding the culture of entrepreneurship, along with identification of resources, opportunities and threats, we can create new ways to entrepreneurship development in rural cooperatives. Therefore, the concept of Rural Cooperative Entrepreneurship is paying with a new look, comprehensive, and endogenous to discovery and create opportunities in rural cooperatives that with utilization the appropriate opportunities creates economic, social and cultural development of villages. © 2018 INT TRANS J ENG MANAG SCI TECH.

Keywords: Entrepreneurship Model; Entrepreneurship of Rural Cooperative; Cooperation function; Theoretical analysis..

1. INTRODUCTION Historical evidence suggests that humans innately tend to cooperate with each other to meet their basic needs. Cooperative in the concept of cooperation is part of the culture of the Iranian nation *Corresponding author (A. Sobhani). E-mail: abdsobhani@gmail.com, ©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/329.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.29

329

that has been fertilized in the light of Islamic teachings, and has become one of the manifestations of mankind's personality (Kohi, 2006; Athari and Beigi, 2010). Co-operative activities in rural communities of Iran have a long history and from the distant past villagers and Nomads, they have shown their willingness to cooperate and participate in most of the economic and social activities, and in some cases, they have been irreplaceable patterns (Athari and Beigi, 2010).

Cooperatives in rural areas have played a significant role in promoting and creating jobs (Folsom, 2003). If they Exit from traditional mode and refurbish, investing appropriately be done in order to develop rural cooperatives, and the incentives be provided for the investment of members (Chambo, 2009) rural Cooperatives can do an effective role in redefining the benefits of agricultural sector, reducing the dynamic and productive risk, development of people's participation, reducing the risk of investing in villages and reducing government spending on production,they do (Khosravi Pour et al, 2011). Therefore, the development of entrepreneurship in cooperative companies is a way to modernize and dynamize them. Entrepreneurship development in cooperatives and transforming them into entrepreneurial cooperatives, it can help to rebuild existing cooperatives. Also, a tool for business development and improvement, revenue and profitability, is a pioneer in the creation and development of new products, services and processes, And ultimately their role increase in macroeconomic programs. Therefore, attempts to underpin entrepreneurship development in cooperatives are one of the priorities of development plans of the cooperative sector (Aazami et al, 2014).

Moving from individual entrepreneurship to collective entrepreneurship is reflects a historical trend, response to capital constraints, individual activation capacity as well as rational effort to mobilize and sharing resources to achieve synergy in the process of entrepreneurship. Usually, the exploitation and enjoyment of individuals from more resources (resulting from the pooling and aggregation of individual resources) is facilitates entrepreneurship by individuals.Or at least their perception of existing opportunities (Identifying opportunities by different people and thus understanding more opportunities or better understanding of existing opportunities) improves how the opportunities are exploited (Zadeh et al, 2008; Aazami et al, 2014). Undoubtedly an attempt to transform into cooperative companies, Turning them in entrepreneurial co-operatives and adopting strategies for entrepreneurship development in cooperative companies is the beginning of innovation, dynamism, renovation, growth and productivity in these companies in the current economic and social conditions, Paying attention to this issue in the development plans of the cooperative sector has a special place (Aazami et al, 2014).

Based on what was said and in order to analyze, identify strategies, appropriate strategies and useful, In order to take a conscious step forward in the development of entrepreneurship in rural cooperative companies, this research aims are identify entrepreneurship model components in rural cooperatives, and expressing sustainable entrepreneurship development strategies in rural cooperatives as an organizational entrepreneurship structure. Therefore, in this research, we seek to answer the following question: What components can promote the entrepreneurial pattern of rural cooperatives?

330

G.R. Nakhaei, A. Sobhani, M.R. Mostaghimi, and S.M.R. Hosseini

2. CONCEPT OF COOPERATION Cooperative is the term, support, and interconnected. In other words, cooperation is voluntary teamwork and systematic. The mechanisms used in cooperatives are tailored to the social goals of the cooperative (Khorasani, 2013). Today, the term cooperative is used as a scientific terminology in knowledge such as biology, ecology, and in particular the social sciences such as sociology, anthropology, psychology, social psychology, and economics. Apart from the lexical meaning and the definition of the term cooperative, cooperatives are examples of mutual actions and continuous which is done in the direction of unification. In the event that competition and conflict are actions that are cross-cutting and discrete (Agburn and Nimkeff, 1969).

Cooperative being one is one or two persons, to achieve a certain goal. This accepted definition can be found in other earlier sources. Cooperation is a collaborative effort to achieve common goals.

(Roskach and Warren, 1992). Cooperative is the endeavor of two or more people, in order to achieve a specific goal or Specific goals, with intentions and the purpose of the unit, or different (Farhadi, 1994).

Prakash, from the experts of the cooperative Asia, has defined the cooperative as follows: Cooperative are organizations that fall into the category of voluntary or non-governmental organizations. Cooperatives are popular organizations which are managed by the members themselves and their full authority, in an appropriate and democratic manner and in accordance with the principles of international co-operation (Prakash, 1999).

Cooperative in its specific sense refers to a specific type of working with each other that through the formation of an official organization and the implementation of specific management practices, makes it possible access to common goals. in the other words; Cooperative means the cooperation of some natural or legal persons with each other, in order to meet the common needs of members. Or achieving a specific goal in a cooperative company and accepting the principles and regulations that actually implies this: One for everyone and everyone for one (Akhtar Mohaghghi, 2006).

3. GOALS OF RURAL COOPERATIVES The most important and most comprehensive goals of rural cooperatives, goals are mentioned in the law of the cooperative sector of the Islamic Republic of Iran and include: 1. Creating and providing employment opportunities for everyone in order to achieve 2- Placement of tools for those who can work, but do not have toolsfull employment 3. Preventing the concentration and control of wealth in the hands of individuals and special groups for the realization of social justice.

4. Prevention from the Government employer becoming absolute 5. Putting management, capital and benefits to the workforce and encouraging direct exploitation of their work 6. Prevention of monopoly, hoarding, inflation and losses to others 7. Development, consolidation of partnership and public co-operation among the people 8. Putting management, capital and profits to the workforce, and encouraging the exploitation of *Corresponding author (A. Sobhani). E-mail: abdsobhani@gmail.com, Š2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/329.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.29

331

the work (Soufi, 2005).

4. OUTCOMES AND THE POSITIVE EFFECTS OF RURAL COOPERATIVES A cooperative is a distributor of rational and correct methods which itself, as a non-governmental mechanism, prevents some offenses and disrupts the law and facilitates the application of law.

Cooperative prevents from hoarding and expensive and low-selling, and has a direct impact on pricing policy and the best way is to determine the price is fair. The co-operative increases the sense of initiative and innovation to members (especially in production cooperatives). Because members of such cooperatives know that are directly related to cooperative interests and any innovation that increases profits. The other group will not be except cooperative members.

Cooperative strengthens sense of responsibility in members and the whole community. Because all employees and cooperative members are partners in the management and fate of the cooperative.

Cooperatives in various economic sectors, especially in the production sector, make possible to invest in savings and small investments. And the job is created for the saver.

Cooperatives can be used as a means to modernize and increase the efficiency of handicraft, noneconomic, and even rural deserted industries. And while preserving these industries by employing the above techniques and better plans, Increased their incoms, until be a source of income for the villagers (Amini, 1993).

5. THE GOVERNMENT'S APPROACH TO ENTREPRENEURSHIP IN RURAL COOPERATIVE ENTERPRISES Entrepreneurship is a process that has been a symbol of effort and success in organizations and the pioneers of this process are successful entrepreneurs in the community which has the ability to take advantage of opportunities and their capacity for success and the creation of competitive advantage, there are criteria that entrepreneurship and entrepreneurs can be evaluated (Nakhaei and Sobhani, 2015). So the suitability of cooperative companies as a suitable platform for entrepreneurship, According the identity of the cooperative reviewed its role in the flourishing of entrepreneurial characteristics (Soleimani Souchelemaei, 2005). A look at the profile of entrepreneurship environments shows that such environments should have a number of special features. Thus, economically, the conditions must be such that people with a few obstacles deal to establish and start a business and financially, start-ups are being available to investors, cheap and long-term loans (Chell and Burrows, 1991). At present, the government's serious efforts to create employment and eliminate unemployment and move towards axial justice, to the cooperative sector from enough credits and facilitiese have to provide capital and create employment, a good atmosphere has been created in the country to the cooperation field From an appropriate environment enriched for entrepreneurship and as an appropriate platform act for the development and development of entrepreneurship in the country (Soleimani Souchelemaei, 2005).

6. RESEARCH METHOD The research method is a documentary research with a theoretical analytical approach that It has been done using analysis of documents, reports and research related to entrepreneurship and rural

332

G.R. Nakhaei, A. Sobhani, M.R. Mostaghimi, and S.M.R. Hosseini

cooperatives. Therefore data and information from different researches are collected, explained and analyzed. The basic principle of this research is the use of relevant documents, reports, and research, and combine various research results and extract new results.

7. RESEARCH FINDINGS By reviewing and analyzing research, documents and reports in the search for information resources and library studies, the identified components of entrepreneurship in cooperative companies are as follows:

7.1 COOPERATION FUNCTION The term Cooperation is used against the term competition and today social scientists have applied this word with different functions, And thay went until the somewhere taht the category of cooperative movement and even cooperativeism has found a special place in Economic-Social theories. The component of co-operative change is a reflection of the fundamental changes and identifying or creating opportunities in rural cooperatives and the entrepreneurial process.

Cooperative Function is conformity With the research of Yaghoobi Farani and others and Rezaei.

That they know the function of cooperatives, Guidance -Supportive, Educational - advisory, Motivational Capacity Building - Institutional and interaction (Yaghoubi Farani et al, 2014; Rezaei, 2014) expresses, The establishment and activation of cooperatives and the development of entrepreneurial activities in them is a good solution to the development of entrepreneurial activities and the realization of social justice. Cooperatives are a lever appropriate for economic development that they can be in line with government policies be effective at enhancing entrepreneurship, increasing production, raising the level of income and improving the social status of the people. It can be stated that there is a direct relationship between entrepreneurship and the functioning of cooperatives, especially in rural areas. And cooperatives provide a good platform for entrepreneurship development due to Characteristics such as free and optional membership, democratic control, profits, surplus capital, income, and education and cooperation among members (Rezaei, 2014).

7.2 NONGOVERNMENTAL ORGANIZATION The International Union of Cooperation has defined a cooperative as follows: Cooperative is an independent community of people that in order to supply needs and goals economic, social, and cultural commonality has mutually agreed upon through institutional management and collective supervision of an institution with collective ownership. So cooperatives are a popular institution that, while possessing the characteristics of an economic and commercial unit, also have school values and social too.

According to that rely on member resources and existing capabilities and rely on resource and existing capabilities, they can by applying creative ideas and innovation and using optimal resources, are represent the collective efforts of a group of cooperative members to achieve common goals, progress, sustainable development and entrepreneurship.

Nongovernmental Organization of cooperation is conformity with the research of kord and others. Social entrepreneurs can by creating community groups in the form of peoples organizations *Corresponding author (A. Sobhani). E-mail: abdsobhani@gmail.com, Š2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/329.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.29

333

and rural cooperatives, shaping local organizations, encouraging them to carry out business activities, provide entrepreneurship background in society, And have a proper relationship with the rural economy (Kurd et al, 2016).

7.3 ECONOMIC TRANSFORMATION In order to create a real cooperative economy, it must first be examined from the ideological point of view and value bases. That it requires a general and comprehensive transformation in the country's economic and social system. Development, advancement and strengthening of rural cooperatives, if it is based on values, principles and rules and regulations, and modeling entrepreneurship be based on values, It leads to the sustainable development of rural cooperative enterprises.

Economic transformation index is conformity with the researches of Bozorg Parvar and Khosravi Pour and Aghajani and others. In our age, cooperation is a leverage appropriate for economic development, that can be effective in line with government policies to improve working, living, production, income and social conditions, It is precisely on this basis that international organizations see the most reliable and appropriate method of poverty eradication and development of various societies in developing and promoting a cooperative movement (Aghajani et al, 2016). Cooperatives are one of the important tools of the population and the balance between rural and urban development.

Considering that in cooperative activities, the sectors of one of the factors affecting the economic growth of the country are the strengthening of related institutions, including cooperatives.

The formation of cooperatives are promotes the level of living, health, per capita income, the optimal use of rural resources, the prevention of uncontrolled migration and the economic efficiency of industry, services and agriculture (Bozorg Parvar and Khosravi Pour, 2016).

7.4 DOMAIN OF ACTIVITY domain of activity of rural cooperatives are specified and is limited and the actions that cooperatives do in the agricultural sector is limited to activities in small and medium-sized production units which requires the development and expansion of cooperative activities. Therefore, entrepreneurs need to think about expanding activities and changes in cooperatives, creating larger production units, and using new methods and methods to innovate the proper use of material and spiritual resources in cooperatives. So, if we claim that cooperatives are one of the important economic sectors that have been effective in improving the agricultural sector, we are not indulgence, Because cooperations are the only effective way to raise the quantity, quality and reduce the losses of agricultural products and they are the only factor that encourages farmers to earn more. Therefore, relying on internal resources and mobilizing cooperative facilities and paying attention to risk in the entrepreneurial process will help develop and expand the scope of rural cooperatives.

The development of domain of activity of rural cooperatives are conformity with the research of Charkhtabian. According that in most parts of the world, especially in developing countries, the rural is considered as a poor and eroding area. The thinkers and policy makers of most countries have focused on rural development, utilizing indigenous knowledge and engaging local people to solve their own problems and problems. Therefore, rural cooperatives and rural entrepreneurship have a

334

G.R. Nakhaei, A. Sobhani, M.R. Mostaghimi, and S.M.R. Hosseini

special place in the process of rural development. Seasonal unemployment, low productivity of people and resources, lack of attractiveness for investment and the weakness of the business environment have been the problems in rural areas which can be eliminated through the process of entrepreneurship and the creation of a cooperative (Charkhtabayan, 2009).

7.5 CULTURE Cooperative culture requires major educational programs at the community level. If such an approach does not occur and the culture of cooperation is not formed, Utility may be dominant in cooperatives. In such a situation, personal profit overcomes social benefits and society is distracting from its main cause. The expansion of the culture of cooperation is a common ground for entrepreneurship and requires educational planning for the development of cooperatives, which leads to the development of sustainable entrepreneurship in rural cooperative companies.

The component of the institutionalization of culture is are conformity with the studies of Hekmat and Omani (2012), Rafsanjani and Tayyari (2015), Khalili and Ebadi (2016). The cooperative sector can play a key role in the development of creative entrepreneurship among the youth and in solving the problem of unemployment through training and dissemination of the culture and philosophy of cooperative (Khalili and Ebadi, 2016). Support for knowledge-based cooperative societies and their important role in developing and strengthening entrepreneurial culture, in today's society, causing many changes in the field of science and knowledge, discovering new economic findings and results, and promoting the progress of the business community. Cooperative Knowledge Based Enterprises are a good platform for creativity, innovation and entrepreneurship; Providing the necessary resources and enabling entrepreneurs to innovate cooperatively and collaborate with each other and the rest of the community will benefit from greater synergy and greater power for community development (Rafsanjani and Tariari, 2015; Hekmat and Omani, 2012) .

7.6 INDIVIDUAL CHARACTERISTICS Entrepreneurship gives to individuals self-awareness, self-confidence, patience and endurance. and from them the staff is responsible, So the social transformation that takes place under the influence of cooperative activities comes from here. Cooperative activities bring about transformation as a result of the establishment of specific relationships between the individual and the cooperative which, in comparison to other developments, is more consistent, more visible and more visible.

Therefore, the role of entrepreneurs in social transformation and the formation and development of rural cooperatives is evident.

Individual features are conformity with the researches of human and tannery and Sohrabi and Fazati Amali. The entrepreneurship has a key role in today's competitive and market-based economy, In other words, in a dynamic economy, ideas, products and services are constantly changing and in the meantime, it is an entrepreneur who brings a pattern for coping with the new conditions. Hence, in a broad range of all elements active in the economic scene (consumers, producers, investors) they should be entrepreneurship and to your share, they are entrepreneurs. The results of the research show that the influence of individual characteristics of the members on the level of innovation and entrepreneurship in cooperatives is more than other factors (Adami and Dabbagh, 2016) and *Corresponding author (A. Sobhani). E-mail: abdsobhani@gmail.com, Š2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/329.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.29

335

cooperatives are a good place for entrepreneurs to succeed (Sohrabi and Bostani Amlashi, 2013).

7.7 SOCIAL ASPIRATION In the social aspiration of cooperatives is imperative training of free forces and you know the value and his credibility, risky and with the virtues of self-help and cooperation and the realization of this requirement is dependent on observance and implementation of the principles that constitute the social element of the cooperative movement. The cooperative movement is essentially trying to realize democratic governance and peace and social justice. The social aspiration of the cooperatives, the principles governing them, play a role in public welfare, and an indication of the existence of entrepreneurship is in rural cooperatives. The components that contribute to social welfare increase can be summarized as follows: 1. Steps towards realizing social justice and the relative resolution of the conflict between growth and prosperity and social justice and the equitable distribution of wealth 2. Creating empathy, intimacy and cooperation among different classes of society, which is definitely a developmental indicator.

3 - Counteracting Immigration Through Creating Work in Villages and Different Sectors in Rural Cooperatives 4. Addressing the dilemma of unemployment and the resulting disadvantages by accepting at least seven people in rural cooperatives.

The component of the social ideal is conformity with research (Hekmat and Omani, 2012). In a modern society, the role of entrepreneurship is beyond the economic dimension. Entrepreneurship with its functional and positive implications has been considered by many developed and developing countries as a fundamental solution to overcome many domestic crises and persistence in global competition. Due to the importance and position, entrepreneurship is referred to as the engine of the transformation of society's economy and culture. Therefore, the development of entrepreneurial culture and supporting entrepreneurs to progress and create employment is essential. In the agricultural sector, which is referred to as the development axis, paying attention to this can be effective and useful. Therefore, the results obtained from this fact indicate that the existence of social, political, legal and compliance factors of cooperative principles leads to the development of agricultural production cooperatives and, consequently, entrepreneurship in rural cooperatives (Hekmat and Omani, 2012).

8. CONCLUSION In the current conditions of the Iranian economy, with the characteristics of unemployment, boycotts and economic inactivity, is very important to pay attention to the development of rural communities. Reinforcing and developing villages and changing production processes from traditional to industrial and creating an entrepreneurial spirit lead to employment in the agricultural sector, employment creation in the services and industry, as well as rising income and rising demand.

Therefore, the proper recognition of opportunities and the use of natural capital provides facilities that with the proper organization and management of resources in villages, We make the opportunity

336

G.R. Nakhaei, A. Sobhani, M.R. Mostaghimi, and S.M.R. Hosseini

from threats by utilizing creative and risky forces. In today's difficult and complex conditions, along with the rapid development of other sectors, globalization and transnational economies, together with the rapid development of other sectors, globalization and transnational economies, we discover or create new opportunities in rural societies and exploit them.

With the role of experts social consider for cooperatives, Rural Cooperative Enterprises have the ability, than from the collapse of social and cultural links are prevented.

Rural cooperative companies prevent from the collapse of social and cultural links and the deprivation of villages and distant areas from development, Without a doubt, rural cooperatives can be the source of huge economic and social changes. They bring villages from the stage of improving the social and economic structure to the developmental frontiers. Therefore, in rural communities, rural cooperatives are a good platform for entrepreneurship and entrepreneurship is one of the preconditions for the success of rural cooperatives. Identifying the components that play an essential role in the sustainable development of rural cooperatives will promote entrepreneurship and improve the quality of rural cooperatives' activities.

Therefore, the concept of rural entrepreneurship can be invented that with a new look, pervasive and endogenous has to discover and create prerogative opportunities for investment in rural cooperatives and using existing links and capital. Identifying indicators that affect the rural entrepreneurship model and promoting the development of this concept, causes the social and economic development of villages and the development of the country. Rural cooperative entrepreneurship has preconditions that include: 1.Identification of effective factors and productivity of rural cooperatives by improving the level of knowledge and ability of rural entrepreneurs with education and counseling.

2. Identify successful rural cooperatives, modeling and motivating them.

3. Review of rural entrepreneurship beliefs, values, attitudes and ideas, relying on global literature and successful international experiences.

4. Training of employees, elites and rural development enthusiasts, to take on the mission of promoting entrepreneurship in the field of rural cooperatives.

5. Identification of investment bases in villages with regard to opportunities, threats, strengths and weaknesses in rural areas with active participation of villagers through participatory methods and interaction with rural elites through the development of rural cooperatives.

9. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS This research is based on the PhD dissertation of Islamic Azad University, Ali Abad Katoul, Iran, in the field of entrepreneurship. The authors of the article thank the cooperation and assistance of all the staff of the rural cooperative companies and all the loved ones who helped us in this research.

10. REFERENCES Agburn, W., Meyer Nimkeff,(1969). The Field of Sociology, translation by Amir Hossein Arianpour, Volume 1, Tehran. (In Persian). *Corresponding author (A. Sobhani). E-mail: abdsobhani@gmail.com, Š2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/329.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.29

337

Aghajani, M. R., Mehrab, R., Mohammadi, A., and Eshghi Araghi, M.( 2016). Study of Network Model Cooperative Dimensions with Structural Approach and Fuzzy Topsis in Cooperative Employment Capacity, International Management Conference and Dynamic Economics, IranMelli, Malaysia-Niger Penang University USM, Center for Advanced Training in Iran (Metana), http://www.civilica.com/Paper-MDEHAMAYESH01MDEHAMAYESH01_070.html. (In Persian).

Adami, N., Dabbagh, R.( 2016).Investigating the Factors Affecting Corporate Innovation and Entrepreneurship with EFQM Performance Excellence Model in Urumia Co-operative Companies, The First International Conference on New Advances in Management, Accounting and Economics, Tehran, International Confederation of Inventors of the World In Iran, Minoo Applied Science University, http://www.civilica.com/Paper-AMCONF01AMCONF01_243.html. (In Persian).

Aazami, M., Yaghoubi Farahani, A., Mousavi E., Pirmoradi, A. H.,( 2014) Organizational Entrepreneurship Development in Cooperatives, Entrepreneurship Journal in Agriculture, Vol. 1, No. 1, Spring, pp. 1-18. (In Persian).

Athari, Z., Ali Beigi, A. H.( 2010). Analysis of farmers perception in Kermanshah city of Cooperatives, Iranian Journal of Agricultural Economics and Development Research, Vol. 2 41, No. 4, pp. 565-576. (In Persian).

Akhtar Mohagheghi, M.( 2006). Sociology of Cooperatives, First Edition, Tehran Publication of the author, Tehran. (In Persian).

Amini, A. A., (1993). Cooperative Way to the Healthy Society Publications, First Edition, Ministry of Cooperatives, Tehran. (In Persian).

Bozorg Parvar, E., Khosravi Pour.(2016). Role of Cooperative in Poverty Reduction, Second National Congress on the Development of Agricultural Sciences and Natural Resources, Gorgan, Department of Education and Research Pars Paragh Pars University of Technology, Farhangian University of Golestan Province, http: // www .civilica.com / Paper-ICDAN02ICDAN02_221.html. (In Persian).

Charkhtabeyan, T. ( 2009). The Role of Cooperatives in Entrepreneurship and Rural Development, Third Congress of Agricultural Science Promotion and Education, Mashhad, Iranian Association for the Promotion and Education of Agriculture, http://www.civilica.com/PaperTARVIJCONF03-TARVIJCONF03_113.html. (In Persian).

Chell,E. and Burrows, R.(1991). The small business owner- manager , in stanworth, J. and Gray,C.(eds) Botton 20 years on: The small firm in the 1990s , London: paul chapman, ch. 7, pp.151-177. [in English].

Chambo, S. A. (2009). Agricultural cooperatives: role in food security and rural development. paper presented to expert group meeting on cooperatives, New York. 14p. [in English].

Rafsanjani, E.N.M., Tayyari, A. ( 2015). Strategic Explication of Knowledge Based Cooperatives and Role on the Development of Entrepreneurship Culture, International Management Conference, Culture and Economic Development, Mashhad, Rayand Pajooh Research Institute, http://www.civilica.ac.ir. com / Paper-MCED01-MCED01_494.html. (In Persian).

Folsom J. (2003). Measurement of cooperative impact in minesota state, research report, rural cooperative, Washington, D.C. [in English].

338

G.R. Nakhaei, A. Sobhani, M.R. Mostaghimi, and S.M.R. Hosseini

Farhadi, M. ( 1994). Aid Culture in Iran, First Edition, University Publication, Volume 1, Tehran. (In Persian).

Hekmat, M., Omani, A.R.( 2012) Factors Affecting Entrepreneurship in Agricultural Cooperatives to Achieve Sustainable Development in this Section, The First National Conference on Agriculture in Difficult Environmental Conditions, Ramhormoz, Islamic Azad University, Ramhormoz Branch, Iran http://www.civilica.ac.ir .com / Paper-NCAHEC01NCAHEC01_139.html. (In Persian).

Khosravi Pour, B., Baradaran, M., Ghanian. M., Monfared, N., Goudarzi, Z. (2011) Investigating the Necessities and Characteristics of an Agricultural Cooperative Entrepreneur, Work and Society journal, , Shahrivar Moon, No. 135, Pages 46-54. (In Persian).

Khalili, I., Ebadi, S. (2016). Increasing employment with the development of entrepreneurship cooperatives, The first national conference on Islamic law and management, Qom, Applied Scientific University of Qom, Iran http://www.civilica.com/Paper-NCPB01 NCPB01_437.html . (In Persian).

Kohi, K. (2006). Investment pathology the development of cooperatives in East Azerbaijan Province.The reported the research project, the ministry of cooperatives, department of cooperatives in East Azerbaijan. (In Persian).

Kurd, B., Shyhaki Tash, M., Khajehpour, M.( 2016). Social Entrepreneurship Survey for Rural Development and Conceptual Modeling, 2nd International Conference on Modern Paradigms of Management, Innovation and Entrepreneurship, Tehran, Shahid Beheshti University, Tehran, Iran http//www.civilica.com/Paper-OICONFERENCE02OICONFERENCE02_223.html. (In Persian).

Prakash, D., (1999). Social Purposes of Cooperatives, Translation: Masoomeh Rezaie, Tehran, Dawam Publication, 1999, First Edition,Tehran. (In Persian).

Rezai,R. (2014). Investigating the Role and Position of Entrepreneurship in the Development of Rural Cooperatives, Entrepreneurship Journal in Agriculture, Spring 2014, Vol. 1, No. 1, , pp.

85 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 102. (In Persian).

Roucek, J. S., Warren, R. L.(1992). Introduction to Sociology, Translation by Behrooz Nabavi and Ahmad Karimi, Farvardin Library Publications, Tehran. (In Persian).

Soleimani Souchlamie, A. ( 2005). The Role of Cooperative Companies in Providing Employment and Elimination of Deprivation, Selected Articles of the Conference on Cooperatives, Employment and Development,Iran, Vol. 1. (In Persian).

Sohrabi, F., Bostani Amlashi, T.( 2013). Entrepreneurship Management on the approach to explaining the position of cooperatives in the success of entrepreneurs, the first international political epic (with an approach to Middle Eastern developments) and economic epic (with an approach to management and accounting), Roudehen, University Islamic Azad u of Rooden, Iran, http://www.civilica.com/Paper-ICPEEE01-ICPEEE01_0227.html. (In Persian).

Soufi, A. ( 2005). Position of Cooperative Section in Economic-Social Development, Fourth Plan and Twenty Years Perspective of the Country, Proceedings of the Conference on Cooperatives and Employment and Development, Vol. 1, 2005, Tehran. Iran. (In Persian).

Nakhaei, G. R., Sobhani, A.( 2015). Analysis of the Importance of Entrepreneurship in Society, *Corresponding author (A. Sobhani). E-mail: abdsobhani@gmail.com, Š2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/329.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.29

339

International Conference on Research in the Behavioral Sciences of Turkey, Istanbul 2015 http//www.civilica.com. (In Persian).

Khorasani, M.( 2013). Cooperative Concepts, http://alef.ir/vdceef8zvjh8ovi.b9bj.html?19txt. (In Persian).

Yaghoubi Farani, A., Hosseini Nia, G.H., Motaghed, M., Zoleikhaei. L. (2014). Functions of the Cooperative Department in Facilitating the Employment of Farm Graduated Women in Hamadan Province, Cooperative and Village Journal, Spring, Vol 3, No. 9, pp. 85-111. (In Persian).

Zadeh, A.S., Razavi, S. M., Arabiun, A., Gholamrezaei, S.( 2008). Facilitation of Collective Entrepreneurship as the Basis of Behavior for the Establishment and Development of Entrepreneurial Cooperatives. Economic, Social and Cultural Cooperative Journal, No. 196, pp. 46-68. (In Persian).

Gholam Reza Nakhaei is a PhD student of entrepreneurship - Development, Department of Entrepreneurship, Aliabad Katoul Branch, Islamic Azad University, Aliabad katoul, Iran. He is interested in Entrepreneurship, Rural Development and Rural Cooperatives.

Dr. Abdolreza Sobhani is an Assistant Professor of Department of Cultural Management, college of Management, South Tehran Branch, Islamic Azad University, Tehran, Iran

Dr. Mahmoud Reza Mostaghimi is an Assistant Professor of Department of Management, Aliabad Katoul Branch, Islamic Azad University, Aliabad Katoul, Iran.

Dr. Seyyed Mohammad Reza Hosseini is an Assistant Professor of Department of Economics, Aliabad Katoul Branch, Islamic Azad University, Aliabad Katoul, Iran.

340

G.R. Nakhaei, A. Sobhani, M.R. Mostaghimi, and S.M.R. Hosseini

©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies.

International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

ROLE OF INTELLECTUAL POTENTIAL OF A COUNTRY IN THE CONTEXT OF STRATEGIC AND GEOPOLITICAL DEVELOPMENT OF RUSSIA Irina Malganova a* , Diba Dokhkilgova a , and Dzhamilya Saralinova a a

Institute of Management, Economics and Finance, Kazan Federal University, Kazan (Volga Region), RUSSIA. b Department of Management of Regional Economy, Chechen State University, Grozny, RUSSIA. ARTICLEINFO

A B S T RA C T

Article history: Received 14 June 2018 Received in revised form 19 October 2018 Accepted 30 October 2018 Available online 01 November 2018

Russia's strategic development today is realized in complex macroeconomic and foreign policy conditions, burdened by sanctions measures against the Russian economy. The obvious relevance is topics of the scientific and technological development. The high importance of these issues for Russia is the aspects of the stated problems debatable and uncovered in the scientific literature determined our choice for research. This paper analyzes the main conceptual vectors in the strategic course of scientific and technological development of the Russian Federation. Existing problems are analyzed and solutions are presented. Prioritized tasks have been systemized; principal directions of state policy in the scientific and technological sphere, defining the upper profile of the state strategic planning system are systematized. The factors preventing sustainable development in the context of the "science-business" model are revealed.

The tools promoting the support of national scientific interests in the global market, mechanisms of interaction and strengthening of the ties between science, business and the state based on their interdependence, are presented. The role of science and innovations in providing an effective system of building and using intellectual potential as a condition for a sustainable future of the nation is considered. The importance of the popularization of science, the prestige of scientists in the creation and enhancement of the country's intellectual potential is emphasized. © 2018 INT TRANS J ENG MANAG SCI TECH.

Keywords: Strategy for scientific development; Technological development; sustainable development; sciencebusiness; scientists; innovators.

1. INTRODUCTION Today, it is necessary to change the model of the research and development sector functioning; science can no longer remain in the state of a sector isolated from the economy; its task is to become a supra-sectoral source of economic growth. In addition, this process is impossible without close interaction with the state, business, and society as a whole. The intellectual potential of a nation depends on many factors. One of the most important is the quality of higher education. *Corresponding author (Irina Malganova). E-mail: irigrimmm@gmail.com ©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/341.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.30

341

A special role in its formation is played by Higher Education Institutions (HEIs), which are the "producers" of the scientific knowledge bearers which are potential innovators.

In turn, the status of fundamental science depends on the interest of business in strategic development. At the same time, the state of business in a strategic perspective depends on the current state of domestic fundamental science. Consequently, business interested in its development cannot but interact with fundamental science. Such interaction can contribute to the promotion of a scientific career in Russian society, popularizing the achievements of science and technology. Only "working" science can change society helping to change its values from "resource" to "intellectual."

2. METHODS The analysis made by us has revealed that the search for opportunities to achieve the strategic goals of the scientific and technological development of the country should be directed, in our opinion, to solving of the following tasks.

It is impossible to consider the scientific and technological and innovative development of the country as successful if the contribution of business community to the financing of research and development is significantly inferior to the contribution of the state.

Obviously, due to the specifics of both business and fundamental science, the business community cannot take upon itself full resource provision of scientific research. In this regard, it is necessary to develop mechanisms for public-private partnership that ensures a balance between the interests of the state and business community and determines the degree and mechanisms of participation in scientific and technological development.

The current situation calls for the need for effective tools to stimulate and promote large-scale interaction of science with business and the state in order to ensure sustainable development of the Russian Federation.

An effective policy that determines the actions of state authorities in the field of science and technology should be focused on supporting research and technological development.

Tools that promote the support of national scientific interests in the global market and increase the attractiveness and security of investments in research and development can be: - intervention through public procurements what stimulate the market outlet for science-intensive products, and create a demand for innovation.

- focusing on international scientific collaborations, especially in the light of the tense political situation, proceeding from the fact that science has always been and will be out of politics.

The main directions of the state's activity on increasing the innovative culture in the society are the creation of the necessary support programs, namely: - development of effective measures and incentives, notably not only financial; popularization of both science and research activities; - creation of specialized training centers or the financing of training in Russian or foreign educational institutions within the framework of optimizing the implemented state training programs;

342

Irina Malganova, Diba Dokhkilgova, and Dzhamilya Saralinova

- it is necessary to carry out a full-fledged work on training and development of personnel using, for example, international internships, etc., taking into account the best foreign practices (in our opinion, it is useful to learn from the experience of the UK).

Factors hampering solution of this task today are bureaucratization of the sphere of research, lack of innovative entrepreneurship, and high administrative barriers that must be eliminated.

3. 3 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION In accordance with the requirements of the Strategy for the scientific and technological revolution of Russia, all aspects of the most significant tendencies affecting the national scientific and technological policy must be taken into account in the guidelines of its scientific and technological development.

Having subjected them to analysis, it is possible to identify priority tasks, principles of state policy in the scientific and technological sphere that determine the upper profile of the state strategic planning system.

We emphasize that the most notable areas identified by experts, drafters of the Strategy, and identified by our analysis are listed there. The list does not pretend to be complete, but rather aims to demonstrate the direction vector - something was given with more attention, and some directions were finally chosen.

Creating an "opportunity to identify talented youth and build a successful career in science, technology and innovation by them" (Decree of the President of the Russian Federation of December, 2016).

1. Ensuring the attractiveness of a scientist's career, popularizing science, strengthening the influence

of science on society.

2. Institutional transformation of the research system based on current trends and taking into

account our best traditions.

3. Assistance in the active interaction between scientists and business community, between society

and the state through the use of modern digital and transport infrastructure.

4. Creation of high-quality service maximally favorable to conducting effective scientific and technical

activities.

5. A focus on the desire to occupy an exclusive position at the world level in the important areas of

research relevant to the Russian agenda.

6. Ensuring the accessibility for researchers of all types of resources for the implementation of ideas

for "full cycle" projects.

7. Formation of new tools to protect investment capital in scientific research, and the sources of their

funding.

8. Support of the interests of national scientific organizations and innovative insiders in a foreign

domain when entering international collaborations. *Corresponding author (Irina Malganova). E-mail: irigrimmm@gmail.com Š2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/341.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.30

343

9. Ensuring a balance between the possibility of freedom in scientific creativity and at the same time

solving strategically important research problems.

Let's analyze the main, in our opinion, directions of building up and using the intellectual potential of the Russian nation.

In our country, human capital is traditionally well developed. One of the dimensions of this layer is the data on the performance of 15-year-old youth obtained by the OECD within the framework of the international PISA program. The study assesses the knowledge and skills of students aged 15 years in functional reading, mathematical literacy and the natural sciences.

Based on the results of the last published assessment cycle (2015 ) Russia has 494 points in mathematical literacy, taking 23rd place out of 70 countries that participated in the assessment cycle.

The positive trends are also preserved in other areas of functional literacy (PISA 2015 Results).

The situation with the 23rd place out of the 70 countries being evaluated is not so bad: for example, Sweden is on the 24th place, and Israel is 15 points lower. Proceeding from the fact that these countries are recognized as innovative leaders, our positions are better than they may seem at first glance.

But only the identification of talented youth for the popularization of science is not enough.

Surveys conducted by the Institute for Economic Cooperation and Collaboration together with the Higher School of Economics showed that only 17% of respondents have a prestigious profession in Russia. By comparison, in the US and the EU half the respondents have such opinion (Global Competitiveness Report, 2016).

At the same time, despite the given data on the low prestige of a scientist profession in our country, the population as a whole is not against science or scientists as such.

Representations about the work of a scientist (in% of the total number of respondents) Help solve difficult problems Want to improve the life of an ordinary person Selfless people Eccentric people There is not much entertainment in their lives They are almost nothing interested, except work They earn less than representatives of other professions, with a similar load Figure 1: Representations about the work of a scientist.

344

Irina Malganova, Diba Dokhkilgova, and Dzhamilya Saralinova

The basis for this conclusion is as follows.

According to the same series of polls, 75% of respondents believe that "science and technology make our life more healthy, easy and comfortable" (Innovative behavior of the population, 2015).

And 70-80% of respondents believe that scientists and engineers "help solve difficult tasks" and "improve people's lives ". However, at the same time, 40-50% believe that "the work of a scientist is boring" and that it is "dangerous", "there are not enough entertainments in the life of scientists", they "are not very interested" and "earn less than representatives of other professions". And in general, half of those surveyed believe that most scientists are "a bit cranks". (Figure 1).

However, such respect for scientists, unfortunately, is only declarative, since only about a third of respondents would be happy with the decision of their children to "pass on science". More of them preferred the "high-status" of legal professions (Figure 2) to the public.

Representations about the work of a scientist (in% of the total number of respondents) Help solve difficult problems Want to improve the life of an ordinary person Selfless people Eccentric people There is not much entertainment in their lives They are almost nothing interested, except work They earn less than representatives of other professions, with a similar load Figure 2: Attitude to the choice of a child of the scientist's career.

We regret to state the fact that broad people is essentially opposed to representatives of science and innovators. "In Russia, there are innovators for society, but there is no society for innovators" (Gorodnikova et al, 2018).

The factor discrediting the profession of a scientist is their low level of wages and, accordingly, low level of life.

For comparison, a relatively recent SalaryExplorer study conducted in the United States, measuring the salaries of scientists translated into dollars shows the following results. The average salary of a scientist in the US is $ 6,500 per month (Philip et al, 2013). The average salary of a scientist in Russia in 2017 was equal to 49.2 thousand rubles, and this is less than one thousand dollars according to the currency exchange rate.

Such a level of wages is the main factor discrediting the profession of a scientist. *Corresponding author (Irina Malganova). E-mail: irigrimmm@gmail.com Š2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/341.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.30

345

The increase in wages, the so-called "May decrees", turned into an unsightly situation. Scientists in their open letter to the President of the Russian Federation declared that the bureaucratic system creates only the appearance of increasing the salaries of scientists. The lack of financial support for decrees led to a simulation of their implementation (Sagasti, 1973).

Hopes that in such a situation talented university graduates will choose an academic career are unjustified.

Systematic development of mechanisms for popularizing the achievements of science and technology should promote to the rise of the status of researchers and developers.

In recent years, the Russian state has been active in its attempts to solve problems in supporting the interaction between scientists with business.

However, the scientific and technological and innovative development of a country cannot be considered successful if the contribution of business to financing research and development is significantly inferior to the contribution of a state. And the programs of innovative development of state-owned companies do not remain aloof from this process, providing for cooperation with universities (Gershman et al, 2015).

However, the efforts made by the state to develop research activities in universities, in this case, have not yielded the desired result; the educational function of universities was more in demand for state-owned companies.

Based on the results of our comparative analysis (Gershman et al, 2015), the obstacles to mutually beneficial cooperation between profile universities and state-owned companies are noticeably greater than productive ties, they are: - the absence of necessary competencies, services, material and technical basis for specialized universities to perform R & D by order of companies; - lack of experience in supporting companies throughout the process of developing high technology products; - low quality of personnel training and research and design works carried out by universities; - lack of competent specialists in universities providing interaction with companies; - lack of interest in interaction between both companies and specialized universities.

But, we must admit, a variety of effective mechanisms of interaction which are well-known from the Soviet times are also used.

It is necessary to carry out a full-fledged work on the training and development of personnel based on the results of analysis of the best foreign practices.

For example, the UK Government advertises internships in private companies to help recent graduates acquire real-life experience. Knowledge Transfer Partnerships projects are based on a partnership between a graduate, an employer and an academic institution to address short-term business problems and are partly funded by the government (Abyzov, 2015).

The Chinese government has launched large-scale companies for return to China from abroad of specialists who can occupy leading positions in the Chinese system of scientific developments and technologies. A Corporate Academy has been established in Saudi Arabia.

346

Irina Malganova, Diba Dokhkilgova, and Dzhamilya Saralinova

4. SUMMARY The current situation necessitated the development of intellectual potential and the interaction between science, business community and the state in achievement of the strategic goals of the country.

The fundamental problem here is the lack of a system of scientific and technological forecasting, what makes it difficult to determine the vector of development of both science and business. Having settled in such conditions, the development of science and business departs from the postulate of interdependence, and proceeds from their own logic and interests. Moreover, in the absence of national projections, the business is forced to use foreign ones, and it is not the leader who has already taken such a place, but the catching up player, what contradicts the country's position in responding to "big challenges".

Along with this, it is advisable to focus on supporting international scientific collaborations. As a rule, "international scientific collaborations are the last thing that is being destroyed" (Trubnikov, 2014). Attempts to preserve them are always persistent, regardless of the degree of tension in the political confrontation. International scientific cooperation is the connecting link in political relations.

5. CONCLUSION The importance of intellectual potential which is the future of any nation requires a comprehensive assessment of the system state, its formation and growth, strengths and weaknesses, existing problems and potential threats, as well as addressing other research tasks that respond to "big challenges".

At the same time, it should be remembered that scientific activity, even under the most favorable conditions of financing and organization, is not capable in itself of producing quick and effective results. And even in the opposite case, today we need not just in effective research, but in the overall impact of Russian science on the innovation of the economy and the stable geopolitical development of the country.

6. ACKNOWLEDGMENT The work is carried out according to the Russian Government Program of Competitive Growth of Kazan Federal University.

7. REFERENCES The Strategy of Scientific and Technological Development of the Russian Federation. (2016). (Decree of the President of the Russian Federation of December, No.642).

PISA 2015 Results. [ Digital source] - Access mode: https://read.oecd-ilibrary.org/education/pisa-2015results-volume-i_9789264266490 The National Report on Innovations in Russia. (2015). [Digital source] - Access mode: https://www.rvc.ru/upload/iblock/b70/NROI_RVC.pdf Innovative behavior of the population. News bulletin. (2015). â&#x201E;&#x2013; 1. [Digital source] - Access mode: https://issek.hse.ru/data/2015/04/22/.pdf *Corresponding author (Irina Malganova). E-mail: irigrimmm@gmail.com Š2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/341.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.30

347

Innovative development programs for companies with state participation: interim results and priorities / M.A. Gershman, TS Zinina, M.A. Romanov et al.; Sc. ed. by L.M. Gokhberg, A.N. Klepach, P.B. Rudnik et al .; National Research University "High economy school". - M .: NIU VSHEH, 2015.

- 128 p.

Trubnikov, G. (2014).

Interview . [ Digital source ] Access https://news.rambler.ru/other/39371781-mezhdunarodnye-nauchnye-kollaboratsii-etoposlednee-chto-razrushaetsya/?updated

mode:

"Global Competitiveness Report" of the World Economic Forum for 2015-2016 .[ Digital source ] Access mode: http://www3.weforum.org/docs/GCR2016-2017 Gorodnikova, N. V., Gokhberg, L. M., Ditkovskiy, K. A. (2018). Indicators of innovation: 2018: statistical compilation. National Research University I60 "High economy school". - M .: NIU VSHEH, p. 344.

Sagasti, F. R. (1973). Towards a new approach for scientific and technological planning. Information (International Social Science Council). V. 12, No. 2, pp. 67-95.

Philip, G., Reisberg, A. L., Pacheco, I. F. (2013). Academic Salaries and Contracts: Global Trends and American Realities.

Dr.Irina Malganova got a PhD in Geography. She is an Associate Professor of Institute of Management, Economics and Finance, Kazan Federal University, Russia. Her research is relevant to Applied Econometrics, Applied Economics, and Economic Geography. .

Diba Dokhkilgova is an Associate Professor in Department of Management of Regional Economy, Chechen State University, Russia. She is interested in Russian Education System Reformation & Economics.

Dzhamilya Saralinova is an Associate Professor in Department of Management of Regional Economy, Chechen State University, Russia. She is interested in Economics and Production Management.

348

Irina Malganova, Diba Dokhkilgova, and Dzhamilya Saralinova

©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies.

International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

ANALYSIS OF METAPHORS: “DOWN” IDIOMS TO EXPRESS EMOTIONS IN ENGLISH AND TATAR Olesya V. Zabavnova a*, and Radif R. Zamaletdinov a a

Institute of Philology and Intercultural Communication, Graduate School of Russian and Foreign Philology Lev Tolstoy, Kazan Federal University, Kazan, RUSSIA. ARTICLEINFO

A B S T RA C T

Article history: Received 03 July 2018 Received in revised form 25 October 2018 Accepted 31 October 2018 Available online 01 November 2018

This paper focuses on the potential of “down” idioms to express negative emotions in two diverse cultures – Anglo-Saxon and Tatar.

English is very idiomatic in its nature giving a plenty of opportunities to its linguistic means to express various abstract phenomena, including psychological ones. Tatar abounds in colorful idioms relating to the emotional disturbances that contribute to the expression of human state in all the shades. The given research presents a comprehensive overview of the interrelation between languages and human mentality in the form of metaphor thinking. To reach the research goals the following methods were employed: comparative, descriptive; contextual analysis, continuous sampling and statistic estimation. Based on the research results, we come to statement of different and common features in the patterns of “down” idioms verbalizing negative emotions in English and Tatar. Bears mentioning the fact, that no other comparative research was undertaken to analyze “down” idioms’ potential in verbalizing negative emotions in English and Tatar. © 2018 INT TRANS J ENG MANAG SCI TECH.

Keywords: Orientational metaphor; Verbalization; Emotion; Up and down mapping; Linguistic means; Linguoculture.

1. INTRODUCTION Among many others there is one thing in our life which is constantly changing, always different and that is – movement. We barely make identical movements two times, what can be different is speed, force and direction. When we control our body we always take into account an essential aspect of moving – the spatial orientation. As soon as we get disoriented, we lose our focus and our movements become awkward, irrational and may be even dangerous. This shows the significance of the orientation, to underestimate which means to lose direction not only in physical movements, but also in immaterial interaction with the world – our communication, cognition, mentality, cultural matters, etc.

We should point out that spatial orientation is presented by two oppositions – horizontal (up and down) and vertical (in and out). Other authors refer to a different term “place-name metaphors” and consider different classifications of metaphor oppositions, e.g. far - near, high - low, deep - surface *Corresponding author (O.Zabavnova) E-mail: ovzabavnova@gmail.com ©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/349.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.31

349

(Zamaletdinova et al., 2017).

Science generally considers space as one of the fundamental phenomena in world cognition.

Linguistics, in particular, studies various types of space and types of its conceptualization, like spatial concepts, spatial metaphors, etc.

Invaluable contribution to the theory of space and orientation in thinking and cognition was laid

by American scholars – George Lakoff and Michael Johnson – when they published their pioneering book “Metaphors we live by” (Lakoff and Johnson, 2003). Later it was added by Gerard J. Steen, who turned the theory to the sphere of social interactions.

Today, as the topiс of Metaphor Studies is getting more and more widespread in the world of science, it takes diverse forms, where metaphor is regarded not only as a one-word structure, but a phrase or even a sentence. People assume metaphor to be a tool for various social interactions, including the replacement of taboo words. The relevant study was undertaken by Elena Arsentyeva and discussed in the article (Arsenteva and Arsentyeva, 2017).

In this work, the author attempted to perform the analysis of metaphors and show two languages speaking the emotions universally and culturally-specific.

2. METHODS To collect the corpus of the study, among all the relevant sources, several were picked out, namely English dictionary of Idioms by Spears and Free Online Dictionary; Tatar examples were taken from the fiction books of folk literature bringing an insight to the use of the idioms. The rationale behind the selection of these sources was primarily their availability and recommendation provided by competent native speakers. The quantity of the corpus seemed to be adequate for the purpose of the study.

To enrich the material with relevant research analysis the following methods were employed: comparative analysis, descriptive analysis, contextual analysis, continuous sampling and statistic estimation analysis.

3. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION The group of orientational idioms appears to be one of the features for the Anglo-Saxon world picture to express emotions; it includes dynamical up and down mapping, as well inward and outward.

English abounds in the examples of negative emotions conveyed by downward orientation idioms, as they are employed to express disappointment, sadness, fear and low spirits. Let us focus on the study of their verbalization, which is clearly observed in the given examples: - Her spirits plummeted at the thought of meeting him again. [Oxford Leaner’s Dictionary.

Oxford University Press. 2016. URL: http://oxfordlearnersdictionaries.com] - Your frown gets me down. [Oxford Leaner’s Dictionary. Oxford University Press. 2016.

URL: http://oxfordlearnersdictionaries.com].

- The loss of the race was a real comedown for Williard. [Oxford Leaner’s Dictionary.

Oxford University Press. 2016. URL: http://oxfordlearnersdictionaries.com].

350

Olesya V. Zabavnova and Radif R. Zamaletdinov

-

-

To be down in the dumps in: I have been down in the dumps for the past few days. [Oxford Leaner’s Dictionary.

Oxford University Press.

2016.

URL: http://oxfordlearnersdictionaries.com].

To be down in the mouth in: Since her dog died, Barbara’s been down in the mouth.

[Oxford Leaner’s Dictionary.

Oxford University Press.

2016.

URL: http://oxfordlearnersdictionaries.com].

From the above mentioned examples we may conclude on the potential of the down idioms to clearly convey the ideas of disappointment (a comedown), low spirits (spirits plummet) and sadness (to be down in the dumps, o be down in the mouth).

Fear can be also exposed through the downward orientation idioms, as seen in the following example: - To cower down in: They cowered down with (from) sheer terror. [Oxford Leaner’s Dictionary. Oxford University Press. 2016. URL: http://oxfordlearnersdictionaries.com].

- A chill runs/ goes down somebody’s spine in: When I read the details of the murder, a chill ran down my spine. [Spears R.A. (2005)].

- A shiver runs/ goes down one’s back in: When I heard all those people shouting and screaming, a shiver ran down my spine. [Spears R.A. (2005)].

Plenty of English idioms featuring orientational components convey not only intense emotions, but also emotional disturbances or collapses. This state can be conveyed by breakdown lexeme: - A nervous breakdown in: After a month of stress and strain, Sarah had a nervous breakdown. [Oxford Leaner’s Dictionary. Oxford University Press. 2016. URL: http://oxfordlearnersdictionaries.com].

- To break down in: Max finally broke down and confessed. [Oxford Leaner’s Dictionary.

Oxford University Press. 2016. URL: http://oxfordlearnersdictionaries.com].

Apart from the above mentioned, the emotion of love which is characterized with intenseness can be expressed by the model as in the example: to fall in love.

Although the downward orientation idioms mostly feature negative connotation, English language has it to reflect calmness or relaxation which one may experience after anger or fury, as in the below given examples: - To calm down in: Please, calm down, nothing bad is going to happen. [Oxford Leaner’s Dictionary. Oxford University Press. 2016. URL: http://oxfordlearnersdictionaries.com].

- To cool down / off in: I’m sorry, I got angry. I will cool off in a minute. [Oxford Leaner’s Dictionary. Oxford University Press. 2016. URL: http://oxfordlearnersdictionaries.com].

Downward mapping mostly expresses negative emotions in the Tatar language contributing to verbal expression of such affects as fear, anxiety, sorrow, grief and sadness.

The below mentioned examples of metaphorical models characterizing downward mapping are used to verbalize fear: Җан табан астына тѳшү (zhan taban astyna toeshyu) – to be scared; *Corresponding author (O.Zabavnova) E-mail: ovzabavnova@gmail.com ©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/349.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.31

351

hǝркемнең җаны табаны астына качкан (kherkemneng zhany tabany astyna kachkan)– everyone was scared (lit: “everyone had their hearts sunk”); Йѳрǝк табанга тѳште (Ioryak tabanga toeshte) – had one’s heart in the mouth (lit.: “had heart sunk”); Кызның йѳрǝге табанына тѳшкǝндǝй булды. (Kyznyng ioryage tabanyna toeshkendyai buldy [The Free Dictionary. URL: http://idioms.thefreedictionary.com/]) – Seems like the girl had her heart in the mouth (lit.: heart sank). Йөрәк табанга төшү (Ioryak tabanga toeshyu) – to be scared (to have one’s heart in mouth, lit.: to have heart sunk). Йѳрǝкне учта кысып – бик нык куркып, борчылып (Ioryakne uchta kysyp – bik nyk kurkep, borchylyp) – to feel scared and worried. Жиңгидән бу сүзләрне ишеткәч, минем күңелгә курку тѳште. (Zhingidyan bu syuzlyarne ishetkyaschyach, minem kyungelgya kurku toeshte [Mekhdiev M. (1996)].) – Having heard these words from the daughter-in-law, my soul was filled with fear.

Sorrow and sadness are vividly expressed by the following idioms: Җан тиргǝ бату (zhan tirgya batu) – break into perspiration due to moral torments; Лǝкин тыныч йоклап булмый бит, җан тирлǝргǝ батам. (Lyakin tynych ioklyp bulmyi bit, zhan tirlyargya batam [Gazi I. (1989)].) – Can’t sleep because of uneasy feelings and sufferings. Икенче кѳнне иртǝ белǝн уянганда Хǝлимнең күңел төбендǝ бер болыт та калмаган иде инде. (Ikenche koenne irtya belyan uyaganda Khyalimneng kyungel toebendya ber bolyt ta kalmagan ide inde [Mekhdiev M. (1996)].) – The next day when Khalim woke up he felt no heaviness. Тѳшенке күңел (toeshenke kyungel) (opposition of күтǝренке күңел/ kyutyarenke kyungel) – low spirits. Нәкъ шушы көн һидият бик төшенке күңел белән кайтты. (Nyak shushy koen khidiyat bik toeshenke kyungel belyan kaitty [Kamal G. (2010)].) – That day he came back in low spirits. Йѳрǝккә тоз салу (ioryallya toz salu) – to irritate somebody (lit.: “to bring fresh heartache”). Күңелне тѳшерү (kyungelne toesheryu) – to feel desperate (lit.: “to have spirits sunk”).

Anxiety can be verbally expressed in the Tatar language using heart/ ioryak lexeme, e.g.: Йѳрǝккә төшү (ioryakkya toeshyu) – to torment, lit.: “heaviness falls upon heart”.

Lexemes featuring orientational components can also verbalize diverse emotional concepts of negative value, such as сагыш/ sagysh – yearning, sadness, кайгы/ kaigy – grief, хǝсрǝт/ hyasryat – grief, heart-ache.

Kaigy is associated with emotional torments, anguish, distress, something transmitted in space, that gets one drowned in grief. This lexeme often goes with the verb бату/ batu (lit.: “to drown, to plunge”), йоту/ iotu (lit.: “engulf”), тѳшерү/ toesheryu (to drown in grief). Син нǝрсǝ бу хǝтле кайгыга баттың? (Sin nerse bu khetle kaigyga battyng? [Kamal Sh. (1957).]) – Why are you so drowned in grief? Галимǝ апа вакыйгасы hǝммǝбезне дǝ тирǝн кайгыга тѳшерде. (Galime apa wakyigasy hemmebezne de tiryan kaigyga toesherde [Usmanov Sh. (1964)]). – News about aunt Galima made

352

Olesya V. Zabavnova and Radif R. Zamaletdinov

all of us sad. (lit.: “made us fall into melancholy”). Үз кайгыңны үзең йот. (Yuz kaigyngny yuzeng iot). – Live your grief down alone (lit.: “swallow your grief”). Җамали белән Камали, кат-кат cөйләшеп икәү тирән уйда, авыр кайгыда утыралар.

(Zhamali belen Kamali, kat-kat soileshep ikeyu tiryan uida, avyr kaigyda utyralar). – After extended discussions, Jamal and Kamali were in deep thoughts and heavy feelings.

The concept khesret (misery, uneasiness, sorrow) can be successfully expressed through lexemes with orientational components.

Khesret and kaigy share the same semantic components and reflect emotions of negative value and the situations associated. For this reason both of them are often used with the verbs басу/ basu (suppress), йоту/ iotu (swallow), чигү/ shchigu (scrape). Хәсрәт белǝн бǝла эзеңǝ басып кына йѳри. (Khesret belyan ezengya basyp kyna iori). – Grief and misery walk hand in hand (lit.: “grief and misery step on the heels”). Хәсрәт булса, утының сѳреме каплады күзлǝремне. (Khesret bulsa, utynyng soereme kaplady kyuzlyaremne [Kamal Sh. (1957).]). – Sorrow blurred vision (lit.: “smoke of sorrow covered my eyes”). Хәсрәткә бату (khesretkya batu) – to be drowned in sorrow.

Sorrow and sadness are expressed through the lexeme sagysh: Сагынулар мине моңлы лǝзәттле бер сагышка батыралар иде. (Sagynular mine mongly lezettle ber sagyshka batyralar ide). – Yearning usually makes me sink into sadness and pleasant melancholy.

Sagysh according to dictionary definition means: feeling of strong yearning for someone or something, when the object of feeling is absent and the person experiences affliction. The emotion roots are deeply associated with yearning, sadness and agonizing affliction.

To the opposite end, down mapping sometimes expresses calmness: Күңелне басу (kyungelne basu) – to calm down (lit.: “to soothe heart”). Йөрәктән авыр таш тѳшкәндәй булды (Ioryaktyan avyr tash toeshkyandyai buldy) – to have great weight off one’s mind.

Despite of downward orientation of the components in the idiom күңелгә яту (kyungelgya yatu), it conveys the positive value verbalizing affection. The emotion which is stronger than affection is expressed in the following example through the downward orientation: Мәхәббәткә бату (mehebbettkya batu) – to fall in love. Мәхәббәтең тѳшкән кешене сѳясен, аны аллаштырасың. (Mehebbeteng toeshkyan keshene soeyasen, any allashtyrasyng). – One loves a person, who strikes his fancy, whom one idolizes.

4. SUMMARY As a result of comparative analysis of idioms with orientational components expressing emotions in two cultures – English and Tatar, we have come to the following conclusions: *Corresponding author (O.Zabavnova) E-mail: ovzabavnova@gmail.com ©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/349.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.31

353

-

-

-

-

both Anglo-Saxon and Tatar languages have more idioms to express negative emotions.

This is presumably linked to higher differentiation of negative emotions and more eager emotional, verbal and cognitive human reaction to the negative events; downward orientation idioms are vividly presented in both cultures; however their patterns of verbalization vary, as they contribute to the expression of fear, anxiety, sadness, sorrow and yearning – all of which are negative emotions; English idioms are also used to convey the terrific state of emotional disturbance at its highest degree and the state of relaxation or calmness which comes right after such tough emotions as anger and fury; both languages have the down idioms to convey the vibrant emotions of affection and love, they appear in the idioms connoted with deep immersion into feelings, when a human experiences something to the full; these emotions are understood as the immersion into the state of love.

5. CONCLUSION Cognitive human map describes the mechanism used by scholars to categorize space into various structures. Orientation is the basis for the emergence of cognitive orientational metaphors related to anthropocentric world model or human-centered model. In terms of this model people consider vertical opposition (up stands for “good”, down – for “bad”) and horizontal opposition (right stands for “good”, left – for “bad”). We may assume this to be one of the tools to organize world picture which finds its reflection in the form of linguistics world picture.

These oppositions are widely employed to convey human emotions, particularly the up – down opposition is extensively used by Anglo-Saxon and Tatar linguocultures. We believe that human body anatomy (upward direction) strongly affects human understanding of space, because world view features the complexity of human life (Gafuri, 2007).

6. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT This work was performed with the support of Russian Government Program for Enhancing Kazan Federal University’s Competitive Ranking.

7. REFERENCES Arsenteva E., Arsentyeva Yu. (2017) Extended metaphor as one of the types of occasional use of phraseological euphemisms: an experimental study. Tomsk State University Journal of Philology.

50. P. 5-16.

Gazi I. (1989) Almagachlar chechek ata: povestlyar, khikeyalayr, edebi parchalar. Kazan: Tatar kit. neshr.

367 p.

Gafuri M. (2007) Sailanma eserlyar.

Kazan: Kheter nyasr. 480 p.

Kamal G. (2010) Eserlyar: 3 tomda. Kazan: Tatar kit. neshr.

479 p.

Kamal Sh. (1957). Rasskazy. Moscow: GIHL. 216 p.

Lakoff G., Johnson M. (2003) Metaphors We Live By. London: The University of Chicago Press, 276 p.

354

Olesya V. Zabavnova and Radif R. Zamaletdinov

Oxford Leaner’s Dictionary. Oxford University Press. 2016. URL: Mekhdiev M. (1996) Keshe kitya – zhyry kala: povestlyar, istyaleklyar, khatlar. Kazan: Tatar kit. neshr. 288 p. http://oxfordlearnersdictionaries.com Spears R.A. (2005) Dictionary of American idioms and phrasal verbs: McGraw – Hill’s, 980 p.

The Free Dictionary. URL:

http://idioms.thefreedictionary.com/

Usmanov Sh. (1964) Sailanma eserlyar: povestlyar, hikeyalyar, piesalar Kazan: Tatar kit. neshr. 502 p.

Zamaletdinova G., Kondakova I., Shustova S., Gafiyatova E. (2017) Place-name metaphors in English and Tatar. QUID-INVESTIGACION CIENCIA Y TECNOLOGIA. 28. P.806-811.

Dr. Olesya V. Zabavnova is an Associate Professor in Institute of Philology and Intercultural Communication, Graduate School of Russian and Foreign Philology Lev Tolstoy, Kazan Federal University (KFU), Russia. She is also a faculty of Department of German Philology, KFU. Her research is emotions and metaphorization study.

Professor Dr. Radif R. Zamaletdinov is Professor in Institute of Philology and Intercultural Communication, Graduate School of Russian and Foreign Philology Lev Tolstoy, Kazan Federal University (KFU), Russia. His research focuses on linguocultures and metaphorization.

*Corresponding author (O.Zabavnova) E-mail: ovzabavnova@gmail.com ©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/349.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.31

355

:: International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

Call-for-Papers: ITJEMAST invites you to submit high quality papers for full peer-review and possible publication in areas pertaining to our scope including engineering, science, management and technology, especially interdisciplinary/crossdisciplinary/multidisciplinary subjects.

Next article continues on next page ď&#x192;¨

©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies.

International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

HEALTH MANAGEMENT AND THE STRATEGIES TO MEET A HEALTHY SOCIETY Valery V. Kasyanov a*, Larisa A. Minasyan b , Vladimir A. Borodai b , Igor E. Ponomarev c , Petr S. Samygin d , Gennadiy A. Vorobyev e , and Dmitrii V. Skvortsov f a

Department of Russian History, Faculty of history Sociology and International Relations, Russia Kuban state University, RUSSIA b Department of Service, Tourism and Hospitality Industry, Don State Technical University, RUSSIA c Department of Physical Education, Sport and Tourism, Rostov State Economic University (RINH), RUSSIA d Department of Theory and History of State and Law, Rostov State Economic University (RINH), RUSSIA e Institute of Distant Learning and Development of ICT, Pyatigorsk State University, RUSSIA f GAOU VO, Nevinnomyssky State Humanitarian and Technical Institute, Nevinnomyssk, RUSSIA ARTICLE

INFO

Article history: Received 22 June 2018 Received in revised form 27 October 2018 Accepted 01 November 2018 Available online 01 November 2018

Keywords: Russia; The younger generation; The youth; Russian youth; Healthy lifestyle (HLS); Managing the health; National security.

A B S T RA C T

The problems connected with health management and precise ways and strategies in the context of overcoming difficulties in managing the health of the youth of modern Russia are considered. In the conditions of crisis the basic agents of socialization and family primarily responsible for the physical, spiritual and social development of young people, the issue of managing the health of young Russians is beyond the scope of family structures and accepts all-Russian scale. This corresponds to equally large-scale indicators of the devaluation of the value of health and healthy lifestyle among the younger generation of Russians and, accordingly, deterioration of their health. The national security is an indicator of a condition of the nation, meaning that cumulative influence of internal and external factors of harmful character will not create threat for physical existence of the younger generation and will not lower substantially quality of his life and health. As one of the most important factors of national safety of Russia serves the health of young generations, the authors are convinced that the health of the Russian youth should be the object of state social policy, the core of which would be the concept of promoting health, healthy lifestyles and the formation of self-protective behavior in young people. Therefore, this study attempts to reveal the aspects of health management and struggles connected with that. © 2018 INT TRANS J ENG MANAG SCI TECH.

1. INTRODUCTION Global pattern of development of world processes, and also the threats which are formed in space of all world community make problems to studying of problems of safety. These *Corresponding author (V.V. Kasyanov) E-mail: culture@kubsu.ru ©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/357.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.32

357

threats are connected not only with growth of the international conflicts, crime, poverty growth, spread of killing infectious diseases, degradations of environment and the spiritual sphere of society, but also with deterioration of health of different groups of the population, etc. children, teenager and youth are susceptible to these obstacles most. In the last decades the Russian social science carries a problem of social health of Russian youth part of the population to a number of global tasks which decision is caused not only quantitative and qualitative characteristics of future development of society, but also the prospect of its further existence as a social species. It is remarkable that questions of social health protection of young part of the population came to the level of national security, as health of the nation today â&#x20AC;&#x201C; one of the important indicators reflecting the capacity of the country, and also one of characteristics of its national security. Consequently health management became in the center of attentions.

Thus, relevance of research of social health management of the Russian youth in the context of ensuring national security is explained by three objective circumstances.

First, currently, in a systemic crisis, which covers various spheres of social life, comes a deeper awareness of the importance of health as the main determinants of constructive and comprehensive development of the society.

Secondly, studying of a state of health of society in general is impossible without the managing the health of youth as the special social and demographic group providing the future of the Russian society and determining the potential and a trajectory of its development. The Russian youth, condition of its physical, mental and social well-being and health are the main guarantor of national security of society as the youth is its main social resource, and also an embodiment of its future (Gafiatullina, 2014; Gafiatulina et al, 2017b; Vorobyev et al, 2018).

Thirdly, the problem of national security is directly connected with a problem of managing the social health of the population in general, and youth, as its parts, in particular.

It can be confirmed with traditional methods of health management, which, first of all, is meant as protection, preservation and physical survival of society, and also ability adequately to react to all real and potential threats and rather without serious consequences to transfer them (Kovalenko, 2008; Litvinova et al, 2018). The national managing programs is an indicator of a condition of the nation which means that cumulative influence of both external, and internal factors of harmful character won't create threat for physical existence of the younger generation and won't lower substantially quality of his life and health (Samygin & Vereshchagina, 2014; Samygin et al, 2016).

In turn, national health management acts as the basis of safety of all social system, i.e. itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s such state at which preservation of its integrity is provided, to stability and viability in the course of interaction of its structural components (subsystems: economic, political, demographic, information, cultural, etc.; elements: social groups, the organizations, institutes, certain individuals) among themselves and with environment throughout existence and development of society

358

V.V.Kasyanov, L.A.Minasyan, V.A.Borodai, I.E.Ponomarev, P.S.Samygin, G.A.Vorobyev, D.V.Skvortsov

(World Health Organization, 1995).

2. TECHNIQUE In article the complex of the scientific techniques and approaches of the safety and sociology management of youth is developed within foreign and domestic sociology.

Among the techniques which were actively used in article it is necessary to consider methods of comparative, axiological and sociocultural approaches. This gave the opportunity to consider the methods of managing the social health of the young generation of Russians and its system of relations and also problems.

Research is based on the most important all-methodological principles of scientific knowledge of management: objectivity, systemacity, historicism and determinism.

3. RESULTS On the basis of the Russian sociological polls which main goal was the analysis of a state of social health to determine the proper health management method of the Russian youth for the last decades, we came to the following conclusions: – Big threat to national security of Russia carry a high mortality in youth, including from preventable causes (household drunkenness, alcoholism, suicide, traffic accidents).

– Factor of sharp decrease in health and social well-being of the Russian youth (as a result of excessive loadings, the rigid mode of educational activity promote accumulation of dysfunctions in a young organism, and subsequently lead to serious violations in health).

– Tendencies of depopulation of the young nation, decrease intellectual and in general the social capacity of the country, growth of spiritual degradation – all this poses threat of national security of Russia.

– Process of transformation of values of the younger generation of Russians which don't comprise as highly significant value of health and value of life that is aggravated with the social and economic conditions, difficult for young people removing on a problem background, connected with social health ( Shakhbanova et al, 2016; Shakbanova et al, 2018).

– Process of transformation of valuable orientations which is characterized by destruction of the former traditional values which are based on century traditions and mental features of the Russian people, and are directly connected by prompt formation of alien system of valuable orientations of young Russians with threats of the Russian safety.

*Corresponding author (V.V. Kasyanov) E-mail: culture@kubsu.ru ©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/357.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.32

359

4. DISCUSSION It is necessary to tell that a priori in perfect managing (actually, as well as managing for absolute health) any method can't stay, only various degrees of danger and to health can take place including. Health and safety is on of conditions to which it is necessary to manage.

Therefore, in our opinion, it will be more fair to tell not simply about ensuring national security management, and about protection of life and a problem of formation of social health of the modern Russian youth taking into account that viability of the Russian society, its demographic potential and civilization prospects are directly connected with youth and level of its health (Vaskov et al, 2018).

The foundation of studying of social health management of the younger generation within sociological science is laid in works of such eminent scientists, as: M. Weber, E. Durkheim, T. Parsons, P. Sorokin. Subsequently health issues were considered by V. Kokkerem and T. Abele at research of a healthy lifestyle of young people; D. Gokhmen – when studying the behavior connected with health; E. Fridson, I. Zola, V. Navarro, – in the analysis of a role of social institutes in ensuring health of the population and its consideration as a factor of national security. The beginning of studying of health in Russia from positions of sociological and social and philosophical judgment in the context of ensuring social safety is connected with V.P. Kaznacheev, I.I. Brekhman, Yu.P. Lisitsyn, A.V. Sakhno, L.G. Matros, V. M. Dimov, K.N. Khabibulin, E.V. Dmitriyeva, A.M. Izutkin's works, etc. The concept of social health management in scientific discourse is considered from the following positions: as the absence of disease and infirmity; as the unity of morphological and functional, psycho-emotional and socio-economic constants, theory of norms. So, for example, health is equated with the norm, the harmony of physical, genetic, psychosocial well-being and development of the individual, family, nation (Vereschagina et al, 2017).

The health of the nation belongs to a complex of definitions of socio-humanitarian knowledge, which despite the seeming simplicity of their narrow-minded interpretations reflect the most important aspects of the biological, spiritual, psychological, and social being of the individual, because health is the result of the interaction of the individual and the environment – living conditions, lifestyle, behavioral strategies, and attitude as a whole.

It is necessary to specify that else the World Health Organization (WHO) offered such interpretation of health management which it’s goal beyond biomedical understanding as health of the person is defined as «a condition of full social, mental and physical well-being and not merely the absence of disease» (Reform at the United Nations, 2007). This definition of WHO is based on unconditional interpretation of health as state on which factors not of especially somatic and physiological character, and sociocultural, demographic, psychosocial, socio-political, socio-economic factors have impact. It is remarkable that by World Health Organization experts it is proved that the management of quality of life of all segments of the population conducts to acceleration of social and economic development of the state, growth of its gross national product and ensuring national security in general.

360

V.V.Kasyanov, L.A.Minasyan, V.A.Borodai, I.E.Ponomarev, P.S.Samygin, G.A.Vorobyev, D.V.Skvortsov

Besides, in the articles of World Health Organization it is also said that achievement of the highest possible standards of health is one of the nodal, fundamental rights of each person and the mentioned organization aims to manage the problems to achieve its goal.

Sources of formation of social health of the younger generation go back to safety in health sector which as Gorshkov (2011) notes, causes the greatest alarm of experts since the national security in the sphere of health of the population, and youth, in particular, unfortunately, has a negative tendency of deterioration. This results from the fact that the modern young man stays in crisis conditions of uncertainty and cause the risk of the public environment, overcoming various dangerous circumstances menacing to his health, physical and social wellbeing (Vereshchagina et al, 2015).

Obviously, for this reason, the interagency Commission for health protection of the population of Russia's Security Council has defined health as a leading system-forming factor of national security.

In accordance with the Concept of development of health of the Russian Federation for the period till 2020, prevention activities increasingly goes beyond the work of the Institute of public health; and health is characterized as a factor of competitiveness in the economy and an important factor of national security (which, in fact, and is reflected in publications over the past five years) (Vereshchagina et al, 2015). Priority in the above-mentioned Concept of development is paid to formation of a healthy lifestyle of the nation, preservation of its physical, mental and social health and increase of competitiveness.

In this regard the managing the conditions, opportunities and motivation of various groups of the population promoting maintaining the healthy lifestyle (HLS) and providing factors of competitiveness and national security are also set. As emphasizes N. I. Lapin, in comparison with the countries of Europe, deficiency in programs of Russia which is fraught with explosive risks and a threat to security is available (Gorshkov, 2011). Any violation of the law of constantly increasing requirements inevitably leads to social revolutions and accidents of global national scale. For ensure social security and social development the state takes measures to control and stimulate production in the Russian Federation, social benefits, provision of social conditions and regulates the social market in accordance with the Constitution of the Russian Federation and the present law (Law on social safety and social development). It is caused by that against social and economic instability, insufficient safety of habitat in our society developed and has a steady tendency to deterioration of a state of health of youth (Lapin, 2013).

We want to emphasize that the concept of national security of the Russian Federation also as well as concept of health, is many-sided and implies various managing program of the state activity. However if to adhere to the standard contents, according to the Concept of *Corresponding author (V.V. Kasyanov) E-mail: culture@kubsu.ru Š2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/357.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.32

361

national security from 17.12.1997 №1300 the national security is understood as safety of its population from external and internal threats in all spheres of activity, and the sphere of health of youth doesn't make an exception here. Note that the structure of the national security is multifaceted and consists of many component parts, which are determined by various spheres of national interests of the individual and society. Such components are strategic and social and economic safety, information and political security, food and ecological security, intellectual and spiritual safety, demographic and valeological safety (safety in the sphere of formation, protection and strengthening of health).

In this article we won't begin to consider all components of national security managing – because this subject is too volume and is beyond our article. We will stop on a problem of ensuring national management context of formation of health of modern Russian youth which is characterized not only decrease in physical indicators of health and growth of incidence, but also considerable deterioration of a spiritual component of health that appears in growth of youth crime, illiteracy and spiritual degradation in the youth environment, extremism and cruelty.

Applying the concept of national security to the analysis of health of youth as social group, the modern sociological science considers the concepts «health of young population», «health of the population», «health of the nation». We suppose that all of them with all evidence coincide with the category «public health» which is the concept reflecting ability of youth as members of society fully to carry out functions on further development of society and to lead such life which will provide formation, strengthening and preservation of this ability.

Health of the younger generation as a factor of safety of the Russian society can be considered mainly in three aspects. First, from the social indicators acting as an initial basis of creation of social programs, and also as indicators of efficiency of their realization.

Secondly, the concept of «health» is used as a normative model, which includes not only physical biological, but also social, socio-political and spiritual-moral aspects of the life of a young man, and thereby contributing to the formation of the security environment of the society. Thirdly, the analyzed concept is considered as the characteristic of consequences of social and economic and technological policy, influence of scientific and technical progress on health of young Russians. According to the Russian statistical year-book, the greatest alarm is caused by health and the attitude towards him in teenagers and youth aged till 19 years which share in the number of able-bodied population in 2014 made 24,4% (Zhuravleva , 2006). Deplorable is that fact that tendencies of deterioration of their health for the last 15-20 years are most negative in comparison with other age groups of the Russian population. And this, in turn, is fraught with a problem of ensuring national security of Russia in health sector on prospect.

As shows us the analysis of scientific literature, today an actual problem in the sphere

362

V.V.Kasyanov, L.A.Minasyan, V.A.Borodai, I.E.Ponomarev, P.S.Samygin, G.A.Vorobyev, D.V.Skvortsov

of health of youth is the problem of absence of the state ideology of health. So, the Russian expert in the field of sociology of health of children, teenagers and youth I.V. Zhuravleva notes that incidence of teenagers of 15-17 years by 1,6 times increases, the number of disabled children grows, the number of the youth having serious chronic pathologies increases (Zhuravleva & Ivanova, 2012). And as one of the reasons for such situation absence of ideology of health in Russia is called as it.

In the majority of the legislative documents which are standing up for health as for social safety the view of the person as on an object of application of medical technologies, but not as on the subject who has to form the health continues to prevail and bear responsibility for it.

Note that the value of individual health increases in present social and economic conditions, but only as tool value – only as means (tool) of achievement of various vital benefits (receiving prestigious work, the «necessary» communications, achievement of material welfare, etc.).

The reforms which are carried out in all spheres of social and economic activity happen against a constant psychoemotional pressure, deterioration of an ecological situation, quality of food and living conditions of life of the most part of the population that was reflected in indicators of incidence of chronic diseases already even among young people.

The market relations considerably worsened material living conditions of life of the most part of the Russian population and such vulnerable group as youth. The increase in a share of commercial services in system of social health care led to growth of an inequality in this sphere. Social policy in the sphere of health and health care is directed generally on improvement of quality of social and medical care, but not on direct formation of the sanitary-hygienic culture, self-preservation behavior of the young person and youth orientation on healthy lifestyle.

The Russian researchers are disturbed by high rates of mortality of young people as a result of development of socially caused diseases – alcoholism, drug addiction, and also increase of cases of suicides and road accidents. Scientists note that in the new millennium Russia faced a number of problems which can't but not be considered as threats of its national security any more. Among them on the first place sharp decrease in health of the younger generation on all to indicators, a tendency of depopulation of the Russian people, growth of spiritual degradation in all its aspects is put: national, economic, spiritual.

Besides, the culture of food in the youth environment decreases, quality of products of public catering worsens. And here it is necessary to remember that the culture of food is cultivated at the younger generation only on the basis of the high value of health, acquaintance to bases of a balanced diet, ways of a choice of qualitative products. *Corresponding author (V.V. Kasyanov) E-mail: culture@kubsu.ru ©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/357.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.32

363

Perhaps, the special role in system of the factors influencing a state of social health of the younger generation of Russians is played by physical culture and sport which in the conditions of a technogenic civilization is giving way to passive kinds of activity, including leisure. Scientists working on the issue of youth health, noted a decline in activity of students in the sphere of physical culture and sports, and, respectively, low level of physical fitness (Cockerham, 2000).

Can one blame only educational institution in the decrease of physical activity among the younger generation of Russians? Apparently not, as this trend can be seen in the whole Russian society with low physical activity in the population, the lack of effective and systematic propaganda of physical culture and sport, health culture in the mass media.

It is worth noticing that concerning health in all countries the youth is allocated in category of the increased risk. This is due to the emerging contradictions between need of optimization of activity of educational institution in the field of formation and preservation of health of the younger generations, and an intensification of educational process, dynamic development of information technologies, the increasing information stream and prompt dynamics of sociocultural development.

In most modern studies health of the younger generation of Russians is considered in the context of national and information and psychological security. There are works on problems of activity of youth. Health and safety of youth are conditions of training, work, life and the leisure sphere, and also the natural, social, educational environment surrounding it. Such security involves the methods of implementation of individual empowerment, personal and group interests of the youth, warning or eliminates the negative impact on society and its structure. Activity of the young man will be considered safe if there is no damage, harm and undesirable dynamics from external influences at development of the public phenomena. And meanwhile experts, estimating a state of health of the younger generation, say that a busy schedule of educational activity, irrational alternation of work and rest promote accumulation of various dysfunctions in the formed organism of young people. The necessity of alternation of brainwork in the conditions of the increasing information stream and physical activity if it is realized by many doesn't become an occasion to the corresponding behavior. It occurs for the reason that physical culture and sport lost the socializing function, the most significant for youth. It stopped being the socially significant value by means of which there is a formation of spiritual and physical shape of youth, its vital strategy and behavioral samples.

We are on the basis of results of research among the studying and student's youth showed that, according to the most interrogated youth, in Russia a little attention is paid to development of sport. The youth also noted insufficient development of infrastructure for occupations by physical culture and sport in educational institutions. It promotes decrease in interest in sports occupations from young people, even what seriously were engaged

364

V.V.Kasyanov, L.A.Minasyan, V.A.Borodai, I.E.Ponomarev, P.S.Samygin, G.A.Vorobyev, D.V.Skvortsov

earlier.

As practice of the last years shows, social and economic priorities of health of the nation, the organization and realization preventive components have no adequate financing now.

Economists specify that pricing in the market of medical preparations, the equipment is carried out on the principles of mass industrial production. Operation of health of the younger generation reaches such scope that the majority of youth (as, actually, and adult population) show tolerance to different violations of a work-rest schedule for a long time.

Today work in such spheres as education, health care is regarded as irregular, and on the actual essence turns into constant increase in loading and duration of working (educational) day for all, including for the younger generation of Russians.

The youth comprehends knowledge of many branches of human activity, except the most priority – formation, preservation and strengthening of own health and health of the immediate environment. The paradoxicality of a situation with health of the nation in general, and each young Russian separately, is that, for example, future programmer, the economist or the mechanic know about properties of computer technologies more; ways of investment of means and generation of profit; properties of metal and methods of their processing, than that such the healthy lifestyle and what leaving enter it how to support the health and that happens to health in case of developing of this or that disease.

According to I.V. Zhuravleva, the level of hygienic knowledge and literacy of the younger generations is so low that is considered a factor, «reducing preventive opportunities of the individual to prevent elementary diseases, adequately to react to the carried-out preventive programs; the factor aggravating consequences of injuries and accidents owing to inability to render itself and another first aid …» (Zhuravleva, 2012). This fact, certainly, testifies to threat of national security of Russia.

Well-known is that fact that the foundation of formation of individual social health is laid still by institute of a family which acts as a basis of ensuring spiritual wellbeing of society as a basic condition of ensuring its national security, therefore education at the younger generation of careful attitude to own health and health of a social environment is represented important. And for this purpose early formation in consciousness of young people of representations about health as about great vital value and feelings of a personal responsibility for own and public health is necessary. It is possible to realize it only within formation of healthy lifestyle at youth. Healthy lifestyle represents the system of reasonable behavior of the young man founded on values of physical culture and sport, traditional spiritual and moral values and self-discipline (self-restriction). In this context we consider that there occurred the sharp need for complex judgment of youth problems and development of measures for strengthening of social positions and, therefore, health of new generations of young Russians that can serve as the base of safety of society, pledge of its *Corresponding author (V.V. Kasyanov) E-mail: culture@kubsu.ru ©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/357.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.32

365

stable and safe development. For this purpose in society certain conditions for increase of level of health of the younger generation have to be created. It would allow young people to become active subject of the social relations and designing of own life on the basis of implementation of vital plans and strategy. The following is among such conditions: – existence of effective system of social mobility of youth which would allow to realize effectively in society the principle of equal rights and opportunities of vital and professional self-realization of all categories of youth (irrespective of the district of accommodation, a nationality, level of material welfare); – existence of effective state youth policy in which interests of the younger generation would find the most adequate reflection; – stable state and development of basic institutes of socialization – a family and school as main translators of cultural and ideological values of society; – existence in society of a uniform paradigm of education and health saving socialization as necessary condition of formation of system of continuity in educational process in a family, school, higher education institution etc.

– existence of the monitoring system behind restriction of negative influence of mass media on consciousness and behavior of modern youth and the translator of values and priorities of mass culture; – effective functioning of the sphere of physical culture and sport as formation source spiritually and physically developed personality with support from the government and public institutions, as at the material, and ideological level.

5. CONCLUSION In this context we consider that there has occurred the sharp need for manage the safety of youth problems and development of measures for strengthening of social positions and, therefore, health of new generations of young Russians that can serve as the base of safety of society, guarantee of his stable and safe development. For this purpose in society certain conditions for increase of level of health of the younger generation have to be managed. It would allow young people to become active subject of the social relations and designing of own life on the basis of implementation of vital plans and strategy. The following is among such conditions: - existence of effective system of social mobility of Russian youth which would allow to realize effectively in society the principle of equal rights and opportunities of vital and professional self-realization of all categories of youth (irrespective of the district of accommodation, a nationality, level of material welfare); - existence of effective state youth policy in which interests of the younger generation would find the most adequate reflection; - a stable condition and development of basic institutes of socialization – a family and school as main translators of cultural and ideological values of society; - existence in society of a uniform paradigm of education and health saving socialization

366

V.V.Kasyanov, L.A.Minasyan, V.A.Borodai, I.E.Ponomarev, P.S.Samygin, G.A.Vorobyev, D.V.Skvortsov

as necessary condition of formation of system of continuity in educational process in a family, school, higher education institution, etc.

- existence of the monitoring system behind restriction of negative influence of mass media for consciousness and behavior of modern youth and the translator of values and priorities of mass culture; - effective functioning of the sphere of physical culture and sport as formation source spiritually and physically developed personality with support from the government and public institutions, as at the material, and ideological level.

6. OPINION Despite demographic threats of depopulation of the Russian population, we believe that for the Russian society health of the Russian youth with all need has to become direct object of the state social policy which kernel as an obligatory component would be a concept of advance of health, healthy lifestyle and formations of self-protective behavior at youth.

It is obvious that managing the problems increases social health of young Russians and this issue requires an articulation and updating of questions of its health saving socialization.

It is connected with that formation of values of youth, its relations to life, to the health happens in the course of socialization. The broken-off landscape of the Russian socialization space, crisis nature of functioning of basic institutes of socialization, divergence of educational and educational components of educational process should be considered as determinants of the crisis situation which developed in the sphere of health of the Russian youth. It is time to remember that in the country there has to be a harmonious and effective system of socialization within which bases of high culture of health and social health saving technologies are formed (Gafiatulina et al, 2017a).

In health sector in the context of safety of the nation the problem of preservation and promotion of health of the teenagers and youth urged to provide achievement of the key purposes put in the Concept of long-term social and economic development of the Russian Federation for the period to 2020 has to be a strategic problem of a state policy (Shakhbanova et al, 2016).

Ensuring national security in the sphere of the Russian health care has to mean not only prevention of direct or indirect threats of life and to health of the younger generation, but also creation by institutional system of society of such conditions which would promote minimization of a self-destructive way of life and stimulation of development of selfprotective behavior of youth. Finally, safety of the nation is ensured by viability of each individual, increase in its opportunities to develop physically, mentally, socially spiritually, keeping the high potential of social health (Kasyanov, 2011).

*Corresponding author (V.V. Kasyanov) E-mail: culture@kubsu.ru Š2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/357.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.32

367

7. REFERENCES Charter (constitution) of World Health Organization. Main documents. Geneva: WHO, 1995.

Cockerham W. (2000). Health Lifestyles in Russia // Social Science and Medicine, Vol. 51. Pp. 312 – 325.

Gafiatullina N. Kh. (2014). State institutional subjects, modeling social health of Russian youth // Engineering bulletin of Don. 2014. №1. URL: ivdon.ru/magazine/archive/n1y2014/2296.

Gafiatulina N.K., Imgrunt S.I., Samygin S.I. (2017a). Social security and social health of Russian society: monograph / edited by doctor of sociology, P.S. Samygin. Lap Lambert Academic Publishing RU. Gafiatulina N.Kh., Tarasenko L.V., Samygin S.I., Eliseeva S.Yu. (2017b). Social health and perception of risks by students living in southern Russian regions (based on sociological questioning data obtained in Rostov-on-Don). Health risk analysis. 2017. № 4. P. 66-75.

Vorobyev Ga., Imgrunt Si., Samygin Si., Latysheva At., Ermakova Li., Kobysheva Li. (2018). Social Health of Student Youth in South Russia: Analysis Of The Perception Of Socio-Cultural Risks. Modern Journal of Language Teaching Methods. Vol. 8, Issue 6, June 2018. P. 32-41.

Gorshkov M. K. (2011). Russian society is the way it is: (experience of sociological diagnostics). М.: New chronograph, P. 369.

Kasyanov V.V. (2011). Market present and future of present Russian youth // Society: sociology, psychology, pedagogical. №3-4. Pp. 11-13.

Kovalenko M.P. (2008). National security as social phenomenon / Social and humanitarian knowledge, 2008. № 8. Pp. 291-297.

Lapin N.I. (2013). Sociocultural factors of the Russian stagnation and modernization / New ideas in sociology: monography / editor-in-chief Zh.T. Toshchenko. М.: UNITY-DANA, P. 231.

Law

on social safety and social abc.narod.ru/tt58zakonsoc.htm.

development

(project,

extraction)/

http://talant-

Litvinova Ev., Gryshai Vn., Yefimov Da., Samygin S.I. (2018). Society of consumption: risk management for health of the population in the field of ensuring the quality and safety of foodstuffs (2018). Modern Journal of Language Teaching Methods. Т. 8. № 6. С. 50-60.

Reform at the United Nations. Reference reports and materials [web site]. New York, United Nations 2007.

Samygin S.I., Vereshchagina A.V. (2014). Family and social safety // Humanitarian, social and economic and social sciences. № 2. Pp. 116-120.

Samygin P.S., Popov M.Yu., Samygin S.I. (2016). Legal socialization of youth in the conditions of the crisis state of the modern Russian society, Bulletin of Peoples' Friendship University of Russia. Series: Sociology. V.16. № 2. P. 295-303.

Shakhbanova M.M., Gafiatulina N.Kh., Vereshchagina A.V., Samygin S.I., Imgrunt S.I. (2016).

Social and economic consequences of regional ethnic migration for national security and social health of the Russian youth // Social Science (Pakistan). T.11. № 16. С. 3886-3893.

Shakbanova M.M., Gafiatulina N.Kh., Samygin S.I., Chapurko T.M., Levaya N.A.. Bineeva N.K. (2018) Youth of the South of Russia: Specifics of manifestation of ethnic identity (on the example of the Dagestan republic). Purusharta. Vol. 10. No 2. Pp. 111-119.

Vaskov M., Rezvanov A., Kasyanov V., Samygin S., Gafiatulina N., Zagutin D., Scherbakova L.

368

V.V.Kasyanov, L.A.Minasyan, V.A.Borodai, I.E.Ponomarev, P.S.Samygin, G.A.Vorobyev, D.V.Skvortsov

(2018). VALUE ORIENTATIONS OF RUSSIAN YOUTH IN THE SYSTEM OF MANAGING THE MORAL SECURITY OF SOCIETY // Вісник Національної академії керівних кадрів культури і мистецтв. 2018. № 2. С. 134-140.

Vereschagina A.V., Gafiatulina N.K., Samygin S.I. (2017). Sociology of security. M.: INFRA-M, 264 p.

Vereshchagina, A., Gafiatulina, N., Kumykov, А., Stepanov, О. & Samygin, S. (2015). Gender Analysis of Social Health of Students. Review of European Studies, Vol. 7, No.7, Pp. 223230. Retrieved from http://www.ccsenet.org/journal/index.php/res/article/view/48999.

Zhuravleva

I.V. (2006). Attitude to health of individual and society. М.: Nauka.

Zhuravleva I.V. (2012). Why health of Russians doesn't improve?// Bulletin of Institute of sociology. № 6. P.164 // http://www.vestnik.isras.ru Zhuravleva I.V., Ivanova L.Yu. (2012). Students: behavioural risks and valuable orientations concerning health // Bulletin of Institute of sociology. №6. P. 11. URL: http://www.vestnik.isras.ru.

Dr. Olesya V. Zabavnova is an Associate Professor in Institute of Philology and Intercultural Communication, Graduate School of Russian and Foreign Philology Lev Tolstoy, Kazan Federal University (KFU), Russia. She is also a faculty of Department of German Philology, KFU. Her research is emotions and metaphorization study.

Professor Dr.Radif R. Zamaletdinov is Professor in Institute of Philology and Intercultural Communication, Graduate School of Russian and Foreign Philology Lev Tolstoy, Kazan Federal University (KFU), Russia. His research focuses on linguocultures and metaphorization.

Professor Dr.Vladimir A. Borodai is Professor in Department of Service, Tourism and Hospitality Industry, of Don State Technical University, Russia. His research interests are connected with theoretical and practical areas of management: organization management, strategic management, corporate culture and personnel management, organization of business activities.

Professor Dr.Igor E. Ponomarev is Professor of Department of Physical Education, Sport and Tourism of Rostov State Economic University «RINH», Russia

Professor Dr.Petr S. Samygin is Professor of Department of Theory and History of State and Law, Rostov State Economic University «RINH», Russia. Professor Dr.Petr S. Samygin has a Doctor of sociological sciences degree.

Dr.Gennadiy A. Vorobyev is an Associate professor of the Pyatigorsk State University, Institute of Distant Learning and Development of ICT, Russia. Dr.Gennadiy A. Vorobyev holds a Doctor of Philosophy sciences degree.

Dr.Dmitrii V. Skvortsov is an Associate Professor of GAOU VO «Nevinnomyssky state humanitarian and technical Institute». Dr.Dmitrii V. Skvortsov has a PhD in Law. Dr.Dmitrii V. Skvortsov is a doctoral student of the Department of Vocational Training, Nevinnomyssk, Russia.

*Corresponding author (V.V. Kasyanov) E-mail: culture@kubsu.ru ©2018 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 9 No.4 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 http://TUENGR.COM/V09/357.pdf https://doi.org/10.14456/ITJEMAST.2018.32

369

:: International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

Call-for-Papers: ITJEMAST invites you to submit high quality papers for full peer-review and possible publication in areas pertaining to our scope including engineering, science, management and technology, especially interdisciplinary/crossdisciplinary/multidisciplinary subjects.

More Research Publication Available at

http://TUENGR.COM

Submit your science research today.

:: International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies